Didactic Katalog 09 en Monitor 1

Learning Systems 2009/2010
The current range of products from Festo Didactic

53084 en © 2009 Festo Didactic GmbH & Co. KG
www.festo-didactic.com
Festo Didactic
Your ideal partner for vocational and further training
10
Learning, knowledge and education are major themes of this century
Festo Didactic brings over 40 years‘ experience to the table when develop-
ing solutions for fast learning and successful retention for the entire spectrum
of automation and technology. This expertise and experience puts us in a key
position in the market of the future. Demand for training will continue to grow
rapidly. And that‘s why we have set ourselves the goal of making learning ever
more efficient. A great challenge for us. A great partner for you.
Everything from a single source
The Learning System for Automation includes all current automation topics in
its product range: pneumatics, electropneumatics, hydraulics, electrohydrau-
lics, electronics, electrical engineering, sensors, robotics, CNC technology, PLC
and fieldbus technology, manufacturing technology and process engineering
as well as mechatronics.
From fundamentals to a complete training centre
From basic training packages and technology-specific courses right through

to the planning, control and handling of complex networked CIM systems and
complete, fully furnished learning centres – we have created a world of learn-
ing for you which is tailored to your personal needs for efficient study and
guaranteed learning success.
Your partner, worldwide
We speak your language! And we‘re just around the corner – in more than
100 countries around the world. We‘ll gladly visit you at your office or home –
whether you want to book courses or buy software, books or other products.
Or perhaps you want to use the extensive range of online services – we‘re just
a mouse click away!
The Internet marketplace for education and training.

Content

Media............................................................................................................. 10
Workstation systems...................................................................................... 70
Technology-orientated training packages..................................................... 88
Robotino® – Learning and researching with mobile robots.......................... 160
Mechatronics and factory automation.......................................................... 168
Process automation and closed-loop control technology............................ 280
Hybrid training factories.............................................................................. 312
Appendix........................................................................................................332

Quality with a certificate

Prized quality Here too, we guarantee 100%
quality:
The quality of training concepts, the – Festo Didactic‘s training systems
quality of the product and the com- and components meet the require-
pany processes are integral parts of ments of all the relevant standards
innovation. As the leading supplier and guidelines such as DIN/ISO
   
of automation technology worldwide and VDE.   
    

we offer you guaranteed quality. – Only industrial components are
employed.   
However, the best training concepts – Festo Didactic is DIN EN ISO 9001   
are of little value if the products do quality certified.    
not meet the demands of everyday – As a solution partner to Siemens      
practice. Automation, we offer customised,      

  
forward-looking solutions using

products and systems from Sie-
      
mens Automation and Drives. Qual-     
ified product and system expertise

combined with superior solution
and sector competence provide the
basis for this.
– As the first choice partner to „Sie-
mens Automation Cooperates with
Education“ (SCE), we offer custom-
ised solutions for research, devel-
opment and training centres.
– Our customers‘ opinions are im-
portant to us. That‘s why we regu-
larly commission customer surveys
via the economic research institute
TNS Infratest.
– Festo Didactic is to be awarded the
Worlddidac Quality Charter certifi-
cate for excellence in products and
services in the area of training.
The training hardware and study ma- The awards speak for themselves:
terials conform to the latest teaching – MecLab®
requirements and perspectives. Worlddidac Award 2008
– Robotino®
reddot Design Award 2006
Worlddidac Award 2006
– Learnline
Winner of international design
prizes:
iF product design award 2006
Focus design award in Silver 2005
– FluidSIM®
digita award 1996
– MPS®
Service with Value added

We have defined “Value added” The Internet marketplace for
for you schools and vocational training:
Festo Didactic is your partner in vo
cational and further training. We All you need is access to the Inter
measure our success by your satis net and a web browser to have a
faction – which is why we are con look around, to order products or to
stantly striving to optimize our access our extensive range of serv
products and services to meet your ices. We are at your service around
needs. the clock.
At your side
We speak your language! And we‘re

just around the corner – in more than
100 countries around the world.
Swap shop
If a part is faulty after years of ser

vice – and you need an urgent re Create your customised three-
placement: no problem. Our replace dimensional training lab with
ment service offers to replace your LabCreator.
part within a few days – for a moder
ate charge. Ask about it! The software for this is now available
free of charge – you can download it
24-month warranty at www.festo-didactic.com.
Our quality pays off. That‘s why all

of our products – with the exception
of parts subject to wear – come with
a 24-month warranty. We‘ll be there
for you when you need us – even
years later.
Training and Consulting

Success with the right combination
of methods
Consistently adding value Training Consulting
Festo Training and Consulting: Training and skills development pro- Identifying and optimising value-
40 years‘ experience in training and grammes for technical staff and man- added processes.
20 years‘ experience in process op- agers from industry.
timisation. Together we trace the flow of infor-
More than 2,900 events are attend- mation and products through your
Various projects in over 53 countries ed by more than 42,000 participants company from beginning to end, al-
worldwide show that we can suc- annually. Modular and high-quality ways with the aim of making it more
cessfully design change processes course topics in more than 39 lan- efficient and to prevent waste. We
together with our customers. guages relate to the topics: people, use world-renown methods and tools
technology and organisation. which are also implemented at Festo.
Seminars, workshops and corporate Together we define goals by which
strategic planning simulations, pub- Public or in-house training sessions we can be measured.
lic or in-house seminars. Gathering with individually tailored content –
hands-on experience and learning hands-on learning with a focus on in- Projects in the areas of:
using real products and training fac- dustry and fast transfer to industrial – Production and logistics
tories is always top priority. Individu- applications takes centre stage. – Management and teamwork
al learning success can be measured – Skills development
and thus the ability to quickly apply Certified skills development pro- – Procurement and SCM
the knowledge gained to day-to-day grammes for: – Product development
work situations is a crucial indication – Mechatronics engineers
of the quality of the training. – Production managers
– Maintenance managers
You can find information,

dates, locations and prices
on the internet:
Media
10
Software......................................................................................................... 12
Digital training programmes/WBTs..................................................................13

Interface EasyPort............................................................................................30
Designing/Simulating with FluidSIM®..............................................................32
Projecting/Designing with EPLAN....................................................................34
Simulating system and virtual learning environment CIROS®...........................36
Corporate strategic planning simulation learn2work........................................42
Programming software.....................................................................................43
Visualisation software......................................................................................45
Multimedia data base Mechatronics Assistant.................................................46
Courseware..................................................................................................... 47
Pneumatics......................................................................................................48
Hydraulics........................................................................................................54
Sensors............................................................................................................60
Electronics/PLC/Electrical closed-loop control technology..............................61
Mechatronics/Handling technology/Process automation................................65
Metal technology/CNC technology...................................................................67
GRAFCET/Automation technology....................................................................68
Working material..............................................................................................69
11
Software from Festo Didactic
Excellent solutions for ...
– learning and teaching

– programming
– experimentation
– simulation
– visualisation
– management
– play
– operation and observation
... and more in digital format.
12
Media Software Digital training programmes/WBTs
From training programme to training portal
Defining skills Optimising learning Managing knowledge
Your requirements: Your requirements: Your requirements:

– Developing concepts – Training in automation technology – Developing concepts
– Defining and describing skills and mechatronics – Generating individual contents
– Assigning profiles according to – Optimisation of existing production – Sharing best practices
function processes
– Developing further training – Implementing training Our solutions:
concepts – Learning Management Systems
Our solutions:
Our solutions: – Course topics
– Competence Manager – CD-ROMs
– Network solutions
– WBTs (SCORM)
– Classroom Manager
www.festo-didactic.com 13
Digital training programmes

Well-prepared knowledge
Festo Didactic training programmes Overview of our programmes:

are flexible; they offer tutors room
to be creative and increase students‘ Training programmes
motivation.
Technology and management:
All our training programmes have the – Pneumatics
following features: – Electropneumatics
– Excellent didactic and multimedia – Hydraulics
course topics – Electrohydraulics
– Scope for self-study during class- – Electrical engineering 1
room-based training – Electrical engineering 2
– Learning scenarios can be individu- – Electronics 1
ally customised – Electronics 2
– Varied programme functions, such – Sensor technology 1
as a glossary, search function, – Sensor technology 2
notes – Actuators – DC motor
– Can be used in conjunction with – Open- and closed-loop control
Classroom Manager – LOGO! Training
– Can be integrated into training – Fieldbus technology
concepts which use other media – GRAFCET
(Word, Excel, PDF, etc.) – Discover MPS® 200
– Participant guidance – Machine vision
– Monitoring of learning progress – Safety engineering
and certification – Process automation
– The fascination of technology
The training programmes are option-
ally available as follows: Organisation:
– CD-ROM – Project management
– Licence for local networks – Time management
(on request) – Internet search
– Web-based training (WBT) for – Value stream analysis and
Classroom Manager mapping
– For installation on one of your – Poka Yoke
servers – 5S – Workstation organisation
– For use via the internet
(on request) People:
– Customer orientation
Should you have any other wishes, – Team performance
we will be pleased to create an – Personnel management
e-learning package specially tailored
to your needs. We will gladly advise Management system
and guide you through each step,
from the design phase through to the Classroom Manager
installation of the complete Learning
Management system.
14 Worldwide at your fingertips. Find your contact person at: www.festo-didactic.com

Pneumatics Electropneumatics
Everything on the subject of pneu- From the contents: The Electropneumatics training pro- From the contents:
matics in about 12 hours of learning. – Physical basics (units, properties, gram builds on the Pneumatics train- – Advantages and drawbacks of elec-
The program is divided into technical laws) ing program and reinforces mate- tropneumatics
knowledge and coursework. – Energy supply (production, prep- rial already learned from practical – Safety in electropneumatic circuits
aration and distribution of com- projects. Starting with concrete in- – Fundamentals of electrical engi-
Technical knowledge pressed air) dustrial applications, fundamental neering
This interactive self-taught program – Circuit diagram (circuit diagram, electropneumatic circuits are pro- – Pneumatic circuit diagram
covers the basics of pneumatic con- symbols) duced. With the help of numerous – Electrical circuit diagram
trol. Participants learn to find practi- – Drive components (applications, exercises, learnt material will be re- – Basic logic functions
cal and theoretical solutions to the linear drives, rotational drives) vised, applied and further developed – Direct and indirect electrical con-
key tasks of a basic course on pneu- – Valves (designs, directional valves, by you. During an exercise, the pro- trol, time and pressure dependent
matics, e.g. as part of a basic voca- stop valves, pressure control gramme reacts to each answer with process controls
tional training course. valves, flow control valves, valve varying feedback. – Signal storage in the power and in
combinations, logic elements) the control unit, latching circuit
Course – Signalling components (manual The trainee is supported by the basic – Documentation for a control unit
In this course the theoretically ac- signalling, endpoint detection) knowledge module, which provides – Maintenance and repair of elec-
quired technical knowledge is re- – Additional requirements fundamental knowledge on electropneumatic systems
inforced. A wide range of exercise tropneumatics in a structured, sys- – Solenoid actuated valves
types makes the course interesting Training time: approx. 12 hours tematic manner. In the components – Double-acting cylinders
and successful: participants have to module, the structure, function and – Electrical buttons and switches
draw symbols and circuit diagrams, E.g. single licence on CD-ROM application of typical electropneu- – Sensors
answer multiple-choice questions with online activation DE/EN/ES/FR matic components is described. Vari- – Relays and contactors, timed relays
and set up and connect circuits in Order no. 540911 ous supporting materials are availa- – Pressure switch
PC-based video clips. with network licence connector DE/EN/ ble to complete the exercise such as – Standardised circuit diagrams,
ES/FR PDF documents, a variety of down- electrical and pneumatic circuit
Order no. 540913 loads and a comprehensive glossary. diagrams
Further languages on request.
Training time: approx. 12 hours
E.g. single licence on CD-ROM

with online activation DE/EN/ES/FR
Order no. 540923
with network licence connector DE/EN/
ES/FR
Order no. 540925
Hydraulics Electrohydraulics
Everything on the subject of hydrau- From the contents: The Electrohydraulics training pro- From the contents:
lics in about 12 hours of training. – Physical basics (units, properties, gram builds on the Hydraulics train- – Advantages and drawbacks of elec-
The program is divided into technical laws) ing program and reinforces mate- trohydraulics
knowledge and coursework. – Hydraulic systems (principles of a rial already learnt from practical – Safety in electrohydraulic circuits
hydraulic system) projects. Starting with concrete in- – Fundamentals of electrical engi-
Technical knowledge – Drive units (components, pumps, dustrial applications, fundamen- neering
This interactive self-taught program containers, filters) tal electrohydraulic circuits are pro- – Hydraulic circuit diagram
covers the basics of hydraulic con- – Drives (single-acting cylinders, duced. With the help of numerous – Electrical circuit diagram
trol. Participants learn to find practi- double-acting cylinders, hydrau- exercises, learnt material will be re- – Basic logic functions
cal and theoretical solutions to the lic motors) vised, applied and further developed – Direct and indirect electrical con-
key exercises in a basic course on – Directional valves (design charac- by you. During an exercise, the pro- trol, time and path-dependent
hydraulics, e.g. as part of a basic vo- teristics, 2/2 directional valves, gramme reacts to each answer with process controls
cational training course. 3/2 directional valves, 4/2 di- varying feedback. – Signal storage in the power and in
rectional valves, 4/3 directional the control unit, latching circuit
Course valves, special circuits) The trainee is supported by the basic – Documentation for a control unit
In this course the theoretically ac- – Stop valves (non-return valves, knowledge module, which provides – Maintenance and repair of electro-
quired technical knowledge is re- pilot operated non-return valves) fundamental knowledge on elec- hydraulic systems
inforced. A wide range of exercise – Pressure control valves (pressure trohydraulics in a structured, sys- – Solenoid actuated valves: spring
types makes the course interesting relief valves, pressure regulation tematic manner. In the components return and pulse valves
and successful: participants have to valves) module, the structure, function and – Double-acting cylinders
draw symbols and circuit diagrams, – Flow control valves (throttle valves, application of typical electrohydrau- – Electrical buttons and switches
answer multiple-choice questions flow control valves) lic components is described. Various – Sensors
and set up and connect circuits in – Additional requirements supporting materials are available to – Relays and contactors, timed relays
PC-based video clips. complete the exercise such as PDF – Standardised circuit diagrams,
Training time: approx. 12 hours documents, a variety of downloads electrical and hydraulic circuit dia-
and a comprehensive glossary. grams
E.g. single licence on CD-ROM – Documentation of electrohydraulic
with online activation DE/EN/ES/FR controllers
Order no. 540917 – Simulation of a hydraulic and elec-
with network licence connector DE/EN/ trical circuit diagram
ES/FR
Order no. 540919 Training time: approx. 12 hours
Order no. 540929
ES/FR
Order no. 540931
16 All training programs on CD-ROM or as a WBT version, also for installation on networks and learning management systems – with as many licences as you need.
Electrical engineering 1 Electrical engineering 2
The „Electrical Engineering 1“ train- Content extracts: The „Electrical Engineering 2“ train- Content extracts:
ing program is one of a series of new – Closed circuit ing program is one of a series of new – Electric charge
programs in the field of electrical – Electrical conductivity training programs in the field of elec- – Capacitor
engineering and electronics. These – Units and symbols trical engineering and electronics. – A capacitor in a DC circuit
programs are practically oriented – Ohm‘s Law These programs are practically ori- – A capacitor in an AC circuit
and authentically structured. Case – Measuring in the circuit ented and authentically structured. – Applications of the capacitor
studies from practice provide a con- – Voltage supplies Case studies from practice provide – Variable capacitor
cise illustration of the matters cov- – The resistor as a component a concise illustration of the mat- – Coil
ered. All training content is taught by – Series connection of resistors ters covered. All training content is – A coil in a DC circuit
means of audio clips. Additionally, – Parallel connection of resistors taught by means of audio clips. Ad- – A coil in an AC circuit
the narrative text can be viewed on – Voltage divider ditionally, the narrative text can be – Applications of the coil
the sitemap. – The resistor as a sensor viewed on the sitemap. – Physical variables
– Battery-powered screwdriver – Calculating with changing values
Trainees experience a regular ex- – Measuring range extension Various tools are built into the train- – Light switch-off delay
change of input and output, with – Temperature controlled heating ing program, such as Excel work- – Electrical behaviour of a grinder
phases of presentation and explana- – Level detection sheets, an integrated calculator, PDF – Power generation and transmission
tion alternating with phases of ac- files and various downloads. The
tivity and interaction. This enhances Training time: approx. 4 hours training programs include an exten- Training time: approx. 4 hours
motivation and learning. sive glossary and a full text search
E.g. single licence on CD-ROM facility. E.g. single licence on CD-ROM
Progress monitoring exercises are with online activation DE/EN/ES/FR with online activation DE/EN/ES/FR
scheduled after a maximum of five Order no. 549623 Order no. 549626
pages of learning. The aim of this is with network licence connector DE/EN/ with network licence connector DE/EN/
to have trainees repeat, apply and ES/FR ES/FR
develop what they have learned Order no. 549625 Order no. 549628
themselves. Exercises are incorpo- Further languages on request. Further languages on request.
rated during teaching, at the end of
each learning step and within the
case studies. During an exercise,
the program responds to each of the
trainee‘s answers with the appropri-
ate feedback.
Various tools are built-in to the train-

ing program, such as Excel work-
sheets, an integrated calculator, PDF
files and various downloads. The
training programs include an exten-
sive glossary and a full text search
facility.
Electronics 1 Electronics 2
The „Electronics 1“ training program Content extracts: The „Electronics 2“ training program Content extracts:
is one of a series of new programs – Semiconductor technology is one of a series of new programs – Signal types
in the field of electrical engineering – Diodes in the field of electrical engineer- – Integrated circuits
and electronics. These programs are – Bipolar transistors ing and electronics. These programs – Operational amplifier (OpAmp)
practically oriented and authentically – Field-effect transistors are practically oriented and authen- – AC voltage of various frequencies
structured. Case studies from prac- – Regulated power supply tically structured. Real case studies – Characteristic values of amplify-
tice provide a concise illustration – Audio amplifier provide a concise illustration of the ing circuits
of the matters covered. All training – Audio amplifier with sound control matters covered. All training content – Circuit technology of amplifiers
content is taught by means of audio is taught using audio clips. Addition- – Filters
clips. Additionally, the narrative text Training time: approx. 4 hours ally, the narrative text can be viewed – Bistable flip-flop
can be viewed on the sitemap. on the sitemap. – Single flip-flop
E.g. single licence on CD-ROM – Sine wave generator
Trainees experience a regular ex- with online activation DE/EN/ES/FR Various tools are built into the train- – Rectangle generator
change of input and output, with Order no. 549629 ing program, such as Excel work- – Thyristor-controlled drilling ma-
phases of presentation and explana- with network licence connector DE/EN/ sheets, an integrated calculator, PDF chine
tion alternating with phases of ac- ES/FR files and various downloads. The – Brightness control with triac
tivity and interaction. This enhances Order no. 549631 training programs include an exten- – Adjusting the speed of an electric
motivation and learning. sive glossary and a full text search screwdriver
facility.
Progress monitoring exercises are Training time: approx. 4 hours
scheduled after a maximum of five
pages of learning. The aim of this is E.g. single licence on CD-ROM
to have trainees repeat, apply and with online activation DE/EN/ES/FR
develop what they have learned Order no. 549632
themselves. Exercises are incorpo- with network licence connector DE/EN/
rated during teaching, at the end of ES/FR
each learning step and within the Order no. 549634
case studies. During an exercise,
the program responds to each of the
trainee‘s answers with the appropri-
ate feedback.
Various tools are built into the train-

ing program, such as Excel work-
sheets, an integrated calculator, PDF
files and various downloads. The
training programs include an exten-
sive glossary and a full text search
facility.
Sensor technology 1 Sensor technology 2
Sensors in pneumatics Content extracts: Sensors for object detection Content extracts:
This training program deals in de- – Project: Selection of sensors in one This training program deals in detail – Project: Selection of sensors in a
tail with the sensors used to detect of the clamping units of a process- with the sensors used to detect ob- milk bottling plant
end position on cylinders and with ing centre jects in automated systems. Based – Object detection in industrial prac-
pressure and flow sensors in pneu- – Advantages and disadvantages of on a complex example from indus- tice
matic systems. Based on a complex various end position sensors on trial practice, trainees are taught to – Switching characteristics of prox-
example from industrial practice, cylinders select the suitable sensors. The nec- imity switches
trainees are taught to select suitable – Simple displacement encoders on essary basic knowledge for this is – Hysteresis
sensors. The necessary basic knowl- cylinders provided in the Technical Knowledge – Connection technology: Two-wire
edge for this is provided in the Tech- – Use of pressure sensors to improve and Components modules, to which technology, three-wire technology,
nical Knowledge and Components safety in pneumatic systems they can refer at any time. four-wire technology
modules, to which they can refer at – Use of flow sensors to safeguard – NO/NC (Normally Open, Normally
any time. system cycle times All training content is taught by Closed)
– Output signals from sensors means of audio clips. Additionally, – Inductive sensors: Construction
All training content is taught by – Connection technology the narrative text can be viewed on and mode of operation, factor-1
means of audio clips. Additionally, – NO/NC (Normally Open, Normally the sitemap. sensors, special designs, flush fit-
the narrative text can be viewed on Closed) ting sensors, application examples
the sitemap. – Switching functions – Optical sensors: Diffuse sensor,
– Sensors for end position detec- through-beam sensor, retro-reflec-
tion: Pneumatic and mechanical tive sensor, background fade-out,
limit switch, reed switch, transistor fibre optic cable, light types, reflec-
switch, Hall sensor, position sensor tion types, adjustment, contrast
– Types of pressure measurement sensor, colour sensor
– Sensors for pressure measure- – Capacitive sensors: Construction,
ment: Mechanical pressure switch, mode of operation, usage and ex-
electronic pressure sensor, amples
– Sensors for flow measurement: – Ultrasonic sensors: Construction,
Volumetric flow meter, effective mode of operation, applications
pressure principle, ultrasonic flow
meter, mass flow meter, heat-loss Training time: approx. 2 hours
method
Training time: approx. 2 hours with online activation DE/EN/ES/FR
Order no. 549758
E.g. single licence on CD-ROM with network licence connector DE/EN/
with online activation DE/EN/ES/FR ES/FR
Order no. 549752 Order no. 549761
ES/FR
Order no. 549755
Actuators – DC motor Open- and closed-loop control
Using the everyday example of a From the contents: The training program uses practical From the contents:
car park access control system, the – The function of actuators in me- examples to show the difference be- – Differences between open- and
trainee learns the basics of a mechatronic systems tween open- and closed-loop control closed-loop control (characteris-
chatronic system. – Electric motors in automation. Easy-to-understand tics of controllers, characteristics
– DC motor tasks are used first to examine the of regulators
Building on this, the training pro- – Torque and current overall process of a simple function- – DIN 19226
gram determines what function the – Behaviour of DC motors ing system. Later sections then look – Signal types
actuators have in the controller. A DC – Induced voltage and speed control at different types of controllers, the – Differences between types of con-
motor is then studied in more detail – Characteristic torque/speed curve different ways in which signals are trol
as an example of a typical actuator, – Working with data sheets represented and processed and the – Signal processing (synchronous
e.g. its structure and the laws which – Determining the transmission ratio ways in which programs are imple- control, controlling links, asynchro-
govern its operation. Further chap- mented. nous control, process control)
ters cover speed control and the use Training time: approx. 2 hours – Types of control (regulating to
of data sheets as well as the trans- fixed values, tracking values)
mission ratios which can be achieved E.g. single licence on CD-ROM – Regulators (P, I and D controllers,
by using a gearbox. with online activation DE/EN/ES/FR combined controllers such as PI or
Order no. 540953 PID controllers)
ES/FR Training time: approx. 2 hours
Order no. 540955
Order no. 540947
ES/FR
Order no. 540949
LOGO! Training Fieldbus technology
This training program provides an From the contents: The multimedia and interactive train- From the contents:
introduction to logic functions. First – Basic technical functions (AND & ing program will teach you the ba- – Advantages of Fieldbus systems
of all, AND & OR functions and their OR function, memory function, tim- sics of Fieldbus technology. It is suit- – The design of Fieldbus systems
processing are shown in function ta- er function, counter function) able for beginners who would like to (different areas of application,
bles. Other basic control functions – Digital minicontrollers (differen- get an overview of the subject. Ani- open and closed technical con-
such as memory, timer and counter tiation between open- and closed- mations are used to illustrate vari- cepts such as message-oriented
functions round off the contents. The loop control) ous practical examples. All relevant bus systems, user-oriented bus
second part starts by covering the – Control components terms on the subject of bus technol- systems, multi-master concepts,
basics of open-and closed-loop con- – Positioning with digital minicon- ogy can be found in the integrated database concepts, installation
trol circuits and describes the ele- trollers lexicon. concepts)
ments of a controller. It then takes – Design and function of a minicon- – RS 485/RS 422 (introduction, ca-
a detailed look at minicontrollers troller bling, function)
with their features and areas of ap- – Cyclical programme processing – Topology (introduction, line, ring,
plication. – Areas of application tree)
– Programming languages
E.g. single licence on CD-ROM with online activation DE/EN/ES/FR
with online activation DE/EN/ES/FR Order no. 540959
Order no. 540941 with network licence connector DE/EN/
with network licence connector DE/EN/ ES/FR
ES/FR Order no. 540961
Order no. 540943
GRAFCET Discover MPS® 200

New!
GRAFCET – The new specification lan- From the content: A multimedia introduction makes it Training time: approx. 1 hour
guage for sequential function charts – Definitions simple to work with the MPS® 200
– Advantages of GRAFCET modular production systems by Fes- With online activation DE/EN/ES/FR
Good documentation is a prerequi- – Differentiation from PLC program- to Didactic. First, we introduce you Order no. 542682
site for the quick construction and ming language to the principle behind the complete With network licence connector DE/EN/
smooth commissioning of a system. – Configuring a GRAFCET system, and then we show you how ES/FR
As a result, products reach custom- – Graphical representation of the to operate and commission it. You Order no. 549834
ers quicker. Furthermore, the se- language elements then become familiar with the indi-
quence description is an important – Graphical representation of the vidual „Distribute“ and „Sort“ sta-
tool for quickly and accurately lo- sequential structures tions in the process and learn how
cating and eliminating errors and – Structuring of GRAFCETS the modules function. You can apply
thus reduces production downtimes. – Case studies your new knowledge of MPS® 200
GRAFCET can describe what the func- – Exercises in a short test, then relax and play
tion chart has previously been una- – Glossary a game.
ble to represent.
It introduces the new standard step
by step, with the aid of practice-re- E.g. single licence on CD-ROM
lated examples. with online activation DE/EN/ES/FR
Order no. 557688
ES/FR
Order no. 557689
Machine Vision Safety engineering

New! New!
Machine Vision – the use of camera From the contents: This training programme provides an From the contents:
systems in production – is a relative- – How does a machine see? introduction to the complex subject – Introduction to machine safety
ly young, but swiftly growing area in – Steps in industrial image process- of safety engineering in industrial – The question of liability (who is li-
automation technology. This web- ing machines and systems. able in the case of an accident?)
based training unit deals with in- – Image sensors: CCD and CMOS – European directives
dustrial image processing, from the – Focal length and lens formula The aim is to make participants more – The relationship between direc-
creation of images up to the evalu- – Aperture and depth of focus aware of the problems in the design tives and standards
ation of the information in the pic- – Types of illumination: objects sub- aspects of safety engineering and – The new EU machinery directive
ture. Working from actual practi- ject to backlighting and incident help them understand safety engi- 2006/42/EC
cal industrial applications, students light neering equipment and hazard anal- – The hierarchy of the European
can follow all the steps in the im- – Filters to improve the image ysis methods. standards for machine safety
age processing project in a practical – Point operators, local and global – Machine safety in the USA
manner. The basic knowledge re- – Average and median filters The training programme is based on – Risk assessment procedure ac-
quired for this is clearly explained in – Sobel operators and Laplace filters an amended version of the EC ma- cording to EN ISO 14121 and EN
the individual chapters of the techni- – Process for image segmentation chinery directive 2006/42/EC. Use ISO 12100
cal knowledge module. In the com- – Global and local threshold proc- of this is binding as of 29 December – Definitions
ponents module, cameras and light- esses 2009. The directive 98/37/EC re- – Risk evaluation: determining the
ing systems are presented using – Tools to calculate characteristics mains valid until this time. There is required performance level
examples. – The classification of parts and char- no transition period. – Risk reduction measurements: de-
acteristic curves sign measures, technical safety
– Image processing and computing How is the overall performance level measures, instructional measures
times of a technical safety measure deter- – Selecting the safety function
– Intelligent compact vision systems mined? The training programme ex- – Determining the control category
– Lighting systems plains concepts such as probability
– Sample applications of industrial of failure (POF), diagnostic coverage Training time: about 4 hours
vision systems (DC), common cause failure (CCF), re-
dundancy and diversity. There is also E.g. single licence on CD-ROM
Training time: approx. 4 hours a detailed explanation of all the com- with online activation DE/EN/ES/FR
ponents for safety equipment. Order no. 549766
E.g. single licence on CD-ROM with network licence connector DE/EN/
with online activation DE/EN/ES/FR ES/FR
ES/FR
Order no. 557692
Process automation The fascination of technology

New!
Basic principles of process – Handling substances This exciting journey through the his- Fundamentals of automation
automation Product manufacturing is, for the tory of technology shows how in- technology
The training programme deals with most part, subject to defined phys- ventions have changed the world. This training module goes more
the broad spectrum of technical ical and chemical characteristics. New forms of work have been creat- deeply into practical examples. A
process automation in a concise Students‘ awareness should be ed: from the hunter to the engineer. manufacturing process previously
way. The characteristics and special heightened so that they can assess „The fascination of technology“ is an carried out manually is automated:
features of process automation are production conditions and are able interactive journey through the world you learn about the parts (sensors,
conveyed in a simple manner via im- to deal with them correctly. of automation. The program contains actuators) and processes (material
ages from actual real-life situations, – System planning many different multimedia compo- flow, energy flow, signal flow) in-
graphic representations of physical- This guides students through a nents to help you on your journey. volved in an automated process.
technical processes and animated planning office, providing an in- Experience the excitement of dis-
processes which you yourself can sight into the planning and devel- covery and learning – this is pure Technology and ...
manage and control. opment of a system. Students can edutainment! The programme con- Technology and society have always
examine all the fundamental activi- sists of 4 modules: been closely interwoven. This train-
Content topics: ties of the planning phase, from ing module uses easy-to-understand
The three chapters „Handling sub- the basic principles of project man- Technology and automation examples to show how technology
stances“, „System planning“ and agement to drawing a circuit dia- Every day we come across technolo- and society influence each other. The
„Practical processes for process en- gram, until the system can finally gy and automated processes. This in- module also covers the limitations of
gineering“, guide you step-by-step be built. troduction illustrates, with practical technology – and possible negative
to a complete on-screen system. The – Practical processes for process examples, just how much life is af- impacts on society.
content of these chapters is reflected engineering fected by technology, in earlier times
in the MPS® PA stations, which you The vast number of engineering too but particularly today. Training time: approx. 6 hours
will use during the practical part of processes can be reduced to four
the training. typical ones: filtration, tempering, The history of automation E.g. single licence on CD-ROM
mixing and filling. Design and func- technology with online activation DE/EN/ES/FR
tion are analysed using the four Mankind has always tried to make Order no. 540899
MPS® PA stations and the modu- work easier through mechanisation with network licence connector DE/EN/
lar product systems from Festo Di- and automation. Fascinating exam- ES/FR
dactic and any questions that arise ples show how hard this develop- Order no. 540901
while learning about process engi- ment has sometimes been and how Further languages on request.
neering are answered. impressive the results can be.
Training time: about 4 hours

Order no. 567705
ES/FR
Order no. 567706
Organisation and working techniques
Project management Time management Internet search

Successfully manage complex tech- Optimise the way you manage your Give yourself an advantage by learn-
nical projects and systems. most valuable asset. Create new ing quick and easy ways to search
freedom, thus generating more ener- for relevant information on the World
Investing around 60 minutes of your gy for new things. Wide Web.
time in training pays for itself many
times over, through increased pro- In this training program you have In two modules, you will learn to uti-
fessionalism and confidence when the chance to achieve an extremely lise the Internet effectively as an in-
managing projects. The three mod- high return. The time commitment formation resource and to use search
ules contain essential information is around 60 minutes; the time you methods and tools.
about basic principles and provide save could be many times more. In
you with lots of practical hints and two modules, you will learn the ba- Content extracts:
tips. sics of time management and how to
apply it to your everyday work. The Internet as an information
Content topics: resource
Content extracts: – The right preparation
Basic principles – The difference between catalogues
– What is a project? Basics and search engines
– Project planning – The time phenomenon – Search terms and logic operations
– Project organisation – Goal-oriented working – Using filters
– Project documentation – Time robbers
– Biorhythms Tools and methods
Project in practice – Day planning – Search processes
– Analysis – Limits of time management – Goal description
– Structuring – Consolidation circle
– Time intervals and dates Application to everyday practice – Relevance of search results
– Resources – Goals and tasks – Verification of search results
– Organisation – Definition as per S.M.A.R.T. – Making content available
– Documentation – Setting priorities
– Pareto principle Training time: approx. 1 hour
Means of control – ABC0 analysis
– 4-room apartment method – Workplace organisation E.g. single licence on CD-ROM
– S.M.A.R.T. – ALPEN method with online activation DE/EN/ES/FR
– Project structure plan Order no. 549759
– Work packages and milestones Training time: approx. 1 hour with network licence connector DE/EN/
– Network planning ES/FR
– Successive planning E.g. single licence on CD-ROM Order no. 549763
– Time and expenditure planning with online activation DE/EN/ES/FR
– Adherence to deadlines and Order no. 549767
capacity planning with network licence connector DE/EN/
ES/FR
Training time: about 1 hour Order no. 549771

Order no. 540905
ES/FR
Order no. 540907
Lean Management/Lean Production

New!
Value stream analysis and mapping Poka Yoke 5S – Workstation organisation

Those who deal with value stream Nowadays, Poka Yoke measures are The objective of the 5S training pro-
analysis and value stream mapping an established part of quality as- gramme is to become familiar with
have one goal: to create produc- surance. Poka Yoke is a well-known methods to create exemplary, well-
tion and production processes that principle, which originated in Japan. organised workstations (both in in-
achieve a true value stream. In Japanese, Poka Yoke means avoid- dustrial and administrative areas),
ing unintentional human error. Poka where work can be carried out with-
The purpose of value stream analy- Yoke describes a principle that in- out searching unnecessarily, without
sis is to make all the processes (from cludes technical measures/equip- long transport distances and without
the initial request through to the de- ment for preventing errors and elimi- waiting times (i.e. waste-free).
livery of the product) transparent. nating them immediately.
This can quickly highlight a signifi- The basic principle of every high-
cant potential for effective reshaping Content topics: quality product or service is a clean
of processes. – The story of Poka Yoke and orderly working environment.
– Inclusion of the seven types of Quality, as a basic customer need,
From the contents: waste has the highest priority at such val-
– Improving the value stream – The Poka Yoke system ue-added locations and therefore
– Added value and value stream – Typical examples of human error contributes to securing the order.
– Value stream analysis – Basic elements of Poka Yoke
– Use of value stream analysis and – Error-oriented approach Content topics:
value stream mapping – Process-oriented approach – General basic principles
– Working with value stream map- – Production-oriented approach – The 5S model
ping methods – Case studies – The seven types of waste
– Overview of the ACTUAL situation – Tasks and exercises – Visualisation in 5S
– Example: The Cycle Accessories – The 5S audit and its application
GmbH & Co. KG Training time: about 4 hours – 5S in production
– Value stream mapping – 5S in administration
– The seven types of waste E.g. single licence on CD-ROM – 5S workshop procedure
– The situation as it SHOULD be with online activation DE/EN/ES/FR
– Tasks and exercises Order no. 565018 Training time: about 4 hours
Training time: about 4 hours ES/FR E.g. single licence on CD-ROM
Order no. 565019 with online activation DE/EN/ES/FR
E.g. single licence on CD-ROM Order no. 565020
with online activation DE/EN/ES/FR with network licence connector DE/EN/
Order no. 564623 ES/FR
with network licence connector DE/EN/ Order no. 565021
ES/FR
Order no. 564624
Cooperation and management

New!
Customer orientation Team performance Personnel management

The subject of customer orientation Human resources and their integra- Competent management is not a tal-
is playing an increasingly important tion into teams are becoming more ent, it can be learned. This training
role. The success of a company also and more important. What basic programme provides a good over-
depends on how strongly it focuses rules should be followed for team view of how to delegate successfully
on the needs of its customers. success? How do you motivate team by using management tools and how
members and use group dynamics to create a positive working atmos-
This training programme offers an infor improving performance? phere with motivated employees
troduction to the complex subject of using specific management commu-
customer orientation. With the help Based on specific examples, execu- nication techniques. Furthermore,
of many practical examples, users tive or project managers will learn users discover how to handle diffi-
learn how to optimally prepare for a the most important success factors cult situations and how to manage
customer meeting, how to success- for leading a team. crises and conflicts in a positive way.
fully deal with customers and how
to develop long-term business rela- Content topics: Some sample topics:
tionships. – How does a team work? – Optimal personnel management
– Phases of team development – What does personnel management
Content topics: – The role of the team leader mean?
– How to correctly prepare for a cus- – Basic communication model – Management behaviour and styles
tomer meeting – Efficient meetings – Social competence of executive
– How to proceed during a customer – Motivation as a success factor managers
meeting – Initiating motivation – Tools for personnel selection
– Customer expectations – Empathy – Employee development
– Questioning techniques, para- – Group dynamics – Agreeing on objectives
phrasing – Conflict management – Competence management
– How to correctly communicate – Obstacles to project success
one‘s own services – Mediation Training time: about 3 hours
– How to keep the customer in mind – Discussions about conflict and
during discussions criticism E.g. single licence on CD-ROM
– Recognising purchasing signals with online activation DE/EN
– Needs analysis Training time: about 3 hours Order no. 567344
– Relationship management with network licence connector DE/EN
E.g. single licence on CD-ROM Order no. 567345
Training time: about 3 hours with online activation DE/EN
Order no. 567342
E.g. single licence on CD-ROM with network licence connector DE/EN
with online activation DE/EN Order no. 567343
Order no. 567340
with network licence connector DE/EN
Order no. 567341
Classroom Manager – Administration, Evaluation
Structuring and providing simple System requirements All programmes are available in four Note that the CD-ROM version of an
digital training aids – Windows operating system from languages, DE/EN/FR/ES, except existing web-based training cannot
Windows 2000 server (web edi- those marked with a *. be subsequently integrated into the
Making every day easier: tion). Classroom Manager. To do that, you
– You can create your own personal – Flash Player from version 8.0 require a new version.
library of training aids using exist- – Administrator access is essential
ing and new digital teaching me- for installation.
dia (Word, Excel, PowerPoint, PDF, – In addition to Classroom Manag-
web-based training, jpg, etc.). er, the following free OpenSource
– Develop individual courses using components included in the in-
digital training aids in no time at stallation package have to be in-
all. stalled: Apache 2.x, MySQL 4.x or
– With time frames, classroom-based 5.x, PHP 4.x, and Zend Optimizer.
lessons, training aids, entry re- – For standard installation, the re-
quirements, certification and a va- quired ports are Port 80 (Apache)
riety of communication options, and 3306 (MySQL).
the course structure makes your – The hardware should be an Intel/
training concept transparent. AMD x86 or x86-64 platform. There
– As a tutor, you always have an are no minimum requirements for
overview of the progress trainees the CPU, memory or hard drive.
are making.
– Provide your colleagues with tar-
geted, structured knowledge via
access authorisation. You decide
who has access to what.
28 Order online at: www.festo-didactic.com

Ordering information Use our inexpensive service package Training programme Training time
and benefit from the knowledge of in hours
Variant 1 our experts.
Classroom Manager (with up to 200 The fascination of technology 6
users registered by name at 20 work- Service package 1 Project management 1
stations at the same time), CD ROM Service package 1 contains the fol- Time management 1
with installation instructions, in DE/ lowing services: 1-day installation Internet search 1
EN/FR/ES. support, orientation and training on- Customer orientation* 3
Order no. 550804 site in Germany. Team performance* 3
Order no. On request Personnel management* 3
Variant 2 Basic principles of accounting* 1
Classroom Manager (with up to 1000 Service package 2 Pneumatics 12
users registered by name at 100 Service package 2 contains compre- Electropneumatics 12
workstations at the same time), CD hensive hotline support for your ad- Hydraulics 12
ROM with installation instructions, ministrators. It runs for one year and Electrohydraulics 12
in DE/EN/FR/ES. General and voca- includes up to 15 enquiries per tele- Electrical engineering 1 4
tional/technical schools can use the phone or e-mail. Electrical engineering 2 4
Classroom Manager option for 2000 Order no. On request Electronics 1 4
users registered by name at 200 Electronics 2 4
workstations at the same time. Update package Sensor technology 1 2
Order no. 550805 Take advantage of our software Sensor technology 2 2
maintenance agreement at an annu- Actuators – DC motor 2
Variant 3 al flat fee. It includes updates, pro- Open- and closed-loop control 2
Classroom Manager with campus/ gramme improvements and more. LOGO! Training 2
enterprise licence. The price of the update package de- Fieldbus technology 2
Order no. On request pends on the product it covers. GRAFCET 4
Order no. On request Discover MPS® 200 1
Variant 4 Machine vision 4
We also provide an ASP solution, in Safety engineering 4
which the complete system runs on Process automation 4
our server, on request. Value stream analysis and mapping 4
Order no. On request Poka Yoke 4
5S – Workstation organisation 4
Industrial safety* 3
General law on equality and discrimination* 2
Media Software Interface EasyPort
EasyPort USB – An interface for measuring, open-loop control,

closed-loop control.
New!
Connection of software/simulation Technical data

with actual training equipment/all – 24 V power supply via separate
PLCs screw terminals or via SysLink con-
nectors
The principle is simple: the USB in- – Interface to PC (galvanically iso
terface is connected to the PC. The lated): USB 2.0, RS 232. Up to
connection to the automation equip- 4 modules can be connected via
ment is via standard SysLink connec- a USB hub. Transmission speed:
tors. Input and output signals can 115 kbaud
thus be read into and output from a – Analogue interface: sub-D 15-pin
PC. So that EasyPort can adapt to dif- socket, 12 bit resolution, 4 ana-
ferent situations, we have developed logue inputs, 2 analogue outputs,
software for the device drivers with sample frequency 0.5 kHz
a graphical user interface, via which – Digital interface: 16 digital inputs,
connections can be made. 16 digital outputs on 2 x 24-pin
Centronics sockets with 8 digital in-
Control of numerous practical puts each (24 V), 8 digital outputs
process model (24 V). 24 V power supply. Digital
signals represented by LEDs
Numerous practical process models – Large LCD display, display of chan-
can be controlled using any PLC us- nel, unit, trend and measured val-
ing EasyPort and the EasyVeep® sim- ue (4 digits). Selection of the chan-
ulation software included in scope nel to be displayed and the units
of delivery. The models are docu- via keys.
mented and meet a broad range of – Controllable via Activ-X control
requirements. from Labview, C++ or Visual Basic
The topics covered include the fol-

lowing:
– Level crossings
– Multi-storey car parks
– Sorting systems
– Sluice chambers
– Lifts
– Washing machines
– 7-segment display
– Garage doors
EasyPort USB 548687
Also order:
For EasyPort with a real process or SimuBox:
I/O data cable with IEEE 488 SysLink connectors at both ends 34031
Analogue cable, parallel 529141
For EasyPort with a real PLC:
I/O data cable with IEEE 488 SysLink connectors at both ends 167106
For EasyPort, freely wirable, with any PLC:
I/O data cable with one IEEE 488 SysLink connector and open cable end sleeves 167122
For EasyPort with a PLC board:
I/O data crossover cable, with terminal socket 167197
For EasyPort with a real PLC or SimuBox:
Analogue crossover cable 533039
PLC starter kit 543081

Universal connection unit, digital (SysLink) 162231
EasyPort adapter for slotted profile plate 549806
30 www.festo-didactic.com
Media Software Interface EasyPort
Connects the simulation to the real world
Example applications Measuring Control (open loop) Closed-loop control Controlling a

simulation
PC: – Fluid Lab®-PA – FluidSIM® (only digital) – Fluid Lab®-PA – EasyVeep®

Software and simulations – Fluid Lab®-P – S7-PLCSIM – Fluid Lab®-P – FluidSIM®
– Fluid Lab®-H – CoDeSys Soft-SPS from version 2.0 – CIROS®
– Labview – Labview – Labview – Labview
– C++ – C++ – C++ – C++
– Visual Basic – Visual Basic – Visual Basic – Visual Basic
Interface: USB Interface: USB Interface: USB Interface: USB
Interface:
EasyPort USB
Interface: digital/analogue Interface: digital/analogue Interface: digital/analogue Interface: digital
Real training equipment – Simulation box, – Simulation box, – Simulation box, – Any PLC
digital/analogue digital/analogue digital/analogue – Simulation box,
– MPS® PA – MPS® PA – MPS® PA digital
– TP 210 – MPS® – TP 210 – SPS EduTrainer®
– TP 610 – TP 301 – TP 610 – SPS Board
EasyPort USB is the PC in- EasyPort USB is the PC in- EasyPort USB is the PC in- Recommendation:
terface for receiving ana- terface to control actual terface to control an actu- the PLC starter kit contains
logue measurements and processes or simulations al closed-loop controlled everything that is needed
digital signals. on a PC via an actual PLC. system. to start on the subject of
control. See Training pack-
Measurement data logged Actual process, controlled Closed-loop controlled ages Electronics/PLCs.
via: via: system, controlled via:
– Fluid Lab®-PA – S7-PLCSIM – Fluid Lab®-PA Simulated process,
– Fluid Lab®-P – FluidSIM® – Fluid Lab®-P displayed via:
– Fluid Lab®-H – CoDeSys from version 2.0 – CIROS®
– FluidSIM®
– EasyVeep®
Scope of delivery
– EasyPort USB
– 24 V connecting cable on 4 mm
safety plugs
– USB cable
– CD-ROM: EasyVeep®, EasyOPC
driver, datasheet, Activ-X control,
examples of control using Labview
Media Software Designing/Simulating with FluidSIM®
FluidSIM® 4.2 Pneumatics/Hydraulics

Individual and multiple licenses
It doesn‘t get much faster than this: The versatile software package Realistic simulations in real time Learn – simulate – apply:
GRAFCET – the new graphical de- FluidSIM® can be used to perform – Calculation of pressure build-up FluidSIM® in blended learning
scription language that describes the experiments, carry out simulations and flow rate, current and voltage concepts
logical behaviour and operation of a in real time and prepare lessons. It – Consideration of characteristic da- – User-friendly project administra-
control system or process – regard- can also be used as a virtual modular ta for calculating the pressure drop tion
less of the technical software/hard- control system and integrated into in valves – Detailed description of all compo-
ware implementation. blended learning concepts. Version 4 – Realistic switching times nents, in most cases with colour il-
features outstanding dynamic simu- – Calculation of piston acceleration lustrations
The new FluidSIM® Version 4.2 lets lation, many new components and and speed taking into considera- – Application examples in video CD
you create GRAFCET plans accord- enhanced didactic material. tion inertia, stiction and sliding format
ing to the standard DIN EN 60848 friction, leakage and end position – Standard-compliant symbol librar-
standard. In simulation mode, you The lesson preparation tool cushioning ies according to DIN ISO 1219
can observe and control the result – Windows functionality: drag & – Proportional and closed-loop-con- – Integrated learning training pro-
step by step. drop, copy & paste, context-sensi- trol technology gram as the ideal complement to
tive menus – Digital technology in accordance Festo‘s other learning training pro-
If you already use FluidSIM® 4.x, you – Copying of text and graphics to with Siemens LOGO! Soft grams
can download the update for free Word and PowerPoint – Cylinder and directional control – Variable network licenses or soft-
from the download area of our web- – Print preview, scaling and printing valve configurator ware activation via Internet
site. in all formats
– Integrated slide show: basic cir-
cuits, animated sectional views, in-
structional units, support for many
Windows-compatible image and
multimedia file formats
– Integrated fundamentals for pneu-
matics and hydraulics on video CD
32 Free demos: www.festo-didactic.com

Media Software Designing/Simulating with FluidSIM®
Dynamic simulation Circuit diagram creation Documentation Didactic material

The new simulator, which rivals The component library has been Flexible, highly detailed diagrams Extended and updated didactic ma-
those found in much more expensive greatly extended in comparison with with automatic optimum scaling. Au- terial. Comprehensive descriptions
professional programs, permits the Version 3.6. All the components are tomatic current path numbering, log- of the physical/-mathematical mod-
simulation of dynamic effects such shown in clearly structured trees. In ic element tables, terminal designa- els of the components used in Flu-
as pressure build-up, inertia, accel- addition to the enhanced valve con- tions and terminal allocation lists in idSIM®. A detailed learning training
eration, stiction and sliding friction. figurator, a flexible cylinder configu- electrical circuits. Function diagram program makes it easier to get start-
Systems with open-loop and closed- rator is now also available. editor and parts list generator. ed with simulation using FluidSIM®.
loop control can be simulated.
OPC and EasyPort – open the Mini control system with 16 I/O
gateway to the world of 24 volts Complete mini control system as a
systems logic module with up to 16 inputs
FluidSIM® can also communicate and outputs that can access the
with other applications. This makes EasyPort via OPC or directly.
it extremely easy to use FluidSIM®
for process simulation.
FluidSIM® 4.2 Pneumatics FluidSIM® 4.2 Hydraulics

E.g. single licence on CD-ROM E.g. single licence on CD-ROM Further information Network license:
with online activation with online activation Multiple licences for local in- Mobile and flexible
DE 544145 DE 544149 stallation or network instal- One individual network li-
EN 544153 EN 544157 lation, with as many licences cence allows you to install
ES 556939 ES 556943 as you need and in numerous and use FluidSIM® on any
FR 556930 FR 556934 other languages. number of computers. The
with network licence connector with network licence connector number of users who can si-
DE 544146 DE 544150 Visit us on the Internet. multaneously work with
EN 544154 EN 544158 Here you will find all the in- FluidSIM® is limited only by
ES 556940 ES 556944 formation you need on cur- the number of licences pur-
FR 556931 FR 556935 rently available versions and chased.
Student version Student version updates.
DE 544143 DE 544147
EN 544151 EN 544155
ES 556937 ES 556941
FR 556928 FR 556932
System requirements
– PC with Windows 98/ME/NT/2000/
XP/Vista
– At least Pentium II 500 MHz
– At least 128 MB RAM
– Sound card
– 4-speed CD-ROM drive
Media Software Projecting/Designing with EPLAN
EPLAN Education
Classroom licence
New!
EPLAN EPLAN Education brings industrial Your advantages – EPLAN incorporates various stand-
For more than 25 years EPLAN has standards to training and further ed- – EPLAN offers users unimaginable ards such as DIN ISO, GOST, NFPA.
stood for innovative software solu- ucation. Trainers and teachers ben- opportunities. EPLAN products not With freely configurable page and
tions and service concepts for elec- efit from a comprehensive range of only offer a graphical approach but component structures in accord-
trical and fluid engineering, planning services, a wide range of train-the- also an object-oriented engineer- ance with VDMA standards all pos-
and design. EPLAN Software & Ser- trainer options and on-site software ing approach. The system propos- sible avenues can be explored.
vice is the global leader in this branch. installation. es the best handling method for – The EPLAN Data Portal with its
Complemented by its partnership every stage of production. The user broad range of component data in-
with Autodesk in the area of mechan- does not have to predefine any- creases the quality of your docu-
ical design, EPLAN Soft & Service al- thing, but has the freedom to plan mentation and simplifies project
so offers CAE and CAD know-how on in a way best suited to the work- planning. Certified equipment and
a global scale. flow, thus determining the sys- components from well-known man-
tem‘s performance rather than the ufacturers can be easily added via
system determining the planning. drag & drop. This saves time that
– Trendsetting technologies, such would have otherwise been spent
as the new macro variant feature searching in various manufacturers
makes projects uniquely flexible: catalogues, entering different or-
parameterisation instead of (re-) der numbers and generating your
design saves time from the outset. own macros. You have round the
– Multi-user functionality enables clock access via the internet to de-
multi-location, network-wide, glo- vice information such as parts cir-
bal access to a project. The soft- cuit diagrams, schematic diagrams,
ware displays are in the corre- preview images and manuals incl.
sponding language for the user. updates.
– Unlimited foreign language sup-
port and dictionaries, in accord-
ance with ISO 5598, now make glo-
bal engineering possible.
Media Software Projecting/Designing with EPLAN
The EPLAN Education package

The EPLAN Education classroom li-
cence includes the following three
programs
– EPLAN Electric P8
– EPLAN Fluid
– EPLAN PPE
The concept deftly bridges the gap

between industrial practice and the
requirements of training and further
education. Integrated electrical and EPLAN Electric P8 EPLAN Fluid EPLAN PPE
fluid engineering, electrical, meas- The new CAE dimension for effective For specialist and logic controlled EPLAN PPE (Process Plant Engineer-
urement and control technology ena- planning of complex electro-techni- development of hydraulic, pneumat- ing) represents professional plan-
ble mechatronic design processes to cal control systems, including sup- ic, cooling, lubrication and refrigera- ning of electrical, measurement and
be conveyed comprehensively. port for PLCs, bus systems and as- tion systems. EPLAN Fluid combines control technology and design of
sembly planning. A technological CAD functionality with unique logic process engineering machines and
This means that anyone, whether lead can be gained with optional and automatises documentation, in- systems. The EPLAN PPE engineering
during training, studies or later in graphics and object orientation, vari- cluding test functions and standards system supports the entire planning
practical applications, can design an ant construction and workgroup en- compliance checks. of a system, from the creation of sys-
entire functional system, because gineering. tem overviews, P&ID diagrams, man-
the knowledge from the classroom agement of process control tasks to
can be transferred to real-life practi- comprehensive automation technol-
cal applications. ogy documentation.
With a broad range of training doc-

umentation, online help and video
demos.
Scope of delivery Differences to the industry version System requirements

The EPLAN Education package con- – Special data format which is not – PC with Windows XP SP2 or Vista
tains 25 network licences for use in compatible with the industry ver- – At least Pentium 4 with 2 GHz
the classroom and one single user li- sion – 1 GB RAM
cence for the trainer for – Limited export functions – 4 GB free space on hard disk
– EPLAN Electric P8 – Watermarked printouts – DVD-ROM disk drive
– EPLAN Fluid – Monitor resolution 1280 x 1024
– EPLAN PPE workstation licence for Scope of software service
the lecturer – Access to the EPLAN Data Portal Get to know EPLAN for free
– The software is available in 16 lan- – Provision of current releases and As a pupil, student or trainee you can
guages: DE, EN, ES, FR, NL, SE, service packs free of charge obtain a free version of EPLAN, lim-
RU, DK, CN, PL, PT, PT-BR, CZ, HU, – Special concession for training ited to the duration of your studies,
IT, KR course updates in order to produce lab work and fi-
– Optional train-the-trainer courses – HelpDesk support nal coursework in the area of elec-
from the current EPLAN course plan – E-mail support trical engineering, fluid engineer-
– On-site installation service – Online access to special support ing and electrical, measurement and
– Master data and sample projects data and information control technology. Using the soft-
– Training materials ware for commercial purposes is not
permitted.
Completing the software service con-
tract means you gain access to the Further information at:
EPLAN Data Portal which contains www.eplan.de/uk
engineering data from well-known
manufacturers.
Classroom Licence 566900

Software-Service 2 years 566902
Software-Service 5 years 566903
Media Software Simulating system and virtual learning environment CIROS®
CIROS® Automation Suite

Professional training in virtual learning environments
New!
The fascination of 3D simulation CIROS® is a general 3D simulation CIROS® Automation Suite Multiple licences
system – made in Germany. Its flex- The powerful successor to the Licensing the individual CIROS®
Modern PC technology allows us to ibility makes it suitable for a great COSIMIR®. Affordable and flexible Automation Suite packages is done
create realistic 3D simulations even variety of application areas, it has a with many different configurations. via a USB licence plug.
for the most complex of automa- variety of equipment and price op-
tion systems. These simulations ex- tions and is efficient and convenient Try it now for free: The individual packages
plore the movement dynamics of to use on a daily basis. The CIROS® www.festo-didactic.com – CIROS® Robotics
mechatronic systems in virtual real- scope of application is huge. It rang- – CIROS® Mechatronics
ity. There is no danger to man or ma- es from applications of 3D simulation System requirements – CIROS® Advanced Mechatronics
chine. This allows us to take an step in training and further training and The following apply to all CIROS® – CIROS® Production
into automation technology without implementation of the digital factory Automation Suite products: – CIROS® Studio
any worries, providing a great moti- in industrial companies to real-time – PC with Windows 2000/XP/VISTA can be extended independently of
vational boost. simulations of complex immersive – At least Pentium IV 2 GHz each other with any number of net-
virtual worlds. – 512 MB RAM work licences. This can also be done
In industrial applications, 3D simu- – Free hard disk space: 5 GB online at a later stage by a simple
lation systems are considered state- CIROS® Automation Suite is a ver- – Graphics card with Open-GL sup- change in the licence plug.
of-the-art. sion of the software used in industry port, at least 128 MB RAM and
that has been modified and extend- 1024 x 768 resolution
The ways we work and learn have ed to meet the requirements of train- – DVD-ROM disk drive
changed – and the CIROS® Automa- ing and further training. It consists – Recommended: Internet access
tion Suite supports these new meth- of five individual, carefully matched – Recommended: E-mail client with
ods. The visual conception of ideas program packages with a very real- E-mail account on the computer for
takes centre stage. The attractive istic 3D simulation of simple to very upgrading the licence plug
visual representation on the PC mo- complex automation systems. The
tivates and encourages the learning numerous learning scenarios can be
process. adapted and extended individually.

The Automation Suite contains the CIROS® Mechatronics systems with a distributed control ar- CIROS® Studio
following software products: CIROS® Mechatronics is the virtual chitecture, commission and control CIROS® Studio is the professional
learning environment for mechatron- them using the SIMATIC S7. tool for creating complex models
CIROS® Robotics ics with a focus on PLC-controlled and their simulation. The industrial-
CIROS® Robotics is ideally suited systems. It offers an ideal working CIROS® Production ly tried, powerful development plat-
for learning how to program and environment for PLC programming The unique software solution for vir- form combines the three tools, Simu-
commission industrial robot sys- based on Siemens S7 and includes a tual learning environments in indus- lation, Modelling and Programming,
tems. The program offers a large virtual learning environment for the trial factory automation. The plan- in one common interface.
number of different robot models. mechatronic training system MPS®. ning of manufacturing plants, the
The integrated training program on logistics of manufacturing processes Single Licence DE/EN 562162
robotics conveys everything from CIROS® Advanced Mechatronics and the design and optimisation of
the basic principles of handling CIROS® Advanced Mechatronics ena- manufacturing executing systems as
technology to the use of robots in bles you to flexibly set up individual well as product management take
space missions. MPS® stations for mechatronic plant centre stage.
The functions at a glance CIROS® CIROS® CIROS® Advanced CIROS® CIROS®

Robotics Mechatronics Mechatronics Production Studio
3D display (with rendering) + + + + +

Simulation (multi-robot) + + +
Simulation (Mitsubishi Compiler) + +
Simulation (KUKA, ABB, Adept-Compiler) optional
Interface Mitsubishi Controller +
Robotics learning cells + user interface +
Mechatronics learning cells + user interface + +
Simulation (1 PLC + download) + + +
Simulation (multi-PLC + download) + +
Simulation (multi-PLC) + + + +
Simulation (learning environment for troubleshooting) + +
Modelling (CAD – import, mechanisms) +
Modelling (layout editor + MPS® library) +
Modelling (layout editor + iCIM library) +
OPC interface (freely configurable) +
Permanently configured OPC interface + + +
Manual control environment + +
Configurable work cell window + + + +
Control station (without HW driver) +
Production management + +
The programs in the CIROS® Automation Suite

New!
CIROS® Robotics – Comprehensive library with more CIROS® Mechatronics – Powerful error simulation with
CIROS® Robotics is ideally suited for than 20 predefined robot work CIROS® Mechatronics is the virtual multiple error scenarios incl. ad-
learning how to program and com- cells enables you to go directly to learning environment for mechatron- justment errors for sensors. Set-
mission industrial robot systems. commissioning and programming ics with a focus on PLC-controlled ting errors is password-protected.
The program offers a large number of of robot applications: from sim- systems. It offers an ideal working Locating and eliminating errors can
different robot models. The integrat- ple pick & place tasks right up to environment for PLC programming be logged and the results can be
ed training program on robotics con- plants with numerous robot sys- based on Siemens S7 and includes a evaluated, thus enabling you to de-
veys everything from the basic prin- tems. virtual learning environment for the sign effective training for systemat-
ciples of handling technology to the mechatronic training system MPS®. ic commissioning and repair in the
use of robots in space missions. Licensing is done via a USB licence event of malfunctions within the
plug. You can extend this single li- – The comprehensive model library simulation environment.
– All the required basic knowledge cence by any number of network li- contains 3D process models of all – 3D real-time simulation with all
for automation with robots is con- cences at any point. This can also MPS® stations, various convey- the features of CIROS® Studio.
veyed by the integrated CIROS® be done online at a later stage by a or systems and a high bay ware-
Robotics Assistant which offers simple change in the licence plug. house. When networked with the Licensing is done via a USB licence
numerous graphics and animations CIROS® Robotics is contained in the Automation Suite, this can be ex- plug. You can extend this individual
to explain technical terms and CIROS® Automation Suite as a sin- tended or modified. licence by any number of network
facts, videos on a large number of gle licence. – Activation of the models can be licences at any time. This can also
industrial applications involving in- done immediately from the inte- be done online at a later stage by a
dustrial robots, sample programs x-licence DE/EN 562169 grated virtual S7-PLC, from STEP simple change in the licence plug.
for every robot work cell, technical 7 of the simulated SIMATIC Con- CIROS® Mechatronics is contained
documentation including instruc- troller S7-PLCSIM or via the Easy- in the CIROS® Automation Suite as a
tions on processing. Port of any other external hard- single licence.
– 3D real-time simulation with all ware PLC.
the features of CIROS® Studio. – In manual mode single-step move- x-Licence DE/EN 562171
– Programming environment for IRL ments can be performed and com-
(Industrial Robot Language), pro- piled to form flow sequences with-
gramming languages Movemaster out programming.
Command and Melfa Basic IV for
the class of Mitsubishi robot sys-
tems.
CIROS® Advanced Mechatronics – Commissioning of distributed con- CIROS® Production CIROS® Supervision enables you to
CIROS® Advanced Mechatronics ena- trol systems: Each station of the The unique software solution for vir- create basic versions of an MES sys-
bles you to flexibly set up individual plant can be operated in manual tual learning environments in indus- tem (Manufacturing Executing Sys-
MPS® stations for mechatronic plant mode. This enables you to commis- trial factory automation. The plan- tem) for your production line at the
systems with a distributed control ar- sion the control programs in the in- ning of manufacturing plants, the push of a button, including the func-
chitecture, commission and control dividual stations step by step and logistics of manufacturing processes tions of a manufacturing control
them using the SIMATIC S7. to test the communication. and the design and optimisation of station with graphic process track-
– 3D real-time simulation with all manufacturing executing systems as ing and a link to the production da-
– Comprehensive model library with the features of CIROS® Studio. well as product management take tabase.
all the current MPS® stations from – Integrated, powerful error simula- centre stage.
Festo Didactic. tion. The focus with the error simu- The integrated constructed process
– The convenient layout editor per- lation is now on the errors that may CIROS® Production links the simula- language of CIROS® Supervision can
mits setting up, programming and occur as a result of combining dif- tion with the control of real plants be used to extend, optimise or com-
commissioning mechatronic plant ferent stations. and consists of the integrated soft- pletely revise the MES system.
systems with a distributed control ware components Production Simu-
architecture. A second library also lation, Supervision and Production The production management of
enables you to design MPS® plants CIROS® Advanced Mechatron- Management. CIROS® Supervision provides the fol-
with conveyors. ics is contained in the CIROS® lowing data: parts lists with work
– Distributed control concept: Each Automation Suite as a single Production Simulation is used to schedules, warehouse and resource
station has its own virtual STEP-7 licence, but is not available create the 3D models of your produc- administration, as well as order ad-
controller with a separate control as a separate product. tion line from library elements. ministration and time scheduling of
program that can be modified or orders. This enables you to simulate
created from scratch at any time. – The library has numerous manu- the basic structures of a planning
Simple communication program- facturing, assembly, warehouse system. The database can also be
ming: during layout planning, all and measuring stations for setting used in order to integrate an external
communication connections are up an iCIM production line. The sta- planning system or ERP system.
created automatically. tions have integrated control func-
tionalities that can be extended
with CIROS® Studio at any time. CIROS® Production is con-
– The 3D simulation comprises all tained in the CIROS® Automa-
the most important components of tion Suite as a single licence,
a manufacturing system from flex- but is not available as a sepa-
ible material flow up to individu- rate product.
al sensors, and uses the complex
functionality of CIROS® Studio.
– The Layout module permits you to
create the layout of future produc-
tion lines with only a few clicks of
the mouse as well as the 3D model
at the same time.
The programs in the CIROS® Automation Suite

New!
CIROS® Studio Robot programming that supports – Collision detection through colour
CIROS® Studio is the professional different programming languages: change or warning messages with/ CIROS® Studio is contained
tool for creating complex models – IRL (DIN 66312) without acknowledgement. Simple in the CIROS® Automation
and their simulation. The industrial- – Movemaster Command and Melfa selection of the objects that are to Suite as a single licence, but
ly tried, powerful development plat- Basic IV for Mitsubishi robots be checked for collision. is not available as a separate
form combines the three tools, Simu- – Programming assistant with syntax – Sensor simulation: from the induc- product.
lation, Modelling and Programming, checking and syntax highlighting tive sensor to the camera, almost
in one common interface. – Optional: KRL for KUKA robots, all sensors and their physical prop-
RAPID for ABB robots, V+ for Adept erties can be simulated. In this way
3D modelling with the standardised and Stäubli robots it is possible to analyse realistic
STEP import filter for external CAD – RCI Explorer for Mitsubishi robots: interactions with the peripheral
systems: powerful interface to the Mitsubi- equipment.
– CAD basic functions shi robot controllers via Ethernet – Simulation of tubing connections
– Definition of local coordinate sys- TCP/IP or serial interface. With a and energy chains. Tubing connec-
tems (Master Frames) for simple convenient program editor, pro- tions and energy chains are not
relative positioning of objects gram downloads and uploads, on- taken into account in numerous 3D
– Modelling through parameterisa- line visualisation of robot system simulation systems. However, they
tion of the shape, the kinemat- data, program tracking in individu- are often the reason for collisions
ics and the material and physical al step mode and automatic mode, in practical operations.
properties project backups. – Error simulation: creation of user
– Libraries with industrial robot sys- interfaces for configuring error sce-
tems and numerous automation 3D real-time simulation includ- narios and for troubleshooting.
components ing transport simulation, simulation – Virtual control multitasking: proc-
– Library of powerful automation of tubing connections and energy ess models can be controlled si-
mechanisms. Optional: VRML ex- chains, error simulations, sensor multaneously by several robot
port simulations. All 3D objects are con- and/or PLC controllers (S5 or S7).
trolled by integrated virtual control- – OPC client with configuration menu
lers via mechanical or electrical infor communication with any OPC
terfaces. This enables very realistic servers.
experiments and analyses:
– Transport simulation is a very pow-
erful extension to the 3D simula-
tion core. It is used for the flexible
design of any transport processes.
CIROS® additional licences and updates

New!
CIROS® Automation Suite additional System requirements COSIMIR® turns into CIROS® – Save Licensing is done via a USB licence
licences – PC with Windows 2000/XP/VISTA on updates now plug which can be extended by fur-
– At least Pentium IV 2 GHz ther network licences online at any
Can only be installed in combination – 512 MB RAM Update now and discover the ad- point in time.
with the CIROS® Automation Suite, – Free space on the hard disk: 5 GB vantages of the new CIROS®. All CO-
Order No. 562162. – Graphics card with Open-GL sup- SIMIR® models can be further edited Please note: the compilers for the
port, at least 128 MB RAM and in the CIROS® Automation Suite. robot programming languages KRL,
Licensing the individual CIROS® Au- 1024 x 768 resolution RAPID and V+ are not included in the
tomation Suite licence is done via a – DVD-ROM disk drive The CIROS® Automation Suite con- scope of delivery. You can purchase
USB licence plug. – Recommended: Internet access tains the following software prod- these as an option after activation in
– Recommended: Email client with ucts: your licence plug.
The individual packages email account on the computer, – CIROS® Robotics
– CIROS® Robotics so as to be able to upgrade the li- (replaces COSIMIR® Robotics) Call us. We will gladly advise you and
– CIROS® Mechatronics cence plug. – CIROS® Mechatronics prepare an attractively priced offer
– CIROS® Advanced Mechatronics (replaces COSIMIR® PLC) for your update to CIROS®.
– CIROS® Production x-license CIROS Robotics – CIROS® Advanced Mechatronics
– CIROS® Studio Order no. 565942 (replaces COSIMIR® PLC Advanced) Update 1
can be extended independently of x-license CIROS Mechatronics – CIROS® Production Update from COSMIR® Professional
each other with any number of net- Order no. 565943 (replaces COSIMIR® Factory) incl. all further COSIMIR® software
work licences. This can also be done x-license CIROS Advanced Mechatronics – CIROS® Studio packages to CIROS® Automation
online at a later stage by a simple Order no. 564917-A (replaces COSIMIR® Professional) Suite (Order No. 565812)
change in the licence plug. x-license CIROS Production
Order no. 564917-P Your advantages Update 2
x-license CIROS Studio – All the learning environments for Update from COSMIR® Robotics or
Order no. 564917-S mechatronics, robotics and factory Educational to CIROS® Robotics (Or-
automation under one roof! der No. 565940)
– New activity-based user for tasks
and projects Update 3
– Attractive learning environments Update from COSMIR® PLC to CIROS®
that you can help design Mechatronics (Order No. 565941)
– New online learning assistant
– New rendering system permits Update 1 565812
clearly improved visualisation of Update 2 565940
the 3D simulation Update 3 565941
– New, very powerful STEP import fil-
ter for CAD data
Media Software Corporate strategic planning simulation learn2work
learn2work Professional
Business thinking and hands-on Expert support Topics learn2work Professional CD-ROM
learning User training sessions with learn- – Costing of assignments If no online access is available, learn-
learn2work simulates all aspects of 2work as well as train-the-trainer – Production planning 2work can be installed via CD-ROM.
a business that pose constant chal- workshops with certified trainers are – Investment decisions This single-user licence has unlim-
lenges, such as market fluctuations, available to help you provide long- – Personnel management ited validity.
employee illness or machine break- term support, thus adding momen- – Soft skills
down. With this in mind, learn2work tum and optimising the application. – Ergonomics Advantage:
combines training with motivation, – Marketing campaigns No Internet connection required
promotes business thinking and ac- We offer consultation on request on – Reference data and costs
tion and offers a wide range of busi- how to integrate learn2work into an – Sales management, key account You receive a printed colour manual
ness measures. existing training portfolio. management for every CD-ROM.
– Warehouse management
Target group The benefits to you – Controlling learn2work Enterprise
Different degrees of difficulty and an – Recognising corporate contexts – Accounting, financial ratios As part of a project, learn2work can
individualised scenario editor make – Testing and applying theoretical be adapted to fit individual indus-
for a wide range of possible appli- knowledge learn2work Professional Online trial and corporate processes (on
cations: – Understanding downstream and learn2work Online can be used request).
– School students, trainees upstream processes with all web browsers and Flash-
– Skilled workers, foremen – Learning and motivation through Player without the need to install Demo version:
– Managers play it. This personal licence is valid for www.learn2work.de
two years. The licences are admin-
Getting started is made simple Individual training and case studies istered on a convenient platform. If
Comprehensive tips make it easy to You can easily create individual you buy a licence package, you can
get started: training scenarios using the editor: also use the platform to set up learn-
– Comprehensive „Company manu- – As many personalised scenarios er groups.
al“ with tasks and a business glos- as you like
sary (in colour) – Adaptable to the economic envi- Advantages:
– Explanation of the basic logic func- ronment – No installation and maintenance
tions in the guided tutorial as part – Set individual targets costs
of the software – Three preset start scenarios – Access from any computer with
– Three documented starting scenar- Internet connection
ios cover a few general business – Convenient learner administration
areas (innovations, personnel re-
structuring, liquidity squeeze). You receive a printed colour manual
for every licence purchased.
1 Licence DE/EN Online 556250

5 Licences DE/EN Online 556251
25 Licences DE/EN Online 556252
1 Licence DE/EN CD-ROM 556253
Media Software Programming software
Programming software
FST for FEC® MULTIPROG for FEC® 3x Mitsubishi GX Trainer Package RSLogix 500 Starter
FST for FEC® contains convenient MULTIPROG is a standard program- The standard programming software The programming software for the
functions for programming, testing, ming system for programmable for controller type FX from Mitsubi- Micro Logix controller type by Allen-
commissioning and servicing of au- logic controllers. It is based on the shi includes GX Developer for the Bradley contains the RSLogix 500
tomation projects. The reliable pro- IEC 61131 standard and includes all programming of AWL, FUP, KOP, as Starter as well as RS Linx Lite for pro-
gramming languages statement list IEC features. well as GX IEC Developer, the power- gramming LDR. The CD-ROM (EN)
(STL) or ladder diagram (LDR) are ful development environment to IEC manual incorporates Getting Results
available for programming. Programming languages: 61131 (AWL, FBS, KOP, AS, ST). The with RSLogix 500.
Text-based languages Structured Trainer Package consists of six full
Includes user and training manuals. Text (ST) and Statement List (STL) licences and six student versions on System requirements
Software and training manual on as well as the graphic languages separate CD-ROMs for doing home- – PC with Win NT/2000/XP
CD-ROM (DE/EN). Function Block Diagram (FBD), Lad- work. – At least Pentium II 500 MHz
der Diagram (LDR) and Sequential – 128 MB RAM
System requirements Function Chart (SFC). Scope of delivery: – 45 MB free space on hard disc
– PC with Win 95/98/NT4.0/2000/XP – GX IEC Developer (DE/EN) – 3.5“ floppy disc drive
– CD-ROM drive The current version is designed for – GX IEC Developer for students
programming the SPS FEC®-FC34- (DE/EN) EN 535829
DE 537927 MWT. – GX Developer (DE/EN)
EN 537928 – GX Developer for students (EN)
Includes manual in PDF format (DE/ – Manual on CD-ROM (DE/EN)
EN/FR).
System requirements
System requirements – PC with Win 98/ME/NT/2000/XP
– PC with Win 95/98/NT 4.0 – At least PentiumII 450 MHz
SP5/2000 – 64 MB RAM
– At least Pentium 350 MHz – 150 MB free space on hard disk
– 128 MB RAM
– Approx. 60 MB of hard disk space The Trainer Package is intended ex-
– 4-speed CD-ROM drive clusively for basic and further train-
– Internet Explorer 4 or higher ing.
DE/EN/FR 539005 DE/EN 541149
Media Software Programming software
Programming software Siemens
STEP 7 Trainer Package STEP 7 Trainer Package Upgrade

The STEP 7 Trainer Package for 12 To the current version of the STEP 7
users contains the programming lan- Trainer Package. Prerequisite: Train-
guages Statement List (STL), Func- er Package for 12 students. Intend-
tion Chart (FCH) and Ladder Dia- ed for non-industrial users only. The
gram (LDR) (basic package) as well Trainer Package contains 60 licences
as STEP 7-SCL, STEP 7-GRAPH and (3 x 20) for the STEP 7 Software for
distributed intelligence iMap. It fa- Students (365-day licence).
cilitates the realisation of networked
solutions with SIMATIC S7-300/-400, For 12 students. Scope as for STEP 7
SIMATIC C7. The Trainer Package Trainer Package (order no. 548573).
also contains the S7-PLCSIM simula-
tion software. Using the simulation
software S7-PLCSIM it is possible to STEP 7 Software for Students
carry out the functional test of the The trial licence for 365 days in-
SIMATIC S7 user blocks on PG/PC cludes the programming languages
regardless of the availability of the Statement List (STL), Function Chart
target hardware. Detection and elim- (FCH) and Ladder Diagram (LDR) (ba-
ination of program errors are there- sic package), STEP 7-SCL, STEP 7-
fore possible at a much earlier stage GRAPH, as well as the S7-PLCSIM
in development. The Trainer Package simulation software.
contains 60 copies (3 x 20 licences)
of the STEP 7 Software for Students The software and documentation are
(365-day licence). supplied on CD-ROM whilst 20 float-
ing licences are supplied on a USB
S7-PLCSIM can be used for all user stick (DE/EN/FR/ES/IT).
blocks and a selection of existing
system functions which have been Prerequisite: S7 Trainer Package for
created in one of the following pro- 12 users.
gramming languages: STL, LDR, FCH,
STEP 7-GRAPH, STEP 7-HiGraph,
STEP 7-SCL. STEP 7 Professional for Training
Contains the programming lan-
The software and documentation are guages Statement List (STL), Func-
supplied on CD-ROM whilst the float- tion Chart (FCH) and Ladder Diagram
ing licence is supplied on a USB stick (LDR) (basic package) as well as
(DE/EN/FR/ES/IT). STEP 7-SCL, STEP 7-GRAPH and S7-
PLCSIM.
Intended for non-industrial users
only. The software and documentation are
supplied on CD-ROM whilst the float-
ing licence is supplied on a USB stick
(DE/EN/FR/ES/IT).
Intended for industrial users.
System requirements
– PC with Win XP PROF/2000 PROF
– At least Pentium 200 MHz
– At least 128 MB RAM
– 200 – 430 MB of hard disk space
– At least 8-speed CD-ROM drive
STEP 7 Trainer Package DE/EN/FR/ES/IT 548573

STEP 7 Trainer Package Upgrade DE/EN/FR/ES/IT 548574
STEP 7 Software for Students DE/EN/FR/ES/IT 548576
STEP 7 Professional for Training DE/EN/FR/ES/IT 548575

Media Software Programming software/Visualisation software
Programming software Visualisation software
WinPisa for SPC 200 LOGO! Soft Comfort WinCC InTouch

WinPISA is software for planning, Powerful programming software for SIMATIC WinCC is a PC-based control InTouch is an interactive system for
commissioning, programming and the creation of LOGO! programs by and monitoring system designed for visualising, monitoring and control-
servicing pneumatic axes involving means of drag and drop. With simu- the visualisation and control of proc- ling industrial processes.
the SPC 200 axis controller. It offers lation and extensive program docu- esses, sequences and machines.
the following functions: mentation. Program creation in FCH The package comprises the InTouch
– Convenient management of various or LDR. The package consists of a configu- development and runtime version for
positioning drives in projects ration (development) system and a Windows with 256 PLC variables and
– Commissioning and diagnosis of System requirements runtime system for 1024 variables the standard Wizard library.
positioning drives in online mode – PC with Win 95/98/2000/ME/ (PowerTags). Coupling with S5, S7,
– Programming of positioning sys- NT/XP Profibus (DP) is integrated into the Includes manual and context-related
tems in accordance with DIN 66025 – Pentium processor package. Coupling with other sys- help texts in the software. Supplied
– Graphic presentation of measured – 64 MB RAM tems on request. on CD-ROM with dongle.
values – 90 MB of hard disk space
Supplied on CD-ROM, without doc- Also order:
System requirements DE/EN/FR/ES/IT/PT 526505 umentation. Detailed documenta- Intouch manual containing detailed
– PC with Win 95/98/NT/2000 tion and configuration manuals on descriptions of software handling
– At least Pentium request. and the functions for the creation of
– 4 MB RAM visualisation applications (order no.
– Approx. 30 MB of hard disk space System requirements 95241 (German), order no. 95242
– 8-speed CD-ROM drive – PC with Win 2000/XP (English))
– At least Pentium 800 MHZ
DE 170095 – 512 MB RAM System requirements
EN 170097 – Approx. 20 GB of hard disk space – PC with Win 2000/XP
– 8-speed CD-ROM drive – 1.2 GHz Pentium III
– 512 MB RAM
1 licence – 2 GB harddisk
DE/EN/ES/FR/IT 195439 – CD-ROM drive
6 licences (Trainer Package)
DE/EN/ES/FR/IT 195442 DE/EN 192108
Media Software Multimedia data base Mechatronics Assistant
Mechatronics Assistant
Version 2
New!
The multimedia tool for training at Your advantages

school and at work – Training with MPS® can begin im-
– Structured archive on DVD with mediately with ready-to-use tasks
complete documentation involving modules, stations and
– For project work, as well as for systems.
training and preparation for tests – Various degrees of difficulty for
– For all training-related areas in the different levels of learning: from
field of automation technology introductory tasks to complex
– For teachers and learners: struc- projects
ture and content have been organ- – Create your own archive: all tasks
ised in such a way that trainees can be easily modified and saved
can work independently with the as individualised assignments.
Mechatronics Assistant on any giv- – Format documents to suit your in-
en task. dividual needs and reuse them:
many of the documents included
Content with the Mechatronics Assistant
– Practice and topic related range of are available in source format (e.g.
tasks with solutions doc, ppt, dxf).
– Graphics, photos, animations, – Supplementary information and
videos sequences, presentations cross-references can be accessed
– Manuals, operating instructions, quickly by means of hyperlinks.
data sheets and circuit diagrams – The high-performance full text
– Additional teaching aids and com- search function retrieves content
plete technical documentation, as as required. Graphics, animations
well as lots of tips for working with and videos are also linked to key-
MPS® words and can be retrieved using
the search function.
– Always the latest thanks to free
updates: you can download up-
dates, new tasks, sample pro-
grammes and project ideas free of
charge. Your Mechatronics Assist-
ant develops as your knowledge in-
creases: www.festo-didactic.com.
Note System requirements

– Multiple licences for local or net- – PC with Windows 2000, XP or Vista
work installations with any desired – Office package
number of licences, with online ac- – Flash Player
tivation or dongle – dxf-Viewer
– Can be installed in German, English – Sound card
or Spanish, as well as other lan- – DVD drive
guages upon request – Screen resolution:
– Shipped on DVD in Systainer at least 1024 x 768 pixels
x-Licence with online activation DE/EN/ES/FR 563358

x-Licence with network licence connector DE/EN/ES/FR 563359
Mechatronics Assistant Update 1.0 – 2.0
6 licences with online activation DE/EN/ES/FR 562483
6 licences with network licence connector DE/EN/ES/FR 562482
46 Free demos: www.festo-didactic.com

Courseware
Theory and practice. We have a wide Take a look for yourself and check
range of courseware tailored to your out our training offers on the Inter-
needs: net at:
Text books www.festo-didactic.com

Standard books imparting basic
knowledge. With many exercises
and practical examples that can be
solved without the hardware. Ide-
al for self-tuition and as a guide for
trainers.
Workbooks
Practical exercises with supplemen-
tary notes, worked examples and
data sheets. The exercises are based
on the various Festo Didactic equip-
ment sets. For comprehensive, prac-
tice-focused training.
Dictionaries, manuals and technical

books
Offer specialised information for cov-
erage of various topics in greater
depth. Ideal for self-tuition or refer-
ence.
Transparency sets, videos

Didactically designed for easy-to-fol-
low and interesting presentation.
Posters
The large DIN A1 formats are a clear
and striking medium for the presen-
tation of complex subject matter.
Working material
Media for optimum training, reduc-
ing preparation time and cutting
classroom time.
47
Media Courseware Pneumatics
Textbooks
Pneumatics
0NEUMATICS %LECTROPNEUMATICS
"ASICÙ,EVEL "ASICÙ,EVEL
4EXTBOOKÙ40Ù 4EXTBOOKÙ40Ù Fundamentals of

Pneumatische pneumatic control
Grundsteuerungen engineering
Text book
1A1
1A1 1B1 1B2 1A1 1B1 1B2
1V1 4 2
1V1 4 2 1V1 4 2
14 12
14 12 14 12
5 3 5 3 5 3
1 1S1 2
1
1S1 2
1
1S1 2 1S2 2
1 3 1 3
1B1 2 1B2 2 1B1 2 1B2 2
1 3 1 3
1 3 1 3 1 3 1 3
&ESTOÚ$IDACTIC &ESTOÚ$IDACTIC 151508 DE Festo Didactic

ÚEN ÚEN 11/06 090851 EN
Pneumatics, Basic level Electropneumatics, Basic level Practical knowledge: Fundamentals of pneumatic control
This book is intended for basic train- This textbook represents an impres- Basic pneumatic controllers engineering
ing in pneumatic control technology sive synthesis of years of experience Fully revised and extended. Now Fundamentals of control technol-
and teaches physical fundamentals gained in Festo Didactic courses over 80 pages: ogy, pneumatic controls, circuit de-
of pneumatics as well as the function and the requirements of company sign, exercises, and drawing pneu-
and use of pneumatic components. and college training. It explains ba- This booklet has been created for matic symbols are explained in this
Numerous diagrams facilitate and sic equipment and modern installa- practitioners who need to implement textbook. Readers and seminar at-
ensure comprehension. Pneumatic tion-saving components that require small projects quickly and effective- tendees will be able to solve simple
circuits are explained using exam- little maintenance. An extensive de- ly. The various circuit examples fa- control problems and develop circuit
ples. Model solutions and detailed scription of methods of representa- cilitate the creation of many simple diagrams. Includes an introduction
explanations improve the student‘s tion showing motion sequences and tasks. The examples shown are com- to general fundamentals of control
knowledge of circuit design and se- circuit states makes complex circuits plementary. If something is not clear, technology, symbols, definition of
quences. easy to understand. A detailed exam- the previous step can be referred terms, and covers topics from basic
ple provides students with the nec- to. This means that even those with controls to the systematic develop-
P. Croser, F. Ebel essary knowledge for planning and little experience can quickly get to ment of control systems.
Edition 2003, 280 pages, bound implementing an electropneumatic grips with the subject matter.
DE 93130 circuit. J. P. Hasebrink, R. Kobler, S. Idler
EN 93131 Reference work for circuit planning Edition 1985, 101 pages, bound
ES 94384 G. Prede, D. Scholz symbols DE 90850
FR 93132 Edition 2001, 296 pages, bound A detailed overview of the most im- EN 90851
DE 91180 portant circuit planning symbols
EN 91181 shows the structure of controllers
ES 90877 and gives hints on the practical im-
FR 90872 plementation of circuit diagrams that
have been developed.
W. Braungard, P. Löbelenz, G. Mark

Edition 2006, 80 pages, booklet
DE 151508
Also order:
FluidSIM® Pneumatics. This
software enables you to de-
sign and simulate the sample
circuits supplied on a PC.
48 Free of charge reading samples: www.festo-didactic.com

The new workbooks: project-oriented, with CD-ROM
The new training reference on the

fundamentals of pneumatic and 0NEUMATICS %LECTROPNEUMATICS Pneumatic drives
"ASICÙ,EVEL "ASICÙ,EVEL
electro-pneumatic control technol-
ogy from Festo Didactic. These work- 7ORKBOOKÙ40Ù 7ORKBOOKÙ40Ù Workbook TP 220
books provide detailed descriptions

of industry-oriented projectswith #$ 2/-ÚINCLUDED #$ 2/-ÚINCLUDED CD-ROM included
problem descriptions, parameters

and project assignments. Work-
sheets support the students through
the required stages of planning, ex-
ecution and function testing and pro-
vide sample solutions.
New topics
Extended fundamentals such as
economy and safety. Our goal is to &ESTOÚ$IDACTIC &ESTOÚ$IDACTIC Festo Didactic
ÚEN ÚEN 559880 EN
empower the participants to make

sound and safe decisions.
Pneumatics Workbook, Electropneumatics Workbook, Pneumatic drives workbook,
Includes the multimedia CD-ROM Basic level TP 101 Basic level TP 201 TP 220
containing photos and videos of in- R.C. Weber, W. Haring, U. Metzger M. Pany, S. Scharf Details issues and projects in 16 ex-
dustrial applications and circuit dia- Edition 2005, 200 pages, with CD-ROM, Edition 2005, 200 pages, with CD-ROM, ercises closely linked to industrial-
grams. Theoretical information is in binder in binder practice, each comprising a problem
conveyed using animated cutaway DE 540671 DE 540673 description and work assignment.
models for greater clarity. Work- EN 541088 EN 541090 F. Ebel, J. Hasel
sheets and exercise sheets can be ES 542503 ES 542505 Edition 2007, 340 pages, with CD-ROM,
reprinted as necessary. FR 542507 FR 542509 in folder
DE 549982
You will need the matching equip- Pneumatics Workbook, Electropneumatics Workbook, EN 559880
ment sets to carry out the project Advanced level TP 102 Advanced level TP 202 ES 559881
exercises. R.C. Weber, W. Haring, U. Metzger M. Pany, S. Scharf FR 559882
– Pneumatics, Basic level TP 101 Edition 2005, 160 pages, with CD-ROM, Edition 2005, 200 pages, with CD-ROM,
– Pneumatics, Advanced level TP 102 in binder in binder
– Electro-pneumatics, Basic level DE 540672 DE 540674
TP 201 EN 541089 EN 541091
– Electro-pneumatics, Advanced lev- ES 542504 ES 542506
el TP 202 FR 542508 FR 542510
– Pneumatic drives TP 220
Closed-loop and servopneumatics

The amazing world of pneumatics
#LOSED ,OOPÙ0NEUMATICS 3ERVO 0NEUMATIC

0OSITIONING
7ORKBOOKÙ40Ù 7ORKBOOKÙ0NEU0OS
&ESTOÚ$IDACTIC &ESTOÚ$IDACTIC
ÚEN ÚEN
Closed-loop pneumatics Servopneumatic positioning The amazing world of pneumatics

The 21 exercises contained in this This workbook containing 12 exer- This book uses countless examples
workbook offer a practical introduc- cises and solutions offers a prac- to illustrate the range of applications
tion to closed-loop control pneumat- tice-oriented introduction to servop- of air and also gives a short history
ics. Besides fundamentals, the work- neumatics. You will need the partial of this technology. But above all, it
book also covers subjects such as equipment sets PneuPos to carry out shows the direction in which air-driv-
the function of various controllers the exercises. en systems are developing. Vendor-
and control circuits, empirical setting independent and exciting.
of controller parameters and the in-
fluence of interference variables. You „Amazing world of pneumatics“ is
will need equipment set Closed-loop not a textbook, but a book full of ide-
control pneumatics, TP 111 to carry as – showing all the different things
out the exercises. you can do with air and giving some
idea of the future development of
J. Gerhartz, D. Scholz pneumatics.
Edition 2001, 542 pages, in binder D. Scholz, H.-J. Eberhardt
DE 94459 Edition 2000, 290 pages, in binder Gerhard Vogel, Eugen Mühlberger
EN 94465 DE 192503 Edition 2001, 208 pages, bound
ES 533499 EN 196949 DE 53977
FR 94347 ES 533498 EN 54085

BIBB courses
Pneumatics
Pneumatic control technology, Also order: Electropneumatic control Also order:

exercises for trainees Pneumatic control engineering, technology Tasks, log sheets, exercise circuits
Recommended and published by the exercises and solutions Electropneumatic control technol- For the BIBB Electropneumatics
Bundesinstitut für Berufsbildung Recommended and published by the ogy, fundamentals and application course.
(BIBB) (German Federal Institute for Bundesinstitut für Berufsbildung examples. Recommended and pub-
Vocational Education and Training). (BIBB) (German Federal Institute for lished by the German Federal Insti- Edition 1999, 40 pages, loose-leaf
Vocational Education and Training). tute for Vocational Training (Bundes- DE 93080
Topics institut für Berufsbildung (BIBB)).
– Compressed air production For various questions from the in- Designed for further and vocational
– Basic terms in control technology structors document, order no. training in the field of electrical con-
– Servicing 90070. The document contains the trol of pneumatic systems.
– Maintenance solutions and circuit diagrams for the
– Inspection 11 exercises put to the trainees. The BIBB Electropneumatics equip-
– Repairs ment set is designed for the BIBB
– Prerequisite for systematic repair 2007 edition, 54 pages, loose-leaf format course.
– Procedures DE 90090
– Fault finding Edition 1999, 160 pages, loose-leaf
– Fault documentation DE 93070
– Fault analysis
11 exercises
– Sealing metal tins
– Punching device for veneered
components
– Actuation of a swivelling bridge
– Squaring shears for veneered
tables
– Cutter for cardboard strips
– Bonding fixture for labels
– Cushion tester
– Packing machine
– Hoist for packages
– Clamping and drilling fixture
– Tilting window
The BIBB pneumatics equipment set

has been adapted to the BIBB in-
struction course.
2007 edition, 160 pages, in a folder

DE 90070
Transparency sets and videos

Pneumatics
Fundamentals of pneumatics All symbols compliant with DIN/ISO

This transparency set is used to il- 1219. Includes CD-ROM with PDF
lustrate the fundamentals of pneu- files of slides.
matics, display motion sequences
Direct Actuation of Cylinders and circuit states, direct and indi- F. Ebel
rect directionally dependent circuits, Edition 2000, 52 transparencies, with CD-
logic AND/OR functions of the start- ROM, in binder
up signal, time-dependent circuits DE 95000
with a pressure sequence valve and EN 95001
�
troubleshooting in simple pneumat- ES 95003

� � ic circuits.
�
The text page contains a complete

�
image of the transparency with addi-

Single-acting cylinder Double-acting cylinder
tional explanations and descriptions
that can be entered on the transpar-
ency.
© Festo Didactic GmbH & Co. TP 101, Transparency 03
Fundamentals of electropneumatics All symbols compliant with DIN/ISO

This transparency set is used to il- 1219. Includes CD-ROM with PDF
lustrate the fundamentals of elec- files of slides.
tropneumatics. The following subject
Conversion of Electrical Signals into Pneumatic Signals matter is covered: function and use F. Ebel
2
of electropneumatic components, Edition 2000, 42 transparencies, with CD-
1 3
drawing pneumatic and electropneu- ROM, in binder
matic circuit diagrams according to DE 95010
the standard, representation of mo- EN 95011
tion sequences and circuit states, di- ES 95246
rect and indirect controls, etc.
3 3 The text page contains a complete

2 2 image of the transparency with addi-
1 1 tional explanations and descriptions
that can be entered on the transpar-
unactuated actuated
ency.
DVD Electropneumatics/ The DVD is multilingual (DE, EN, FR,

Electrohydraulics, Basic level ES, IT, TR, CN, RU). The language can
This video primarily covers electrical be selected. The DVD is packed in
controllers. In addition to an intro- the systainer.
duction to electrical engineering, it
shows the most important switching 48 minutes
elements and basic circuits. Practical Order no. 538487
applications alternate with anima-
tions and circuit examples.

Set of posters on pneumatics
Electrical, pneumatic and logic symbols Systematic control diagram of a pneumatic control system
Energy conversion Energy transfer Actuation Valves Comparison of logic elements Power component Displacement-step diagram
Manual actuation Directional control valves 1A1 1B1 1B2
line
Designation Function table Equation Symbol to Representation to Representation to
2 2 EN 60617-12 ISO 1219-1 EN 60617-7 1S1 “Start”
pneumatic electrical
compressor vacuum pump line connection crossing line by by by by by by
1 1
1B1
pushing pulling turning lever pedal rocker Identity I Q Q=I Q
2/2-way valve 2/2-way valve I 1 Q
0 0 I 3=1
normally closed position normally open position 1 1 1 2
Mechanical actuation
pneumatic silencer 2 2
energy source I Q
pneumatic motor with pneumatic motor with
front
1B2
one flow direction alternating flow direction I Q Q
by by by by roller lever, actua- 1 3 1 3 Negation Q=I
and two directions of air outlet without air outlet with 3/2-way valve 3/2-way valve I 1 Q
rotation plunger whisker roller tion in one direction 0 1 I
connection option connection option normally closed position normally open position 1 0 Control components cylinder 1A1
of travel only 1
1 1 2 2 4 2
I Q
2 2 1V3 1V4
rotary drive/semi-rotary drive with limited angle 3 3 2
of rotation pressure supply port, three-way rotary 1 3 magnetic field 1 3 1 3 Or I1 I2 Q Q=I1�I2 I1 Q rear
closed connection �1 Q
actuated in initial position actuated 3/3-way valve 4/2-way valve 0 0 0 I2
I1 I2 1B1
mid-position closed 0 1 1 steps
1 0 1 I1 I2
single-acting cylinder, single-acting cylinder, quick decoupler without quick decoupler with Pneumatic actuation 4 2 4 2
1 1 1 3 1 path
return motion by return motion by non-return valve, coupled two non-return valves,
external force spring force coupled Q
5 1 3 5 1 3
pneumatically pneumatically actuated, reset by 5/2-way valve 5/3-way valve
And I1 I2 Q Q=I1�I2 I1 Q 2
quick decoupler without quick decoupler with two actuated different size control pneumatic mid-position closed
I2 & Q
non-return valve, non-return valves, 0 0 0 I1
areas spring 4 2 4 2
decoupled; decoupled; 0 1 0
double-acting cylinder double-acting cylinder
i.e. line open i.e. line closed 1 0 0 I1 I2
Adjusting component GRAFCET (EN 60848)
with piston rod at with adjustable cushioning Electrical actuation 1 1 1 I2 1V2
one end at both ends 4 2
5 1 3 5 1 3 Q
5/3-way valve 5/3-way valve 0
mid-position exhausted mid-position pressurised
by solenoid coil with by solenoid coil with two Inhibition I1 I2 Q Q=I1�I2 I1 Q
double acting cylinder with through piston rod
filter one active winding counter-windings directional control valve with
I2 & Q 14 12
intermediate positions – dynamic 0 0 0 I1
p1
p2 control valve 0 1 0 1S1*1B1 “start condition”
1 0 1
1 1 0 I2 I1 I2 5 3
Pressure control valves 1 “cylinder advance stroke”
pressure booster, single-acting, which Q 1A1:=1
filter with separator, fluid separator, 1
converts a pneumatic pressure p1 into by electric motor with by stepper motor 2 2
with manual drain with automatic drain
higher hydraulic pressure p2 continuous rotary motion
12 Implication I1 I2 Q Q=I1�I2 I1 Q 1B2 “forward end position reached”
�1 Q
0 0 1 I2
1 3 1 I1 I2 Processing component
Combined actuation 0 1 0 2 1A1:=0 “cylinder return stroke”
pressure relief valve, sequence valve with 1 0 1 I1
adjustable exhaust, adjustable 1 1 1 1V1
double-acting rodless cylinder with adjustable cooler without flow lines cooler with flow lines 2
cushioning at both ends (pneumatic linear drive) for the direction of flow for the direction of flow 2 2 Q
I2
of coolant of coolant by solenoid coil and by solenoid coil or
pilot valve manual override and 1 1
pilot valve 1 1 3 Nor I1 I2 Q Q=I1�I2 I1 Q
�1 Q
pressure regulator pressure regulator with 0 0 1 I2
pressure medium converter I1 I2 K1
air dryer without vent hole, vent hole, adjustable 0 1 0
lubricator 1 0 0
adjustable
by solenoid coil or by solenoid coil or manual 1 1 0
manual override override with detent Stop valves
fluidic Muscle gripper, double acting, I1 I2 K Q
reservoir
(hose cylinder) with permanent magnet 2
on the piston Mechanical components 2
Nand I1 I2 Q Q=I1�I2 I1 Q Input components Input component
1 3 5 2 I2 & Q Start
0 0 1 I1 K1 (forward stroke) (return stroke)
1 1 0 1 1 1S1 1B1 1B2
2 1 21
detents 1 0 1 2 2 2
vacuum generator suction cup 1 1 0 I2
non-return non-return piloted non-return
valve valve with valve with spring K
I1 I2 Q
service unit – filter with manual drain, regulator with spring
Accessories manual adjustment, pressure control, pressure reset via spring spring-centred 2 2
display and lubricator (detailed representation) 1 1 1 1 Memory S R Q Q R R Q Q Q
Measurement and display devices S S Q
0 0 qn-1 q n-1 S K
0 1 0 1 K
Port designations dual-pressure valve shuttle valve
1 0 1 0 1 3 1 3 1 3
S R R Q Q
service unit with lubricator
2 1 1 0 1
Standardised Previous designation 1 3
pressure gauge temperature gauge (simplified representation) K
designation
(thermometer) for 2/2-way for 4/2-way for 5/2-way
and 3/2-way and 4/3-way and 5/3-way quick-exhaust valve shut-off valve Timer I texpired Q t1 Q I
Supply components
ISO 11727 valves valves valves I Q
– adjustable 0 0 0
service unit without lubricator 1 P P P Flow control valves – switch-on 1 0 0 K 0Z1
delayed 1 1 1 I
(simplified representation) 2 A B B
flow meter tachometer 1 2 1 2
3 R R S Q
4 – A A In order to achieve identical identification of mechanical
5 – – R flow control valve, fixed flow control valve,
optical indicator digital display adjustable Timer I texpired Q t2 Q I signal generators (S) and contactless signal generators (B)
10* Z – – I Q
– adjustable 0 0 0
12 Z Y Y 1 2
– switch-off 1 0 1 K
in pneumatic and electro-pneumatic circuit diagrams,
14 – Z Z
delayed 0 1 0 I identification has been selected according to ISO 1219-2
* pilot port, on valves with normally open position
(NOT function) Q and DIN/EN 61346-2.
one-way flow control valve, adjustable
053614 en © Festo Didactic GmbH & Co. KG www.festo-didactic.com 053615 en © Festo Didactic GmbH & Co. KG www.festo-didactic.com
Electrical and electropneumatic components Pneumatic – Directional control, stop and pressure control valves
Limit switch, electrical Pressure switch 3/2-way solenoid valve, pilot actuated Directional control valves Stop valves Pressure control valves
(PE-converter, adjustable) 2
2 4 p 12 3/2-way valve One-way flow control valve Pressure regulator

(1M1) 2 2
1 82 1 3 1 2
adjusting screw BN 1 3 1 3
1M1
BK
p
BU
3 3
2
P2 P1
1 2
1 2
pressure switch: connection to P1 3
vacuum switch: connection to P2
differential pressure switch: connection to P1 and P2, p1 � p2 1
Dual-pressure valve
82 3 2 1
2
1 1
Proximity sensors, electrical Relay 5/2-way solenoid valve, pilot actuated 2
4 2
A1 3 14
(1M1)
4 5 3
A2 1 5/2-way valve Pressure relief valve
4 2 2
A1 1 1M1 14 12
2 5 3 1
A2 1
magnetic
24 V 1 1
A1 2 4 2
BN
BK 1
Shuttle valve
A2
A1 2
1 1
BU 2
A1 12 14 22 24 1
A2
0V
A2 11 21
inductive A1 A2 14 12 11
24 V
BN
5 4 1 2 3
14 5 4 1 2 3 12
BK
A1 3/2-way solenoid valve, directly controlled 5/2-way double solenoid valve, pilot actuated
2 4 2
BU
A2
3 12 14 12 5/3-way valve Sequence valve
0V (1M1) (1M1) (1M2) form 1
4 2 1 1 2
1 3 5 3
capacitive 1 14 12 12
24 V
5 3
Quick-exhaust valve 3 1
1M1 1M1 1M2 1 2
BN
BK 1
3 3 form 2
A1 2
BU
A2
0V
2
optical
24 V 12 1 3
BN
BK 2
A1 1 14 5 4 1 2 3 12 3 2 1 12
BU
0V
A2 5 4 1 2 3 1
Everything that you need to know: Subjects on the poster:

5 posters on pneumatics – Electrical, pneumatic and logic Pneumatic – Power components
symbols
Now the updated version of the – Systematic control diagram of a Mounting types Double-acting cylinder for proximity sensing with adjustable cushioning at both ends
cushioning piston
popular A1 poster is supplied rolled pneumatic control system end cap permanent magnet
piston
piston rod
seal bearing cap
up, quickly providing a comprehen- – Electrical and electropneumatic seal and wiper
sive overview. All symbols and ter- components

minology correspond to the current – Pneumatic – Directional control,
standards ISO 1219-2 and DIN/EN stop and pressure control valves piston seal
cylinder barrel
guide bush
adjustable adjustable
61346-2. – Pneumatic – Power components end position cushioning end position cushioning
Cylinder with guide unit Single-acting cylinder for proximity sensing Pneumatic linear drive
DE 193129
EN 551015
ES 551014 Rotary drive/semi-rotary Pneumatic gripper, double-acting Swivel/linear drive, double-acting with Pneumatic linear drive with magnetic coupling
drive with limited angle permanent magnet on the piston
FR 551013
of rotation
051269 en © Festo Didactic GmbH & Co. KG www.festo-didactic.com
Media Courseware Hydraulics
Textbooks
Hydraulics
(YDRAULICS %LECTROHYDRAULICS 0ROPORTIONALÙ(YDRAULICS

"ASICÙ,EVEL "ASICÙ,EVEL "ASICÙ,EVEL
4EXTBOOKÙ40Ù 4EXTBOOKÙ40Ù 4EXTBOOKÙ40Ù
&ESTOÚ$IDACTIC &ESTOÚ$IDACTIC &ESTOÚ$IDACTIC

ÚEN ÚEN ÚEN
Hydraulics, Basic level Electrohydraulics, Basic level Proportional hydraulics, Basic level DVD Electropneumatics/
This textbook covers the basics of Thanks to the use of electrical con- How can speed be controlled? How Electrohydraulics, Basic level
hydraulic control technology. Prac- trol systems, many new areas of ap- is a position held? How is leakage This video primarily covers electrical
tical exercises with model solutions plication have now been found for avoided? Where and when can ener- controllers. In addition to an intro-
are used to explain the most impor- conventional hydraulics. The text- gy be conserved? This book provides duction to electrical engineering, it
tant basic hydraulic circuits. Numer- bookexplains the construction and a clear and easy-to-understand intro- shows the most important switching
ous illustrations help the reader to mode of operation of the compo- duction to the fundamentals of pro- elements and basic circuits. Practical
understand the descriptions. nents which are used for electrohy- portional hydraulics. applications alternate with anima-
draulic control. In the following chap- tions and circuit examples.
ters, the procedures required to plan
and implement electrohydraulic con- The DVD is multilingual (DE, EN, FR,
trols are described using descriptive ES, IT, TR, CN, RU). The language can
and fully substantiated examples. be selected. The DVD is packed in
D. Merkle, B. Schrader, M. Thomes the systainer.
Edition 2003, 234 pages, bound C. Löffler, D. Merkle, G.Prede, K. Rupp,
DE 93280 D. Scholz D. Scholz
EN 93281 Edition 2006, 276 pages, bound Edition 1997, 123 pages, bound
ES 93287 DE 93610 DE 94377 48 minutes
FR 93282 EN 93611 EN 94378 Order no. 538487
Also order:
FluidSIM® Hydraulics. This
software enables you to de-
sign and simulate the sample
circuits supplied on a PC.

Workbooks
Hydraulics
(YDRAULICS (YDRAULICS %LECTROHYDRAULICS %LECTROHYDRAULICS

"ASICÙ,EVEL !DVANCEDÙ,EVEL "ASICÙ,EVEL !DVANCEDÙ,EVEL
7ORKBOOKÙ40Ù 7ORKBOOKÙ40Ù 7ORKBOOKÙ40Ù 7ORKBOOKÙ40Ù
&ESTOÚ$IDACTIC &ESTOÚ$IDACTIC &ESTOÚ$IDACTIC &ESTOÚ$IDACTIC

ÚEN ÚEN ÚEN ÚEN
Hydraulics, Basic level Hydraulics, Advanced level Electrohydraulics, Basic level Electrohydraulics, Advanced level
The 20 exercises in this book are The exercises in this book are used The 13 exercises in this book are The 10 exercises in this book are
used to introduce hydraulic circuits. to present hydraulic circuits. You will used to introduce basic electrical cir- used to introduce basic electrohy-
The circuit diagrams include circuit need equipment set Hydraulics, Ba- cuits used in hydraulic control tech- draulic circuits. You will need equip-
symbols in accordance with DIN/ISO sic level TP 501 and Advanced level nology. You will need equipment set ment set Electrohydraulics, Basic lev-
1219. You will need equipment set TP 502 to carry out the exercises. Electrohydraulics, Basic level TP 601 el TP 601 and Advanced level TP 602
Hydraulics, Basic level TP 501 to car- to carry out the exercises. to carry out the exercises.
ry out the exercises.
A. Zimmermann D. Merkle, H. Werner

Edition 1998, 268 pages, in binder T. Ocker Edition 1998, 232 pages, in binder D. Merkle, A. Zimmermann, H. Werner
DE 94454 Edition 1999, 192 pages, in binder DE 94455 Edition 1999, 174 pages, in binder
EN 94468 DE 94014 EN 94470 DE 94456
ES 94428 EN 94015 ES 196953 EN 94471
EN-US 526095 ES 94429 FR 94351 ES 196954
Workbooks
Proportional and closed-loop hydraulics
0ROPORTIONALÙHYDRAULICS 0ROPORTIONALÙHYDRAULICS #LOSED ,OOPÙ(YDRAULICS

"ASICÙLEVEL !DVANCEDÙLEVEL
7ORKBOOKÙ40Ù 7ORKBOOKÙ40Ù 7ORKBOOKÙ40Ù
&ESTOÚ$IDACTIC &ESTOÚ$IDACTIC &ESTOÚ$IDACTIC

ÚEN ÚEN ÚEN
Proportional hydraulics, Basic level Proportional hydraulics, Advanced Closed-loop hydraulics

The 10 exercises in this book provide level The 21 exercises in this book are
an introduction to proportional hy- The 10 exercises in this book are used to introduce the fundamentals
draulic equipment and circuits. First used to introduce the most impor- of analogue closed-loop hydraulics:
the individual devices are present- tant devices and circuits used in pro- pressure and position control with
ed and their settings tried out. Then portional hydraulics. You will need PID controllers and position control
a complete solution is developed equipment set Proportional hydrau- with status controllers. You will need
based on a series of graduated exer- lics, Basic level TP 701 and Advanced equipment set Closed-loop control
cises. You will need equipment set level TP 702 to carry out the exer- hydraulics, TP 511 to carry out the
Proportional hydraulics, Basic level cises. exercises.
TP 701 to carry out the exercises.
D. Scholz, A. Zimmermann A. Zimmermann

Edition 1998, 338 pages, in binder E. Bauer Edition 2000, 584 pages, in binder
DE 94457 Edition 1999, 240 pages, in binder DE 94460
EN 94472 DE 94458 EN 94469
ES 94404 EN 94473 ES 94368
FR 94352 ES 94450 FR 94348

BIBB Course
Hydraulics
Recommended and published by the The BIBB Hydraulics course con- Also order:
German Federal Institute for Voca- sists of:
tional Training (Bundesinstitut für Workbook
Berufsbildung (BIBB)). Booklet for instructor Contains the above three BIBB
Edition 1993, 112 pages, in loose-leaf course publications and the appro-
Contents folder priate solutions. Designed for use
– Physical fundamentals DE 93680 with Festo Didactic equipment sets.
– Power supply unit with gear pump 462 pages, in binder
– Filter and tank Exercises for students DE 93024
– Directional-control valves: 3/2-, Edition 1993, 138 pages, in loose-leaf
4/2- and 4/3-way valve binder Fundamentals and equipment,
– Non-return valve: flow-control DE 93685 calculations and application
valve, 2-way flow-control valve, examples
one-way flow-control valve Exercises and log sheets Documentation for training and pro-
– Pressure valve and pressure Edition 1999, 96 pages, loose-leaf fessional use. This book is a stan-
switch: pressure-relief valve and DE 93690 dalone reference work that is based
pressure-control valve on the chapter structure of the book
– Accumulator of exercises (order no. 93685) and
– Application circuits: differential cir- contains further information.
cuit, fast-feed circuit, pressureless Edition 1997, 256 pages, in binder
pump circulation, Hydraulic motor DE 94558
– Commissioning and maintenance
with troubleshooting.
The BIBB Hydraulics equipment set

is designed for the BIBB course.
Transparency sets
Hydraulics
Fundamentals of hydraulics T. Ocker

These transparencies are used to il- Edition 1998, 28 transparencies, in binder
lustrate the most important com- DE 95040
ponents used in hydraulic control EN 95041
technology: directional, pressure ES 95043
and flow control valves of poppet
and spool design, single and double-
acting cylinders, pumps and meas-
uring devices for pressure and flow
rate.
An accompanying sheet with techni-

cal and didactic notes is provided for
each transparency.
Fundamentals of electrohydraulics All symbols compliant with DIN/ISO

This transparency set is used to illus- 1219. Includes CD-ROM with PDF
trate the following topics: fundamen- files of slides.
tals of electrohydraulics, function
Electrical power Hydraulic power and use of electrohydraulic compo- T. Ocker, D. Scholz
nents, fundamentals of electrical Edition 2001, 30 transparencies, with CD-
engineering, production and inter- ROM, in binder
pretation of standard hydraulic and DE 95050
electrical circuit diagrams. EN 95051
ES 549241
The text page includes a complete
+
image of the transparency, in cer-
- tain cases with additional explana-
tions and legends which the trainer
can enter on the transparency in the
course of a training session.
Fundamentals of proportional The text page includes a complete

hydraulics image of the transparency, in cer-
Proportional hydraulics Festo Didactic
This transparency set has been de- tain cases with additional explana-
signed in accordance with didactic tions and legends which the trainer
and methodological principles and is can enter on the transparency in the
Y used to illustrate the following sub- course of a training session.
jects: fundamentals of proportional
p [bar] hydraulics, function and use of pro- Includes CD-ROM with PDF files of
50 portional hydraulic components, slides.
40 electronic components for the ac-
30
tuation of proportional valves, com- F. Ebel, T. Ocker
20 T
P parison with electrohydraulic control Edition 2002, 28 transparencies, with CD-
10
TY systems. ROM, in binder
P
0 200 400 I [mA] DE 95060
EN 95061
ES 549242
Pressure relief valve, piloted
701-24-GB

Set of posters on hydraulics
Hydraulic symbols Hydraulics – Structure of a hydraulic system
Energy conversion Energy transfer Actuation Valves Valves Valves Signal control section Hydraulic power section Power section Control section
line, supply line, return line, component framing
Manual actuation Basic symbols Directional control valves Stop valves
and symbol boxed in
A A B Ø 63/45x300
internal and external pilot line, leakage oil line, shut-off valve 3-way stop-cock 1A1 1B1 1B2
hydraulic pump with constant delivery rate purging line, exhaust line by by by pulling
pushing pulling and pushing P T P T 24 V 1 2 3 4 5 6
Function unit for valves with main ports. 3/2-way valve with 4/2-way valve with two non-return valve non-return valve with spring
The number of ports corresponds to the number solenoid coil, directly solenoid coils, directly B A2 B2 Drive section
frames for several components of lines shown above and below a square. actuated, reset by actuated, with detent
by by by spring and manual (double solenoid valve) 11 32 34 32 34
hydraulic variable displacement pump with alternating turning lever rocker override with detent S1 K1 K2
tubing line 12 31 31
direction of delivery at constant direction of rotation A B A X A1 B1 Ø 16 Ø 16
Mechanical actuation piloted non-return double non-return valve,
valve with spring piloted
X1 P T X2
Signal flow
line crossing closed exhaust B B 1Z3
connection line port 4/3-way valve, hydraulically actuated, spring-centred A1 A2 A1 A2
by by by roller lever, actuation 15 MPa 13 12 14 13 22 24
reversible hydraulic pump/hydraulic motor unit with
two directions of flow and variable displacement plunger roller in one direction of travel basic elements with 2, 3, 4 switching positions A B A 1V5 P S2 K1 S3 K2
only shuttle valve dual-pressure valve 14 11 14 21
volume, external leakage oil line and two directions pressure supply port, plug within a fluid line (OR function) (AND function) 1V4 5 MPa
of rotation. closed
A 1V3 1V6
P T
Flow control valves Signal Signal Energy control T
4/3-way proportional valve, directly actuated P
P T A B input processing section
hydraulic tank connection, ending actuated in initial position G G
A B flow control flow control orifice, fixed
below and above the oil level
Energy flow
energy source 2 4 2 4
Ø 16x2
Ø 16x2
hydraulic motor with rotary drive/semi-rotary valve, fixed valve, adjustable
constant displacement/ drive with limited angle Pressure actuation 1B2
1
1B1
1
B B1 B2
absorption capacity and of rotation and two paths and directions of flow through a valve X P T Y
two directions of rotation directions of flow reservoir closed reservoir open to
with cover atmosphere 4/3-way servo valve piloted by a control solenoid, 1V2 A B
with closed-loop position control of main and pilot
pneumatically hydraulically stage, with integrated electronics, external pilot
actuated actuated function: leak-tight locking, hydraulic seat A A
supply and drain 1M1 1M2 12 14 22 24
electric motor one-way flow control flow distributor
A B valve, adjustable P T Ø 22x2
K2 K1
Electrical actuation 11 21
B T B
motor shaft points to pump shaft points to
the right (preferably) the left (preferably)
directional control valve with intermediate 1Z2
positions – dynamic control valve P T
or to the left or to the right Control energy supply Energy supply 15 MPa P
by solenoid coil with one winding A B 4/3-way servo valve, piloted, solenoid coil with two 1V1
windings, with mechanical feedback of the valve slide
A
section 8 MPa A1 A1
– active direction – active direction position to the pilot stage
1M1 1M2 A 0Z2
towards the away from the
• energy conversion K1 K2 1M1 1M2
compact gear unit (simplified representation) valving element valving element X P T Y 3-way flow control 2-way flow control T
15 MPa A2 A2
A valve, adjustable valve, non-adjustable • pressure medium
hydraulic pump and hydraulic motor with shaft A examples for connection
preparation
Ø 22x2
coupling identification:
A = port Accessories
by solenoid coil with two windings, active direction P T
single-acting cylinder double-acting cylinder B = port P
to and from the valving element T L
3/2-way poppet valve with solenoid coil and 0V1
with piston rod at one end, with piston rod at one end
quick decoupler with quick decoupler with
P = pump
limit switch
Measurement and display devices 10 MPa
0V 12 12
T = reservoir
14 .2 14 .1
spring chamber with 0Z1 1Z1
two non-return valves, two non-return valves, 11 11
leakage oil connection X = control oil supply
decoupled; coupled b10 = 75
Y = control oil relief 22 22
i.e. line closed 1M1
L = leakage oil
Pressure control valves T
21 24 .3 21 24 .4
by electric motor with by stepper motor M = solenoid coil
0M1 0P1
continuous rotary motion A pressure gauge temperature gauge 32 32
5.5 kW 16 cm3
Connections must be marked on the circuit diagram P (thermometer) -1 31 34 .5 31 34 .6
using the identification marked on the component, 1500 min
double-acting cylinder with through piston rod of
different diameters, with adjustable cushioning Combined actuation sub-base or block (ISO 1219-2). 42 42
41 44 41 44
at both ends T
filter tank – ventilation filter
P L flow rate display flow meter
by solenoid coil by solenoid coil or directly actuated sequence valve,
and pilot valve manual override and pressure relief valve, self-actuating, with
single-acting cylinder, plunger cylinder pilot valve 2/2-way valve with 2 ports, 2 switching positions
for 2 flow directions. adjustable bypass valve
Variants of signal control section Examples for the identification of components to ISO 1219-2 Identification key
– normally closed – normally open A A fluid level display tachometer
position position (sight glass) and DIN/EN 61346-2
filter with bypass valve with optical contamination
indicator and switch by solenoid coil by solenoid coil or • Electrical relay technology 1A1 double-acting cylinder 0Z2 pressure gauge 1 – 1 S 2
telescope cylinder, telescope cylinder, P L P L P
or manual override manual override with 1Z2
single-acting double-acting detent directly actuated piloted 2-way pressure
pressure gauge
pressure switch, electro- pressure sensor, • PLC controllers 1B1 limit switch 1Z3 pressure gauge
p1 2-way pressure regulator regulator with external mechanical, adjustable analogue output signal component number
p2
Mechanical components 3/2-way valve with 4/2-way valve with with external control control oil relief
• Pneumatic controllers (explosion-proof applications) 1B2 limit switch
3 ports and 4 ports and oil relief 0V1 pressure relief valve, component designation
cooler without flow lines heating 5 2 switching positions, 2 switching positions P
1V3 non-return valve adjustable
pressure booster, single-acting, which
• Mechanical controllers (e.g. cam-driven)
for the direction of flow normally closed position A A pressure switch, electronically adjustable,
1V6 non-return valve 1V1 pressure relief valve, circuit number
converts a pneumatic pressure p1 into a of coolant output signal switching
higher hydraulic pressure p2 Detents are to be symmetrically matched with the • Manual control (e.g. excavators) adjustable system number
mechanical connection. P T T G G 1V4 2-way flow control valve
G G With more than three detent positions the number displacement encoder displacement encoder
of positions can be displayed above the detent 0Z1 fluid level indicator Component identification to Component identification to
3-way pressure regulator accumulator charging valve with analogue output with digital output signal
element. 1V5 pressure relief valve,
P T
signal
adjustable
ISO 1219-2 DIN/EN 61346-2
G
0P1 pump
double-acting cylinder double-acting cylinder gas pressure accumulator, separation of
media through: X (counter-pressure valve
with displacement with integrated pumps and compressors: P signal receiver: B
encoder on the piston rod displacement encoder diaphragm bladder piston reset by spring spring-centred T P optical indicator digital display for tractive load) 0M1 electric motor
4/3-way valve with 4 ports and 3 switching fluid drives: A relay: K
(diaphragm (bladder (piston shut-off/ proportional pressure
accumulator) accumulator) accumulator) positions – various mid-position variants 4 L
1V2 4/3-way solenoid valve, 1Z1 filter signal input: S electric drives: M
counterbalancing valve relief valve, directly
1 1 actuated with closed-loop spring-centred valves: V
2 2 position control of fluid level switch with electrical fluid level all other componets: Z, or any
3 3 solenoid coil and with 4 normally closed monitoring with analogue letter not yet included in the list
three-way rotary connection integrated electronics contacts output signal and
digital display
Hydraulics – Directional control and non-return valves Hydraulics – Flow control and pressure control valves
Directional control valves, directly controlled Directional control valve, pilot actuated Non-return valves Flow control valves Pressure relief valve, Pressure relief valve, application example: pressure relief valve
internally controlled, damped P
A B A B Throttle Orifice 1A1
4/2-way solenoid valve 4/3-way solenoid valve, Non-return valve, spring-loaded
mid-position closed
1M1 1M1 1M2 B B B B T L
P T X P T Y
1V1 A B
A A A A P 7 1M1 0Z3
1M1 1M1 1M2 MPa P T
fixed adjustable fixed adjustable 5
4
0Z2 system pressure limitation
l 3
l
p
valve slide 2 8 MPa

0Z1 0V1 P
high-resistance 1 8 MPa
housing direction 0
T L 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 l/min 8
d d q
T
opening characteristics p = f (q)

0Z4
l>d l << d
Sequence valve, 10 MPa
externally controlled P
X
adjustment range A safety valve
A L 10 MPa
helix
T A P B Pressure relief valve, application example: counter-pressure valve
flow
direction P P 1A1
coil return spring

B
1Z1
ar mature X X
1V2 P
manual override 1V3
adjustment
range A L A L
T m
Y T A P B X A B 1V1 A B counter-pressure valve
2 MPa
1M1 0Z2
P T
4/3-way solenoid valve, Slide principle Poppet principle Non-return valve, piloted 2-way flow control valve 2-way pressure regulator 0Z1
form 1 B A system pressure limitation
mid-position closed 8 MPa
A B B 0V1 P
1M1 1M2 P L T
A
P T
A X 1A1 form 2 0Z3
B 10 MPa
A A
1M1 1M2
safety valve
10 MPa
1Z1
Pressure relief valve, application example: brake valve
flow from A to B
X A B P L P L
B
A m
1V1
1A1
A
differential 1Z1 1Z2
3-way pressure regulator suction suction
pressure valve valve
A
regulator brake valve brake valve
0Z1 B 1V1
1V2 P 16 MPa 1V4 P 16 MPa
1V5
1V3 A B
0V1 P
P T L
T T
flow from B to A closed 1M1 1M2
P T
T A P B X A B T
0Z1
A throttle
point 10 MPa
T P L
flow from B to A
X A B safety valve and system pressure
limitation 10 MPa
Everything that you need to know: Subjects on the poster:

5 posters on hydraulics – Hydraulic symbols Hydraulics – Energy supply and cylinders
– Hydraulics – Structure of a hydrau-

Now the updated version of the lic system Hydraulic power pack
pressure filter with

contamination indicator
Filtration
Hydraulic filters are installed in

different ways, depending on
popular A1 poster is supplied rolled – Hydraulics – Directional control

the application in question.
cooling water Classic filter applications:

circuit return-line, intake-line and pressure
pressure gauge filtration (also in combination)
up, quickly providing a comprehen- and non-return valves temperature

gauge
directional
cooler
Further application:
bypass filtration
high-pressure filter
sive overview. All symbols and ter- – Hydraulics – Flow control and pres-
control valve
pressure relief valve

return line breather filter
hydraulic pump
minology correspond to the current sure control valves

pump holder
return filter
air filter suction pipe
filling strainer
standards ISO 1219-2 and DIN/EN – Hydraulics – Energy supply and

level indicator suction filter
cleaning aperture
61346-2. cylinders drain

electric motor
baffle plate suction filter

screw
Pump types Double-acting cylinder Single-acting cylinder, Designs of cylinders

hydraulic ram
DE 196948 Schematic
representation
Designs Speed
range
-1
Displace-
ment
volume
3
Nominal
pressure
Overall
efficiency Designs Remarks Schematic representation
(min ) (cm ) (MPa)

differential area ratio 2:1
EN 551012
gear pump, 500 – 3500 1.2 – 250 6.3 – 16 0.80 – 0.91 1A1
cylinder (piston area :
externally 1A1 piston ring area)
geared
m
ES 551011
gear pump, 500 – 3500 4 – 250 16 – 25 0.80 – 0.91 A M synchronous pressurised areas
internally 1Z1 cylinder identical in size;
geared advance and return
1V1 speed identical
A B
A1 = A2
Screw 500 – 4000 4 – 630 2.5 – 16 0.70 – 0.84
FR 551010
cylinder with to reduce the speed of
pump end position heavy loads and to
P T
P T cushioning prevent heavy impact
0Z1 0Z1
vane 960 – 3000 5 – 160 10 – 16 0.80 – 0.93
pump telescopic increased stroke travel
cylinder
axial ...... – 3000 100 20 0.82 – 0.92 pressure gives higher pressure
piston 750 – 3000 25 – 800 16 – 25 0.82 – 0.92 intensifier
pump 750 – 3000 25 – 800 16 – 32 0.80 – 0.92
tandem cylinder for cases requiring

radial 960 – 3000 5 – 160 16 – 32 0.90 high forces and where
piston the available space is
pump limited
053034 en © Festo Didactic GmbH & Co. KG www.festo-didactic.com
Media Courseware Sensors
Textbooks and workbooks

Sensors
I
A
0ROXIMITYÙ3ENSORS Sensors in pneumatics Sensors for object detection
d
4EXTBOOKÙ&0Ù Workbook TP 240 Workbook TP 1110
Instructor‘s handbook Instructor‘s handbook
CD-ROM included CD-ROM included B
UH
&ESTOÚ$IDACTIC Festo Didactic Festo Didactic

ÚEN 566910 EN 566920 EN
Proximity sensors Sensors in pneumatics Sensors for object detection Transparency set Sensors
Textbook Workbook Workbook This transparency set is designed
This sensor textbook deals in detail New! New! to provide an easy-to-understand
with proximity sensors for handling Ten industry-based projects, each Fifteen industry-based projects, each presentation of the following topics:
and processing systems. The book including problem descriptions, pa- including problem descriptions, pa- measurement of non-electrical vari-
can be used both to support basic rameters and project goals, deal in rameters and project goals, deal in ables, sensor technology, process
and further training programs and for detail with the subject of sensors in detail with the subject of sensors data processing, process technol-
self-tuition. It is made up of a course pneumatic, control-system environ- for object detection. The topics in- ogy, measurement, open-loop and
section, a fundamentals section and ments. The topics of pressure sen- clude configuration, function and closed-loop control technology.
a section with solutions to the exer- sors, flow rate sensors, analogue the influence of material properties
cises in the course section. The con- position transmitters for pneumatic on behaviour, possible applications S. Nestel
tents of the book are matched to the cylinders, signal converters and sen- and the selection of a sensor based Edition 1995, 101 transparencies, in binder
corresponding workbook while a sors for vacuum technology are cov- on the application conditions. The DE 93960
glossary of keywords provides rapid ered extensively. You will need the contents will be covered through
access to information on particular TP 240 equipment set (sensors in exercises using magnetic, induc-
types of sensors. pneumatics) to carry out the practi- tive, optical and capacitive proximity
cal exercises. switches. You will need the TP 1110
F. Ebel, S. Nestel equipment set (sensors for object
Edition 2003, 278 pages, bound Instructor‘s handbook detection) to carry out the practical
DE 93045 – Includes sample solutions exercises.
EN 93046 – Contains training tips
ES 94342 – Includes multimedia CD ROM with Instructor‘s handbook
graphics and photos of industrial – Includes sample solutions
applications – Contains training tips
– 110 pages, in colour, in a binder – Includes multimedia CD ROM with
graphics and photos of industrial
Student‘s handbook applications
– Worksheets guide students – 150 pages, in colour, in a binder
through all the steps necessary to
carry out the exercises Student‘s handbook
– 90 pages, bound – Worksheets guide students
F. Ebel, 2009 edition carry out the exercises
Instructor‘s handbook DE 566909 – 110 pages, bound
Student‘s handbook DE 566914
Instructor‘s handbook EN 566910 F. Ebel, 2009 edition
Student‘s handbook EN 566915 Instructor‘s handbook DE 566919
Instructor‘s handbook ES 566912 Student‘s handbook DE 566923
Student‘s handbook ES 566916 Instructor‘s handbook EN 566920
Instructor‘s handbook FR 566913 Student‘s handbook EN 566924
Student‘s handbook FR 566917 Instructor‘s handbook ES 566921
Student‘s handbook ES 566925
Instructor‘s handbook FR 566922
Student‘s handbook FR 566926

Media Courseware Electronics/PLC/Electrical closed-loop control technology
Textbooks and workbooks

Electronics/PLC
0ROGRAMMABLEÙ,OGICÙ#ONTROLLERS 0ROGRAMMABLEÙ,OGICÙ#ONTROLLERS Fieldbus technology

"ASICÙ,EVEL "ASICÙ,EVEL AS-Interface
4EXTBOOKÙ40Ù 7ORKBOOKÙ40Ù Workbook TP 401
&ESTOÚ$IDACTIC &ESTOÚ$IDACTIC Festo Didactic

ÚEN ÚEN 534272 EN
Programmable logic controllers, Programmable logic controllers in Programmable logic controllers, Fieldbus technology AS-Interface/
Basic level practice Basic level Profibus-DP
This book describes the structure This book illustrates possible appli- This workbook covers the structure These two workbooks impart knowl-
and mode of operation of PLCs. The cations of a PLC, in this case the SI- and mode of operation of a PLC and edge on the application, function,
central topic of the book is the DIN MATIC S7, through practice-oriented the systematic development of PLC configuration and programming of an
EN 61131-3 programming standard. exercises. In addition to the classical programs. The content is based en- AS-Interface network or a Profibus-
This standard takes into account programming languages Statement tirely on the new DIN EN 61131-3 DP network. The exercise section
expansions and developments for List (STL), Ladder Diagram (LDR) and programming standard. Practical ex- contains practical exercises based
which there was previously no stand- Function Chart (FCH), the book also ercises require a PLC and an actual on components that form part of the
ardised language. Beginners and us- contains several programming exam- process (can be represented using TP 401 or TP 402 equipment list. The
ers will find an easy-to-understand ples using the sequence language equipment set PLC, TP 301). solution part for these exercises de-
presentation of modern program- GRAPH, SCL (Structured Control Lan- scribes the necessary steps for con-
ming methods in accordance with guage) and HiGraph. The more com- R. Bliesener, F. Ebel, C. Löffler, H. Regber, figuration and programming of the
the new standard for PLC program- plex exercises relate to the stations E. v. Terzi, A. Winter solution based on Siemens STEP 7
ming. The solutions to the various of Festo Didactic‘s Modular Produc- Edition 2002, 530 pages, in binder software.
examples are neutral and can there- tion System MPS®. DE 93313
fore be used regardless of the PLC EN 93314 The solution programs are provided
manufacturer. Werner Braun ES 94427 on CD-ROM. The theory part con-
Edition 2000, 355 pages, bound tains key information on application,
R. Bliesener, F. Ebel, C. Löffler, H. Regber, DE 193449 Also order: mode of operation and data trans-
E. v. Terzi, A. Winter mission.
Edition 2002, 214 pages, bound Solution sections
DE 93310 For Festo FPC 101, Siemens S7-300 The „Fieldbus technology“ web-
EN 93311 or Allen Bradley SLC500. Geared to based training program is included
ES 93317 equipment set PLC, TP 301. and gives a general overview of the
various fieldbus concepts as well as
Available in loose-leaf with program listing the application and function of the
and source program on 3.5“ disk most commonly used fieldbus sys-
Festo FPC 101 DE 93315 tems AS-Interface, Profibus-DP and
Festo FPC 101 EN 93316 Interbus. An integrated glossary ex-
Allen Bradley SLC500 EN 94440 plains fieldbus terms.
Siemens S7-300 DE 94524
Siemens S7-300 EN 94537 M. Bliesener, R. C. Weber, S. Scharf
Edition 2003, 238/230 pages, with 2 CD-
ROMs, in binder
AS-Interface DE 534270
Profibus-DP DE 534271
AS-Interface EN 534272
Profibus-DP EN 534273
Complementary media
Electronics/PLC/Electrical drive technology
Stefan Hesse
Robotino®
Lexikon der elektrischen
Antriebstechnik
Instructor‘s handbook
Festo Didactic
Festo Didactic
ISBN 3-8127-9265-6 544307 EN
Transparency set Glossary of electrical drive Robotino® Workbook Instructor’s handbook

Fundamentals of PLC‘s technology New! 480 pages, in binder.
This transparency set was designed Modern drive technology is increas- Task-based training using the Ro- Consisting of:
as an introduction to this technology ingly recognised by the bringing to- botino® mobile robot system. – Instructions on how to use the mo-
and also the handling of a program- gether of electrical and mechanical bile robot system during training
mable logic controller. Based on the components in drive systems. New The mechatronic mobile robot sys- – Description of project exercises
textbook „Programmable Logic Con- and improved drive capabilities can tem is an attractive innovative plat- with worksheets
trollers, Basic Level“, it illustrates be achieved through the use of com- form for implementing task-based – Theory section
the basic function units of a PLC as pact power electronics, innovative training. The workbook contains – Sample solutions
well as the syntax of the program- motor concepts, optimised mechani- many practical project exercises and – Exercises allocated according to
ming languages Statement List (STL), cal components, new materials and provides an ideal guide for teaching topic
Ladder Diagram (LDR) and Function high-performance communication a wide range of topics: – CD-ROM with programs for the
Chart (FCH). technology. This book lists the main – Sensors project exercises
concepts in glossary format and pro- – Electrical drive technology
Edition 1987, 26 transparencies, in binder vides brief explanations to facili- – Control technology Student’s handbook
EN 95021 tate a better understanding of these – Positioning and control of 250 pages, loose leaf.
drives. However since there is more multi-axis systems Consisting of:
to an electrical drive that just the – Programming (symbolic/C++) – Description of project exercises
electric motor, it also touches on ar- – Image processing with worksheets
eas such as measurement systems, – Theory section
power electronics, gear units, con-
trollers and components for trans- M. Bliesener, Ch. Weber, K. Kling,
mitting power. U. Karras, D. Zitzmann
2007 Edition
Stefan Hesse Instructor‘s handbook DE 544306
Edition 2004, 200 pages, bound Student‘s handbook DE 555706
DE 539265 Instructor‘s handbook EN 544307
Student‘s handbook EN 555707
Instructor‘s handbook ES 548606
Student‘s handbook ES 555708
Instructor‘s handbook FR 548607
Student‘s handbook FR 555709

Siemens technical books
Automating with SIMATIC Automation with STEP 7 in STL Automation with STEP 7 in LAD Decentralisation with PROFIBUS-DP
Using the S7-300/400 programma- and SCL and FBD In addition to basic knowledge of the
ble logic controller as an example, This book describes the elements This book describes the elements PROFIBUS, this book focuses mainly
the reader is given an overview of and applications of the text-oriented and applications of the graphic-ori- on PROFIBUS-DP project design us-
the structure and mode of operation programming languages STL (State- ented programming languages Lad- ing STEP 7. It explains the various
of a modern automation system. The ment List) and SCL (Structured Con- der Diagram (LAD) and Function possibilities for data exchange with
book also covers project planning trol Language), both for the SIMATIC Chart (FBD), both for the SIMATIC application programs and provides
and parameterisation of the control- S7-300 and the SIMATIC S7-400. It is S7-300 and the SIMATIC S7-400. It is tips for commissioning and trouble-
ler and the distributed peripherals, designed for all users of SIMATIC S7 designed for all users of SIMATIC S7 shooting. A range of practical ap-
explains communication via network controllers. Beginners are given an controllers. Beginners are given an plication examples on the basis of
connections and describes the ways introduction to the area of program- introduction to the area of program- SIMATIC programmable logic con-
in which a system can be operated mable logic controllers, while expe- mable logic controllers, while expe- trollers helps users put theory into
and monitored. The reader is given rienced users are shown the special rienced users are shown the special practice.
an introduction to the various lan- applications of the SIMATIC S7 au- applications of the SIMATIC S7 au-
guages and their differences. tomation system. All programming tomation system. All programming This book is particularly well suited
examples of the book are available examples of the book are available to PROFIBUS planners, project en-
The book is excellent for all readers for download on the publisher‘s In- for download on the publisher‘s In- gineers and programmers because
who have little knowledge in the ar- ternet site. ternet site. of its practical orientation. The ba-
ea and wish to learn more about pro- sic and comprehensive presentation
grammable logic controllers. also makes it ideal for students and
instructors.
Hans Berger Hans Berger Hans Berger Josef Weigmann, Gerhard Kilian
Edition 2006, 231 pages, bound Edition 2006, 551 pages, bound Edition 2007, 462 pages, bound Edition 2002, 250 pages, bound
DE 194039 DE 194040 DE 194041 DE 194043
EN 540686 EN 540687 EN 540688 EN 540689
Manuals
Electronics/PLC
Soft Stop SPC11
Manual
Electronic/
Pneumatics
System Description
Soft Stop
Type�SPC11−...−...
Manual
196 724
en 0404b
[683 573]
Manual Siemens S7-300 STEP 7 Fundamentals Soft Stop SPC 11 Pneumatic positioning system
This documentation package com- The package comprises: The manual contains general, basic SPC 200
prises the following manuals: – Booklet „S7-300 simply assemble information about the function, as- This manual contains general basic
– Setup, CPU data and program“ sembly, installation and commission- information about the mode of op-
– Module data – User‘s manual STEP 7 ing of pneumatic axes with the Soft eration, assembly, installation and
– Operations list – Programming manual S7-300/400 Stop SPC 11 from Festo. commissioning of pneumatic axes
– Converter manual using the pneumatic positioning sys-
Edition 2003 S. Breuer tem SPC 200 from Festo.
DE 184557 STEP 7 Fundamentals Edition 2004, 135 pages, bound
EN 184558 DE 184563 DE 196723 S. Breuer
EN 184564 EN 196724 Edition 2003, 450 pages, in binder with
STEP 7 Manual AWL, KOP, FUP (STL, LAD, slipcase
Siemens AS-Interface master FCH) DE 170245
Manual for the AS-interface master DE 184565 Instructional material for Siemens EN 170246
CP343-2 including software (FC) and EN 184566 S7, STEP 7 and Festo valve terminals
examples. STEP 7-SCL Manual This CD contains training documents
DE 533029 DE 193132 for Siemens S7/STEP 7 in the form
EN 533520 EN 193133 of a PDF file. It also contains Power-
STEP 7-GRAPH Manual point displays on the AS-interface,
DE 193130 distributed automation with Siemens
Siemens ET 200S Manual EN 193131 ET 200S and Profibus-DP as well as
Manual for ET 200S. Festo valve terminals.
Part 1: Decentralised peripheral de-
vice The package Siemens documenta- Edition 2001, CD-ROM
Part 2: Consumer device branches tion for S7/STEP 7 on CD-ROM con- Order no. 528612
and safety engineering tains all manuals for:
DE 533031 – S7-200/300/400
EN 533521 – C7 300/400
– STEP 7-STL/LDR/FCH/GRAPH/SCL
– SIMATIC HMI/NET/DP
LOGO! manual – LOGO!
Operating and programming instruc-
tions and sample applications of System requirements
LOGO! – PC with WIN 95/98/2000/NT/XP
DE 526506 – 4-speed CD-ROM drive
EN 526507
Edition 2003, CD-ROM
DE/EN/ES/FR/IT 192883
Media Courseware Mechatronics/Handling technology/Process automation
Mechatronics/Handling technology/Process automation
Kommunikations- MPS®
orientiertes Prozessoptimierung
Handeln bei
Störungen in Ausbildungsunterlage
Anlagen
Leitfaden für die

Ausbildung
543068 DE 539934 DE
Communication-oriented approach Training document Projects for teaching the topics of Part 2:
to system malfunctions Process optimisation Automation, Operation technology, Projects for training topics 7 – 13
The importance of maintenance and With the basics of Mechatronics – Programming and implementing
servicing, in particular with respect – Analysis of existing systems Training topics 1 – 13 new sorting functions
to malfunction management, cannot – Project plan New! – Selecting and integrating drive
be underestimated in production. – Planning and optimisation of systems
automated systems The complete project work to train – Visualising and networking the
The purpose of this textbook is to – Value creation and wastage as an electronics engineer in auto- sorting unit
teach students how to reduce down- – KANBAN mation, operation technology or as a – Commissioning and releasing
times. Identifying failure modes, di- – SMED mechatronics engineer. automation systems
agnosing malfunctions and fixing – TPM – Maintaining and optimising the
faults requires both specialist knowl- – Poka-Yoke Based on the proven modular sys- sorting unit
edge and interpersonal communica- – FMEA tem from Festo Didactic, Festo and – Planning and implementing a
tion skills. This practical textbook ad- the German educational publisher handling system
dresses the situation using the case The detailed project task, with seven EINS have jointly developed a project – Integrating a safety door
example of a medium-sized drinks subsidiary tasks based on the ex- covering all 13 training topics of – Writing documentation with EPLAN
bottling company: training scenarios ample of the MPS Distribution, In- electronic engineering. The profes-
portray realistic situations, that pro- spection, Processing, Handling and sional profile of a mechatronics en- Student‘s handbooks
vide instruction in a range of faults Sorting stations, enables practical gineer is also covered. Trainees are – Includes a work flow for each
from the simple to the cross-linked. optimisation of a production proc- guided step by step through differ- project
ess, with material flow analysis, de- ent projects. The training aims of a – Includes exercises at various levels
Includes a CD-ROM with presenta- vising and appraising suggestions wide variety of methods and tools of difficulty
tions on the topic of communica- for improvement, procurement and are also explained. The accompany- – Additionally covers the topics of
tion and troubleshooting, circuit di- production of components, program- ing DVD presents demo versions of „Teamwork“ and „Presentation“
agrams and function charts for the ming and commissioning the opti- the software products mentioned in – Includes introductions to the pro-
MPS® distributing and sorting sta- mised system. the book as well as support tools for grams as well as tips on working
tions plus the textbook. further practice. techniques and methods
Includes a CD-ROM with circuit dia- – Work sheets
Walter E. Theuerkauf, Sarah Funke, grams, symbols and sample pro- Part 1: – Transparency sets
Gabriele Graube grams for the Siemens PLC S7-300. Projects for training topics 1 – 6
Edition 2006, 144 pages, in binder incl. – Analysing electrical engineering Instructor‘s handbooks
CD-ROM M. Bellenberg, T. Mehwald, H. Regber, systems and testing functions Includes training tips and sample
DE 543068 G. Schmidt, – Planning and executing electrical solutions.
Edition 2006, 310 pages, in binder, incl. installations
CD-ROM – Analysing and adapting control Part 1:
DE 539934 systems S. Manemann, J. Rengsdorf
– Preparing information technology 2006 edition, bound
systems Instructor‘s handbook DE 550585
– Analysing the sorting unit and Student‘s handbook DE 550584
verifying its safety Part 2:
S. Manemann, J. Rengsdorf
2008 edition, bound
Instructor‘s handbook DE 565026
Student‘s handbook DE 565025
Order online at: www.festo-didactic.com 65

Media Courseware Mechatronics/Handling technology/Process automation
Mechatronics/Handling technology/Process automation
Mechatronik MPS® PA Arbeitsbuch

Arbeitsbuch EduKit PA
Station Verteilen
Projektbaukasten
Ausbildungs-
Prozessautomation
unterlage Ausbildungsunterlage
Mit CD-ROM
538957 DE
094421 DE 11/03 Festo Didactic
548590 DE 563969 DE
Mechatronics Training documentation MPS® MPS® PA workbook Workbook for EduKit PA

Part A of the Mechatronics work- We have put together a complete set Workbook including solutions, for New!
book contains the required general of training documentation for MPS®. training in process automation. Workbook with solutions for training
knowledge on project planning, main closed-loop control/process tech-
terial flow, the planning of automa- Part A, Documentation for trainers, This workbook includes tables that nology with EduKit PA.
tion systems and the commissioning, contains exercises and solutions re- allocate training aims with exercis-
maintenance and troubleshooting of lated to the areas of construction, es and components with exercises, This workbook explains the basic
complex systems. Part B covers the commissioning, programming, com- together with the fundamentals of principles of process technology and
theoretical fundamentals in detail. munication and troubleshooting. Ad- closed-loop control technology, exer- provides an introduction to the sub-
Includes 8 exercises with solutions. ditional information for the trainer is cises with all necessary worksheets ject. It covers manual and automated
These exercises require stations provided. and didactic instructions about an- measurement, open and closed-loop
from the MPS® program, Festo Di- alysing and inspecting a system, control and system design topics
dactic‘s Learning System for Me- Part B, Documentation for trainees, measuring, open and closed-loop such as planning, installation, com-
chatronics. contains solutions for the partici- control, as well as the solutions for missioning, marketing and sales. You
pants to work through. the instructors. The workbook pro- will be provided with exercises in-
F. Ebel, E. v. Terzi vides detailed descriptions of the cluding all necessary worksheets as
Edition 1999, 484 pages, in binder The CD-ROM supplied contains both problem definition and parameters. well as didactic information and so-
DE 94421 the training documentation as a PDF The worksheets support the stu- lutions as support for trainers. The
EN 94536 file as well as worked examples for dents through the required steps workbook contains detailed descrip-
the Siemens SPS S7-313C-2 DP. of planning, execution and function tions of the problems and parame-
testing. ters. The worksheets guide students
Training documentation: through the required steps of plan-
MPS® Distribution Station The exercises refer to the filtering, ning, execution and function testing.
484 pages, in binder incl. CD-ROM mixing, temperature maintenance
DE 538957 and bottling processes. The train- The measurement/open and closed-
ees acquire the ability to inspect sys- loop control exercises relate to flow,
Training documentation: tems, to describe components and level and pressure technology.
MPS® Sorting Station functions as well as the operation of
458 pages, in binder incl. CD-ROM systems. The workbook includes a CD-ROM
DE 539308 with the worksheets, data sheets
The workbook includes a CD-ROM and solutions.
Training documentation: with the worksheets and the solu-
MPS® Conveyor project kit tions. J. Helmich, H. Kaufmann
466 pages, in binder incl. CD-ROM Edition 2009, workbook 270 pages, with
DE 539311 J. Helmich, H. Kaufmann CD-ROM, in folder, solutions 160 pages,
Edition 2007, workbook 270 pages, with bound
CD-ROM, in folder, solutions 160 pages, DE 563969
bound EN 563971
DE 548590 ES 563973
EN 548591 FR 563975
ES 548592
FR 548593
Media Courseware Metal technology/CNC technology
Metal technology/CNC technology
Finding your way in the learning Learning fields 1-4 of metalworking Training project on presses, CNC textbook
field jungle professions trainer manual Basic principles of numerically con-
Introduction to the theory and prac- Working through learning fields 1- Training project on presses for learn- trolled machine tools (CNC). Pro-
tice of learning fields. This technical 4 of the reorganised metalworking ing fields 1-4 of the reorganised in- gramming in accordance with ISO
book describes the origin of learning professions. Training situations are dustrial metalworking professions. and SINUMERIK 840D.
fields and provides a step-by-step described and divided into learning Complete documentation set for DE 540692
explanation of the evolution from arrangements. It focuses on method- trainers with drawings, bills of mate-
learning situations to learning ar- ical aspects, which means that the rial, project exercises, didactic hand- Also order:
rangements. content can be easily applied to oth- outs, evaluation sheets, solutions Book of solutions for the sample
er projects. and learning materials. exercises from the CNC text book
R. Dierenbach, T. Hug DE 540693
Edition 2004, 104 pages, booklet R. Dierenbach, T. Hug R. Dierenbach, T. Hug
DE 539764 Edition 2004, 100 pages, booklet Edition 2004, 560 pages, in binder
DE 539765 DE 539760
Training project on presses,

CD-ROM for trainers
T. Hug
DE 539762

student manual
R. Dierenbach, T. Hug
Edition 2004, 440 pages, in binder
DE 539761

CD-ROM for students
T. Hug
DE 539763

Media Courseware GRAFCET/Automation technology
GRAFCET/Automation technology
New!
D E
IN
#YL
O
CHN ICA
RE
L
STE CTR NTI
R N
G
%LE 6E
T
RUN
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
U 3E
ISIE 7µRTERBUCHÙDERÙ!UTOMATISIERUNGSTECHNIK
Anfangsschritt
C S
Initial step
K
MA
N
S I
$ICTIONARYÙOFÙ!UTOMATIONÙ4ECHNOLOGY
UTO
E R
Pfeil für GRAFCET
Y
Rückführung DIN EN 60848
T
Best.-Nr.: / Order No.:
E
Zwangssteuernde Aktion / Forcing action Loop back
EL 0
Transition und
O
arrow 562474
(Ergänzung und Positionierhilfe) Verbindungen
CTR
G MA
(extension and positioning aid) Transition
and links Ergänzung für
kontinuierlich wirkende Aktion
O
Supplement for
E
continuous action
O
L ON
I
E ATI
L
GRAFCET Schritt Aktion / Action Positionierhilfe zum
Step Anordnen mehrerer Aktionen
M
Positioning aid for
OF
configuring several actions
UTO
OE NEU
T
1B2*2B1*3B1 “Initial position” M Ergänzungen für
speichernde Aktion
Ú! LO
1 P1 “Initial position indicator” Supplements for
ESS
N
Makro-Schritt stored action
NO
S1*1B2*2B1*3B1*B4 “Start condition” Macro-step
C
2 3M1:=0 3M2:=1 “To downstream station”
A
0RO H
H
C
3B2 “Downstream station position”
Ú4E
RIV 0
3 1M1:=1 “Eject workpiece”
Einschließender Parallele Linie für Parallelverzweigung
C
Schritt Parallel cable for parallel branching
1B1 “Workpiece ejected”
Ú4
Enclosing step
ON
4 3M1:=1 3M2:=0 “To magazine” www.festo-didactic.com / www.grafcet.de
LVE
4CETRICAL OF ESSES
I
3B1 “Magazine position”
T
5
A
2M1 “Generate vacuum”
M
2B1 “Vacuum generated”
6
Ú $ TOM
6 1M1:=0 “Unclamp workpiece”
1B2 “Workpiece unclamped”
RE
!U
H
7 3M1:=0 3M2:=1 “To downstream station”
SSU
IVE
3B2 “Downstream station position”
0RE
C
8 2M2 “Place workpiece”
Ú$R
C IT
2B1 “No more vacuum”
L
9 3M1:=1 3M2:=0 “To magazine”
E
5N A
O TI
3B1 “Magazine position”
IC
R %LENEU
T
MA CTR
Structure Action section
P % L E
P
URE
ES SSES
$EUTSCHÚnÚ%NGLISCHÚÚ%NGLISCHÚnÚ$EUTSCH
K S
'ERMANÚnÚ%NGLISHÚÚ%NGLISHÚnÚ'ERMAN
RUC RES
548679 EN
OR IND
07/07
LV 3E
NS :YL
Practical knowledge: GRAFCET

The brochure describes the specifi-
GRAFCET drawing template
Drawing assistance for the simple
6A ROCE $ Dictionary of Automation
Technology
0
cation language for function charts creation of a GRAFCET plan to DIN Worldwide use of automation sys-
of the GRAFCET sequence control. EN 60848. All essential components tems and their diverse areas of ap-
The contents of the DIN EN 60848 such as steps, actions and transi- plication have also resulted in a
standard are described in detail. tions are available. Positioning aids specialised vocabulary. Reliable
Through examples, the knowledge support alignment of and compliance translation of technical terms is an
imparted is presented with reference with appropriate distances. It is de- important prerequisite for success-
to practice and greater detail is pro- signed in flexible, semi-transparent ful, unambiguous communication
vided. Also highly suitable as a refer- plastic, is supplied in two languages within the framework of international
ence work. and comes with a ruler. collaboration.
Gerhard Schmidt DE/EN 562474 This completely revisedand expand-

Edition 2007, 64 pages, brochure ES/FR 562481 ed new edition of this dictionary now
DE 548678 includes more than 16,700 terms,
EN 548679 4,500 new terms have been added.
ES 548680
FR 548681 The terms, designations and defi-
nitions included reflect the entire
spectrum of industrial automation
technology, from pneumatics and
hydraulics, as well as electrical en-
gineering, electronics and data
processing right through to adminis-
tration and training.
Edition 2008, 416 pages, bound

DE – EN / EN – DE 56975
Media Courseware Working material
Working material
Case of cutaway pneumatic models Magnetic symbol sets Drawing template

For visualising the structure and For step-by-step development of cir- The drawing templates for control
function of pneumatic components. cuit diagrams. The symbols adhere technology. For fast designing of
All of the cutaway models used are to a metal-backed board. Connec- pneumatic circuit diagrams or flow
of industrial design. Dynamic ele- tions and designations are marked diagrams.
ments and wearing parts correspond with chalk. The symbol sets are
to the original. The models select- stored in a Systainer. Can be used to draw all electrical
ed are those relevant to pneumatic (DIN 40713), electronic (DIN 40719),
training. Some of the cutaway mod- Pneumatics/Hydraulics 162340 pneumatic, hydraulic (DIN/ISO 1219)
els retain their function or partial Electrical engineering 162341 and logic symbols (DIN 40700).
function so that they can be demon-
strated in use. Control technology 90021
Program flow chart 90022
The following components are in-
cluded in a case of cutaway models:
– Single and double-acting cylinders
– Filter regulator
– AND gate
– OR gate
– Time delay valve
– Quick-exhaust valve
– Valve slice
– Pressure gauge
– Roller lever valve
– Pressure sequence valve
– Pneumatic valve
– One-way flow control valve
Order no. 539007
Workstation systems
70
Universal laboratory furniture........................................................................ 72
Learnline..........................................................................................................74
Learntop..........................................................................................................80
New!
Laboratory furniture for electrical engineering.............................................. 82
Swing...............................................................................................................84
Basic and cabinet systems...............................................................................86
LabCreator.......................................................................................................87
71
Workstation systems Universal laboratory furniture
The universal laboratory furniture
Learnline and Learntop With Learnline, you have an integrat- Quality from Festo Versatile, flexible and expandable
The modular workstation systems for ed storage principle that can be used We don‘t make compromises when it One glance at the basic structure
basic and further training. With many for training in pneumatic, hydraulic comes to quality. Workmanship and proves that Learnline meets a mul-
practical details to make teaching or electrical engineering without the functionality are of the highest lev- titude of requirements. After all,
and learning easier. need for modifications. Design and el. The torsionally rigid design and with just a few individual and well
function are combined, which is evi- the high-quality coating of the work thought-out components results
dent in every practical detail. Learn- surface and frame guarantee a long can be achieved which are geared
line consists of basic mobile and sta- service life despite many stresses towards the needs of people, the
tionary units with a cable/oil tray, and strains. Learnline can handle the available space and to any techni-
various modular systems and exten- rigorous routine of everyday teach- cal challenges. The functional profile
sion elements, rolling and fixed con- ing as well as a vibrating load during column is a prerequisite for modular-
tainers, in addition to special storage hydraulic position control. Even high ity. As the central attachment point,
systems, attachments and the corre- mechanical forces, e.g. of servo-hy- it opens up a multitude of options for
sponding accessories. The modular draulics, proportional pneumatics or putting together each desired con-
workstation system offers a multi- robotic superstructures, can be eas- figuration.
tude of configurations and mounting ily accommodated by Learnline.
options. Expert consultants in over All components can be placed any-
50 countries are available to prepare where on the slotted assembly board
an individual quotation for you. and can be fastened tightly and se-
curely in the profile slot with a T-head
Learntop is the least expensive work nut or the patented Quick-Fix® with-
top support system for entering the out any effort and without addition-
world of Festo Didactic training pack- al tools. On the slotted assembly
ages at a low price. board, everything can be exact down
to the last millimetre. A mounting
system for all technologies and ap-
plications.
Workstation systems Universal laboratory furniture
Learnline and Learntop
Keeping order Integrated electrics

It doesn‘t matter whether you keep With various electrical insert pan-
your training packages in the Sys- els, a supply duct and different
tainer or in the container. The stor- superstructures, workstations
age equipment from Festo Didac- can be put to universal use. The
tic always ensures you have a quick mounting frames can be used
overview. The lockable containers for a large number of assembly
are equipped with self-closing draw- boards and ER units. The ER
er runners and a safety stop. Every mounting frame is compatible
drawer holds up to 20 kg. The ship- with the electrical components
ping packaging for the pneumatic of the training packages. Alter-
and hydraulic equipment sets can be natively, you can choose an A4
used as orderly drawer inserts. That mounting frame according to the
saves material and gives you a quick electrical engineering standard.
overview of the drawer contents.
Standard for design and function Planning with the LabCreator Learnline online configurator
Learnline – Winner of international Define rooms in 2D and design in 3D! Familiarise yourself with Learnline‘s
design prizes: Use our 3D models and keep up to functional design and configure your
– iF product design award 2006 speed with the automatic software workstation quickly and easily on the
– Silver Focus design award 2005 and library updates. Equip your lab- Internet according to your individual
oratory with learning systems and requirements. Opt for a predefined
add your own designs. You can cre- standard workstation or put togeth-
ate professional laboratories or ener your own configuration accord-
tire training centres in just a few ing to your wishes. Slotted assembly
steps. The effects will be impressive. boards, drawer units and accessories
Detailed descriptions are available can be easily selected and added to
for all learning systems. Download your configuration. The result is a
your free LabCreator from the Inter- graphic representation of your selec-
net today. tion with a parts list.
Worldwide at your fingertips. Find your contact person at: www.festo-didactic.com 73

Workstation systems Universal laboratory furniture Learnline
Learnline mobile
More versatile than ever!
Flexible and modular

Learnline is of modular design and
offers an almost unlimited range of
configuration possibilities for your
Learnline workstation.
High mobility and optimum use of

space
Individual or group training work-
stations can be created with a mini-
mum of effort wherever they are re-
quired. Transport through doors is
also possible. This mobile worksta-
tion is designed in such a way as to
permit several people to work simul-
taneously. This is further facilitated
by the two integrated fixed drawer
units that ensure quick and easy ac-
cess to the required components of
the Learning System.
Learnline
Winner of the international design
prices

Optimum use of space Hydraulics for advanced trainees Pneumatic and electrotechnical Vertical or inclined?
The positioning of the storage plate The double pump power unit fits training Choose the vertical profile plate if
means that the free space beside the neatly on the frame beside the fixed The storage plate can hold up to you want to use the worktop for
fixed drawer units can be used for drawer units with no additional at- two compressors. Further mounting books or laptops for example. Or if
Systainer or other storage systems. tachment required. The discharge frames for electronic components the workstation is to be used from
The hydraulic power unit with single measuring container also fits beside in A4 format, for example, can be both sides, opt for the inclination
pump fits conveniently beside the the 1100 mm profile plate. used in addition to the 700 mm pro- unit with an additional profile plate
1100 mm profile plate. file plate. to adapt the plate inclination to your
requirements.
1 2
The preferred types with price advantage. Flexibly expandable.

(Overall dimensions W1556 x D780 x H1773)
1 With 1100 x 700 mm profile plate and ER frame 539028
Stationary Learnline
Ergonomic and flexible
The stationary solution

With the stationary workstation sys-
tems, Learnline combines the re-
quirements for typical desk systems
with high functionality. They pro-
vide ample desk space and legroom
thanks to the roller container. The
containers also ensure quick and
easy access to any required compo-
nents.
Vertical or inclined?
The reliable profile plate is fastened
to the stable profile of the angle ad-
justment. The inclination of the slot-
ted profile plate can be infinitely
adjusted, all the way down to a hori-
zontal position. The workstation ar-
rangement thus always offers the
best ergonomic position for any ex-
ercise.
Learnline
Winner of the international design
prices

Move up into another dimension: Optimum space utilisation Pneumatic and electrical training Ergonomic connections
profile columns as set-up space Thanks to the angle adjustment, the In addition to the 700 mm profile With the supply duct, you have all
Use the versatile profile columns profile plate can be lowered into a plate, additional mounting frames important interfaces within reach.
as a set-up space, compatible with horizontal position. Use the available can be inserted for electronic com- Not only the electrical and pneumatic
Quick-Fix®, for equipment sets or for space for A4 or ER mounting frames. ponents. supply, but also PC interfaces, such
attaching additional components as USB, Ethernet or serial interfaces,
vertically. Further components, for can be integrated in the supply duct.
example cylinders with a 400 mm
stroke, can be mounted on the angle
adjustment profile.
1 2 3
The preferred choices, advantageously priced. Flexible and expandable.

(Outside dimensions W 1512 x D 780 x H 1718)
3 Order no. 539025 with supply duct On request
Your individual design
1 2 Basic units ous use from both sides.

Stable and with a high-quality coat- W 1556 x D 780 x H 815.
ing, the basic worktables are guaran-
teed to fulfil your high requirements. 2 Basic stationary unit
The height of the worktop ensures a
1 Basic mobile unit comfortable working position when
With castors and wheel brakes. The seated. With height-adjustable de-
high worktop ensures a comfortable sign and continuously variable tilting
working position when standing. The of the profiled plate.
flexible design of this workstation W 1512 x D 780 x H 760.
makes it ideally suited to simultane-
1 Basic mobile unit 535832

2 Basic stationary unit 535835
3 5 Drawer units 5/6 Wheeled drawer unit for

stationary workstations
3/4 Fixed drawer unit for Wheeled drawer unit with fully ex-
installation in mobile workstations tending, lockable steel drawers with
Drawer unit with fully extending, safety stop. Fronts can be labelled.
lockable steel drawers with safety Load 20 kg per drawer. External di-
stop. Fronts can be labelled. Load mensions body W 476 x D 788 x H
20 kg per drawer. External dimen- 657, usable inner dimensions W 375
sions of body W 476 x D 788 x H 592, x D 700. All wheels freely movable, 2
4 6 usable inner dimensions W 375 x wheels with lockable brake.
D 700.
3 Fixed drawer unit pneumatic with 4 drawers 535833

4 Fixed drawer unit hydraulic with 3 drawers 539026
5 Wheeled drawer unit pneumatic with 4 drawers 535834
6 Wheeled drawer unit hydraulic with 3 drawers 539731
7 8 Mounting frame/mounting sets 8 For inclined mounting of the

Versatile profile columns form the profile plate
core of the Learnline system. They The profile plate support can be
are used to mount the profile plate mounted at any height between the
frame, to attach components or as an two profile columns, ensuring work-
alternative mounting surface for your station ergonomics tailored to your
training components. requirements. You can also place the
components from the training pack-
7 For vertical mounting of the age directly on the mounting frame,
profile plate thereby freeing up additional work-
The profile plate support is mount- space.
ed between the profile columns, the
profile plate is securely screwed to Please order one mounting set per
the mounting frame and the frame profile plate (Not shown).
structure. This makes the worksta-
tion extremely strong and resilient
and means that the profile plate can
be used from both sides.
7 Mounting frame for vertical mounting of the profile plate 540698

Mounting set for vertical mounting of the profile plate 540697
8 Mounting frame for inclined mounting of the profile plate 539032
Mounting set for inclined mounting of the profile plate 539735
Accessories
1/2 Aluminium profile plates The grooves are compatible with the 1 2
The anodised aluminium profile plate ITEM profile system. Side caps in-
forms the basis for all Festo Didactic cluded. Grid dimensions: 50 mm.
training packages. All of the compo-
nents fit securely and safely on the For installation on tables we recom-
profile plate. There are grooves on mend the appropriate rubber feet
each side and, if required, both sides (Order no. 158343).
can be fitted with components.
1 1100 x 700 mm 159411

2 700 x 700 mm 159410
700 x 550 mm (Not shown) 159409
ER and DIN A4 mounting frames One mounting frame can be attached 3 5

The mounting frames for the work- to each side of the mobile worksta-
stations are designed to hold a large tion.
number of exercise boards and ER
units from the Learning System for 4/6 Mounting frame
Automation. This compatibility also (700 mm wide)
extends to electrotechnical equip- The small mounting frame permits
ment in A4 format. It is thus possible the use of ER/A4 components to the
to obtain a satisfactory solution to direct left or right of a 700 mm broad
almost any specific task. profile plate. The ER mounting frame
can be used from each side of the 4 6
3/5 Mounting frame mobile workstation.
(1500 mm wide)
The mounting frame mounted on the
profile column is height-adjustable
and holds up to 12 ER/6 A4 units.
3 ER mounting frame (1500 mm wide) 539022

4 ER mounting frame (700 mm wide) 539033
5 A4 mounting frame (1500 mm wide) 539021
6 A4 mounting frame (700 mm wide) 539755
Accessories 10 Hose holder 7 10

For up to 20 hydraulic hoses. Pro-
7 Universal bracket vides neat storage and protects hose
Permits the mounting of up to 2 hy- couplings from ingress of dirt.
draulic power units with single W 366 x D 182 x H 80.
pump, up to 2 hydraulic measuring Order no. 539737
containers or holders for storing hos-
es. W 50 x D 275 x H 130. 11 Cable guide 8 11
Order no. 539736 For a set of laboratory cables. En-
sures that cables are kept neatly and
8 Oil spillage/protective mat in order. W 150 x D 136 x H 63.
Black, with rubber border. Protects Order no. 535812
the tabletop of the Learnline system
and keeps it clean. 12 Table extension
312 x 1512 mm 541133 For easy attachment to the profile
column of a mobile workstation.
9 Storage plate The height of the table can be ad- 9 12
Fits into the mobile frame in addition justed to between 700 and 815 mm.
to 2 drawer units and offers installa- The tabletop dimensions are W 780
tion space for 2 JunAir compressors x D 600.
(order no. 91030) for example. Order no. 566435
W 748 x D 403 x H 30.
Order no. 539729
Workstation systems Universal laboratory furniture Learntop
Learntop
The low-cost desktop mounting system
The low-cost introduction to the Learntop-S

world of training packages from Fes- The versatile equipment holder for
to Didactic: Enjoy the advantages of all technologies. Mobile – Can be
the profile plate and the ER mount- simply set up on an existing work ta-
ing frame when carrying out your ble/bench. Versatile – Can be used
pneumatic, hydraulic, sensor or PLC from both sides. Ergonomic – the
training. The devices can be clearly angled profile plate enables compo-
arranged and ensure an ergonom- nents to be easily assembled.
ic working position at your existing
work tables and benches. Accepts up to 4 profile plates of size
350 x 1100 mm (order no. 162360)
Mounting parts and instructions or 2 profile plates 700 x 1100 mm
for mounting the profile plates are (order no. 159411).
included. It is recommended that
Learntop be fastened to the table for Profile plates not included.
security reasons. Order no. 540668
Learntop-A
Equipment holder for use on one
side of the workstation. Ergonomic
arrangement of components thanks
to the inclined profile plate. Not suit-
able for hydraulic training.
Can hold up to 2 profile plates of size

350 x 1100 mm (order no. 162360)
or one profile plate of size 700 x
1100 mm (order no. 159411).
Profile plates not included.

Order no. 540670
Learntop-L
Equipment holder for use on one
side of a workstation; for profile
plates of size 700 x 1100 mm (order
no. 159411). For horizontal profile
plate configurations. Not suitable for
hydraulic training.
Profile plates not included.

Order no. 540669
Workstation systems Universal laboratory furniture Learntop
Accessories
1 Aluminium profile plate 6 Slotted mounting plate 1 6

The anodised aluminium profile All components with the Quick-Fix®
plate forms the basis for all Festo Di- system can be mounted on the slot-
dactic training packages. All of the ted mounting plate. The slotted
components fit securely and safely mounting plate can be installed in
into the grooves on the profile plate. the conventional A4 mounting frame
There are grooves on each side and, or on the tabletop. It is not com-
if required, both sides can be fitted patible with the A4 table mounting
with components. The grooves are frame.
compatible with the ITEM profile sys- Overall dimensions: 532 x 297 mm. 7
tem. Side caps included. Grid dimen- Order no. 159331 2
sions: 50 mm.
7 A4 table mounting frame
For installation on tables we recom- Allows A4 units to be installed on a
mend the appropriate rubber feet universal mobile rack.
(order no. 158343). Order no. 536582
Sizes 350 x 1100 mm and 350 x 250 8 Rubber feet 3

mm supplied without side caps. For non-slip, protective mounting
350 x 1100 mm 162360 of profile plates on tabletops of any
1100 x 700 mm 159411 type. Set (4 pieces).
Order no. 158343 8
2 Cable guide
For a set of laboratory cables. En- 9 Plug-in adapter set 4
sures that cables are kept neatly and The plug-in adapter set can be used
in order. W 150 x D 136 x H 63. to mount the ER units directly on the
Order no. 535812 blue plug-in board or on the alumin-
ium profile plate. One set is required 9
3 Hose holder to mount one unit.
For up to 20 hydraulic hoses. Pro- Order no. 541122
vides neat storage and protects hose
couplings from ingress of dirt. 10 A4 ER mounting frame
W 366 x D 182 x H 80. The ER mounting plate can be in- 5
Order no. 539737 stalled in any A4 mounting frame. A
cut-out permits installation of 2 large 10
4 Oil drip tray for Learntop-S or 4 small Festo Didactic ER units.
workstation Order no. 536200
Dimensions: 1160 mm x 760 mm
Order no. 357283
5 Mounting kit for hydraulic

cylinder with weight
When this mounting kit is mount-
ed on Learntop-S, the pulling and
pushing load of the basic hydraulics
package can be realised with it. For
this purpose, the cylinder (order no.
152857) and the weight (order no.
152972) are mounted on the mount-
ing kit. The cover (order no. 152973)
provides additional security.
Order no. 526847

Workstation systems Laboratory furniture for electrical engineering
Laboratory furniture for electrical engineering

New!
Professional laboratory equipment Together with our partner Haid KG, Festo Didactic is the sole supplier
Intelligent and innovative laboratory we are developing the Swing labo- of Haid KG products on the didactic
solutions for electrical engineering – ratory furniture series. Haid KG spe- market. We are happy to assist you
from single workstations to complete cialises in consulting, developing, with planning, selecting and sizing
laboratories. planning and producing equipment your workstation or laboratory.
for electronic and electrical engineer-
ing, laboratory furniture systems for Give us a call!
research and training, as well as er-
gonomically designed laboratory and
assembly workstations.
Choose from a multitude of match-

ing modular workstations, intelli-
gent and reliable solutions for power Table substructures
supply, device technology, cabinet A wide spectrum of workbench sub-
systems and all the necessary high- structures form part of the Swing
quality accessories. It goes without program. Under-workbench units
saying that all products have been and roller containers with drawers in
tested for safety. various depths, either with or with-
out pull-out shelf, form the basic
equipment. It is also available in ESD
version, installations for electronic
and electrical engineering. We offer
special floor units for PCs.

Workstation systems Laboratory furniture for electrical engineering
Swing, Basic and cabinet systems
Swing profile columns The floating tabletop

The Swing profile solution optimally The Swing profile and the work-
meets all demands in terms of visual top are connected via delicate
appearance, functionality as well as yet stable connecting compo-
both flexibility and modularity. The nents, making the entire sys-
cable duct integrated into the pro- tem transparent. Swing add-on
file facilitates the concealed laying workbenches are connected to
of cables and compressed air supply the basic workbench. The height-
lines. The cable duct and any unused adjustable worktops lock into
connection elements are sealed with one another seamlessly and are
cover profiles to keep them clean. all supported by the legs in the
Levelling screws in all table legs centre.
round off the overall concept.
Basic is the functional, inexpen- In addition, you can completely

sive laboratory equipment system equip your laboratory space with
for electrical engineering, with sol- multimedia workstations and cabi-
id worktop supports made of pow- net systems.
der-coated steel tubes. It consists of
workbenches in six different widths
and three depths.
Workstation systems Laboratory furniture for electrical engineering Swing
Swing
Configuration example
New!
Versatility for your individual needs

Swing stands for the unlimited pos-
sibilities for individual training labo-
ratory design. Workbenches are cre-
ated from a few basic components
in nearly all thinkable dimensions.
Three depths and six widths as well
as various working heights are pro-
vided for by the standard construc-
tion kit. Whether 19“ top elements,
mounting frames for experimenta-
tion plates or perforated metal grid –
we will deliver the right solution.
Intelligent solutions
The Swing system already offers ful-
ly integrated vertical and horizontal
cable conduits as a standard feature.
The cable duct in the Swing system
profile permits a comfortable vertical
cable guide. The basic equipment al-
so includes cable connections which
are mounted in a concealed position
on the rear cross frame.
84 24-month Festo Didactic warranty

Workstation systems Laboratory furniture for electrical engineering Swing
Supply duct with electrical system, Choose from insert panels, such as Worktop components and cockpits We offer numerous devices such as
compressed air and communication safety and switching elements for AC with laboratory devices infinitely variable voltage devices,
The aluminium supply duct can be current (230 V or 400 V) with key ac- Alternatively to the supply channel, lab power supply units, three-phase
made to various lengths, depending tuators, indicator lamps, motor pro- worktop elements and cockpits in supplies, fixed voltage devices, ad-
on requirements. The various mount- tection switches, fault current circuit 3 or 6 RU can be integrated. Raised justable isolating transformers for
ing options, such as directly on the breakers or emergency stop buttons. structures are visually elegant and AC/DC and three-phase current, de-
workbench or raised up as a cock- Depending on the application, you offer optimal utilisation of the work- vices for test engineering and also
pit, make for a tidy work surface. All can equip the duct with CEE or earth- top. Based on a modular basic grid, compressed air supplies.
frequently required interfaces can ing contact sockets or safety sockets each workstation can be individually
be optimally arranged to be within for three-phase current, direct cur- equipped. Changes, modifications or Variable equipment with 19“ seg-
reach. rent or alternating current. Integrate subsequent extensions can be made ments in cassette design or as insert
a compressed air outlet via various at any time. panels is available, according to your
one-touch fittings. wishes and requirements. It goes
without saying that all insert panels
The most important PC interfaces, for power supply and communication
such as USB, RS232 or Ethernet can can also be integrated.
also be integrated in the supply duct.
This enables the PC to be connected
quickly and ergonomically to various
control components.

Workstation systems Laboratory furniture for electrical engineering Basic and cabinet systems
Basic and cabinet systems

Functional diversity for your labs
New!
Basic – the functional lab equipment Our under-bench units and roller
system for electrical engineering containers provide plenty of stor-
A functional equipment system with age space and make for a tidy work-
solid workstation frames made from station. Various depths and drawer
powder-coated steel tubes forms the configurations leave nothing to be
basis of the Basic product family. desired.
It consists of workbenches in six dif- And EDP isn‘t missed out either. Spe-
ferent widths and three depths. The cial under-bench units for comput-
design is so rigid that it can also sup- ers and printers, pull-out keyboard
port heavy superstructures. Both shelves and PC racks are among the
raised supply bridges and equipment wide selection.
placed directly on the workbench are
possible with this system. Further-
more, superstructures can be used
as partitions or extremely flat cas-
sette tops.
Multimedia workstations Ask us and we will help you find the

Various designs for attractive multi- perfect solution.
media workstations are available:
PC desks with sliding slides, cable
ducts, cable guides, linking elements,
PC racks, substructures or socket
strips. Furthermore, diverse work-
stations and furniture for teaching
theory are available: C-shape ta-
bles, four-legged tables, mobile ta-
ble frames, laptop trolleys, swivel
chairs, skid base chairs, four-legged
chairs, tables, flip charts, projection
screens. All with integrated design,
reliable high quality and functionally
sound, made in Germany!
Cabinet systems Shelf inserts with grooved mats

We offer an extensive range of cabi- for orderly storage of experimen-
nets, harmonised with the design of tation plates are just as much part
our workstation systems. Based on a of the range as strengthened lower
simple framework, various tall cabi- shelves. We supply spacious shelf in-
nets, medium-high cabinets, storage serts specially for ESD cabinets. Be it
cabinets, tall corner cabinets and cabinet layout, duct systems or vari-
top cabinets are available to choose ous locking systems – we offer the
from. The modular system offers right solution.
maximum possible combinations and
optimal design flexibility with an at- And if you have any other special
tractive price/performance ratio. wishes, we will be happy to manu-
facture to meet your exact require-
ments.

Workstation systems LabCreator
LabCreator
The professional design programme for laboratories
New!
LabCreator: Create professional layouts and in- The benefits to you – Worldwide platform for exchanging
The new, professional design dividually equipped laboratories for – Create plans and layouts quick- models. The integrated LabCrea-
programme for laboratories basic and further training in just a ly and simply thanks to intuitive tor server and online library pro-
few easy steps. The effects are amaz- prompting. The integrated help vide you with immediate access to
ing! function offers additional guid- models designed by other LabCrea-
ance. tor users.
The laboratories can be equipped – LabCreator generates rooms to – Use textures to give your models a
with Festo Didactic model products scale; the walls are full-size and realistic look.
or you can create your own personal can be fitted with windows and – Use the flight recorder to create
designs and 3D models. doors to help you avoid planning automatic tours which show your
errors. laboratory from a number of differ-
With automatic software and library – Switch between 2D layout and 3D ent viewpoints. Export the finished
updates, you‘ll always be at the cut- view. Move the observation point „flight“ as a video to complement a
ting edge. around the room to get a realistic presentation of your ideas.
impression of the design progress. – Export the laboratory design as a
In German, English, Spanish and – Extensive model library with par- VRML, PDF or one of many picture
French. Includes a detailed help tially animated learning systems, formats.
function. equipment, infrastructure and – Generate a complete proposal for
model people. This means that, for equipping your laboratory at the
Download now for free! example, robot stations can be ani- click of a mouse.
mated, giving a more lifelike im- – The finished laboratory is saved in
pression of the laboratory. XML-Format. These files are very
– Adaptable to new equipment and small and can easily be sent by
fully customisable. Drag and drop email to other users.
to import VRML files into the de- – Detailed information on all the
sign and create your own 3D mod- Festo products you need for your
els. laboratory.

Technology-orientated training packages
88
Innovative training packages......................................................................... 90
Pneumatics......................................................................................................92
Hydraulics......................................................................................................111
Sensors..........................................................................................................122
Electronics/PLC..............................................................................................124
Fieldbus.........................................................................................................140
Electrical drives..............................................................................................144
Accessories and optional components...........................................................146
Change from Blue to Silver.............................................................................159
89
Innovative training packages

with detailed practical functions
Festo Didactic‘s training packages

are of modular design. This means
that you can start today with the ba-
sic pneumatics level and then contin-
ue to the advanced level tomorrow,
or start again with electropneumat-
ics – the choice is yours.
Would you like your training to focus

on a special theme? All of the equip-
ment set components can be individ-
ually ordered to supplement your ex-
isting equipment sets with suitable
teachware: Plug in – clamp – you‘re done The perfect storage system State-of-the-art coupling
www.festo-didactic.com Using the patented QuickFix® mount- The drawer insert serves as an or- technology
ing system you can mount compo- ganiser for quick and orderly storage Leak-proof hydraulic couplings mean
nents on the profile plate easily, of individual parts in the workstation less pollution, thus protecting the
safely and with little effort. Don‘t for- drawer units – included in the scope environment. The quick coupling
get – almost all pneumatic, hydraulic of delivery of the training packages. sockets are self-sealing when decou-
and electrical connections are on the The new pneumatic training packag- pled. During the coupling process,
top of the components where they es are supplied in the practical Sys- only the face of the coupling is coat-
can be easily accessed. tainer whose inserts also fit into the ed with oil.
drawer units.

Industrial applications at your Blended learning package for

fingertips equipment sets
Learning through innovative tech- The training package, software
nology. Practice-oriented training for designing circuits or simu-
and vocational training using indus- lation, training software, text-
trial components provides you with books, workbooks containing
the necessary confidence for your exercises and worksheets, cuta-
daily work. The selection of compo- way models as well as videos in
nents and the versions for the train- a variety of languages provide a
ing packages have been especially convenient training environment,
matched to the projects in the work- whatever the subject matter.
book. With this, the essential learn-
ing objectives can be taught with a
reasonable investment.
Open for all systems New subjects: New teaching concept: – Practice-related problems taken
The EduTrainer® concept enables the – Equipment set TP 220 – Advanced – Project-oriented teachware in- from actual industrial applications:
principles of industrial controllers level: Drives in pneumatics cludes a multimedia-CD-ROM: The projects are selected to rep-
to be taught in a classroom setting. – Equipment set TP 240 – Advanced Projects develop out of exercises. resent actual industrial scenarios.
The system supports the integration level: Sensors in pneumatics Complexity increases from project Drawings, pictures and videos are
of PLCs from other manufacturers – Equipment set TP 1110: to project and information just additionally used to visualise the
thanks to the SysLink and 4 mm con- Sensors for object detection learned is consolidated infollow- actual application.
nector interfaces. – New Equipment sets for PLC and on projects. Containing photos and – With extended part on fundamen-
electronics training: videos of industrial applications tals: If you want to work compe-
EduTrainer® Universal and circuit diagrams. Theoretical tently with pneumatics, you need
information is conveyed using ani- to know more than just about com-
mated cutaway models for greater ponents and circuits: physical ba-
clarity. Worksheets and exercise sics, technical calculations, safety,
sheets can be reprinted as neces- working economically, analytical
sary. fault-finding and professional doc-
umentation. Now in the enhanced
workbook.
Technology-orientated training packages Pneumatics
Equipment set TP 101 – Basic level

Basic pneumatics training
Pneumatics, Basic level. Training aims Performance through close

The fully revised classic – Structure, function and application proximity
of single-acting and double-acting Switches and valves should be
Further enhanced and updated cylinders mounted as close to the actuator as
through the lessons learned from – Calculating basic parameters possible for optimum performance.
over 1,000 seminars on pneumatics. – Direct and indirect actuation You can now apply the same prin-
– Application and function of 3/2 and ciple when designing your circuits
– With brand-new industrial compo- 5/2-way valves thanks to the new components. Fur-
nents, enabling you to teach to- – Methods of actuation of directional thermore, this approach also pro-
morrow‘s industrial standard to- control valves vides you with an easy way of dem-
day. – Analysing circuits onstrating the performance of a
– The workbook contains a se- – Options for pressure measurement one-way flow control valve. You can
ries of graduated project exer- – Pressure-dependent control sys- even record the measured values
cises based on actual industrial tems and analyse the results, for example
applications, an enhanced section – Distinguishing flow control meth- using the TP 210!
on fundamentals and a multimedia ods and using them as intended
CD-ROM. – Explaining and building latching Worldwide standards – ISO valves
circuits All inputs and outputs are accessible
The number of components and the – Logic operations: explaining and and compatible with the widest pos-
design are specially tailored to the implementing AND/OR/NOT op- sible range of applications.
projects contained in the workbook erations
so that the main fundamentals can – Combining logic operations Time delay valve
be imparted with little outlay. Sup- – Function and application of limit The pneumatic time delay valve per-
plied in the practical Systainer. switches mits precise adjustment and can be
– Time delay valves read easily from the front – pneumat-
– Realising oscillating movement ics at its finest!
– Economic considerations of using
pneumatic components

Complete equipment set TP 101 in the Systainer 540710 1 2 3
The most important components at a glance:

1 2x 3/2-way valve with pushbutton actuator, normally closed 152860
2 1x 3/2-way valve with pushbutton actuator, normally open 152861
3 1x 5/2-way valve with selector switch 152862
4 1x 3/2-way valve with selector switch, normally closed 152863
5 2x 3/2-way roller lever valve, normally closed 152866 4 5 6
6 2x Proximity switch, pneumatic, with cylinder attachment 539775
7 1x Pneumatic timer, normally closed 540694
8 1x Pressure sequence valve 152884
9 1x 3/2-way pneumatic valve, pneumatically actuated, one side 539768
10 1x 5/2-way valve, pneumatically actuated, one side 538694
11 3x 5/2-way double pilot valve, pneumatically actuated, both sides 539769
12 1x Shuttle valve (OR) 539771 7 8 9
13 2x Dual-pressure valve (AND) 539770
14 1x Quick-exhaust valve 539772
15 2x One-way flow control valve 539773
16 1x Single-acting cylinder 152887
17 1x Double-acting cylinder 152888
18 1x Start-up valve with filter control valve 540691
19 1x Pressure regulator valve with gauge 539756 10 11 12
20 2x Pressure gauge 152865
21 1x Manifold 152896
22 2x Plastic tubing 4 x 0.75 Silver 10 m 151496
Accessories, also order:

Aluminium profile plate 1100 x 700 mm 159411
Compressor 91030
13 14 15
An impressive blended learning Includes a multimedia-CD-ROM con-

package for TP taining photos and videos of indus-
trial applications and circuit dia-
0NEUMATICS grams.
"ASICÙ,EVEL
16 17 18
7ORKBOOKÙ40Ù
Theoretical information is conveyed

#$ 2/-ÚINCLUDED
using animated cutaway models for
greater comprehension and work-
sheets and exercise sheets can be
reprinted as necessary.
DE 540671
19 20 21
EN 541088
ES 542503
&ESTOÚ$IDACTIC
FR 542507
ÚEN
The workbook Complementary media

Provides detailed descriptions of in- – Design and simulation using
dustry-related projects with problem FluidSIM®
22
descriptions, parameters and project – Self-tuition program, Pneumatics
orders. Worksheets support the stu- – Textbook Pneumatics, Basic level
dents through the required stages – Cutaway model case
of planning, execution and function
testing and provide sample solu-
tions. New topics include economic
considerations and notes on safety.
Equipment set TP 102 – Advanced level

Advanced pneumatics training
Develop the training aims from Training aims Performance through close
TP 101 and consolidate your – Binary reducing stages proximity
knowledge. – End positions without limit switches Switches and valves should be
– Latching circuits mounted as close to the actuator as
Fully revised: The new workbook – Converting 5/2-way valves possible for optimum performance.
contains a series of graduated – Function of a back pressure end You can now apply the same prin-
project exercises based on actual stop ciple when designing your circuits
industrial applications and an en- – Basic stepper control (continu- thanks to the new components that
hanced section on fundamentals. It ous cycle) can be plugged in directly. Further-
also includes a multimedia CD-ROM. – Stepper control with operating more, this approach also provides
The foundation for competent train- modes or idle step you with an easy way of demonstrat-
ing. Place your order now! – Setting and coordinating time de- ing the features of a one-way flow
lays control valve. You can even record
The number of components and the – Variable step repetition using a the measured values and analyse the
design are specially tailored to the predetermining counter results, for example using the new
projects contained in the workbook – Input circuit with self-latching loop TP 210!
so that the main training aims can be and auxiliary functions
achieved with little outlay. Supplied – Evaluating and using sensors for Lever valves
in the practical Systainer. material sensing All of the lever valves contained in
– Realising stepper control with pro- the training packages 101 and 102
Components from the equipment set tected pilot air and auxiliary func- are equipped with a pilot control,
TP 101 are required to carry out the tions which means they require a low ac-
projects. – Proximity sensors in the end po- tuating force and deliver high reli-
sitions and in the partial stroke ability.
range
– Combined use of quick exhaust
valves and pressure regulators
– Inversion of a timer signal
– Varying end-position cushioning
– Using and adjusting different sen-
sor types


2 1x 3/2-way valve with mushroom-head emergency switch, normally open 152864
3 1x 3/2-way roller lever valve with idle return, normally closed 152867
4 1x Back pressure valve 152868
5 4x 3/2-way pneumatic valve, pneumatically actuated, one side 539768 4 5 6
7 1x Shuttle valve, 3-fold (OR) 152882
8 1x Shuttle valve (OR) 539771
9 1x Dual-pressure valve, 3-fold (AND) 152883
10 1x Pneumatic timer, normally open 539759
11 1x Pneumatic preset counter 152877
12 1x Stepper module 152886 7 8 9
14 2x Non-return valve, delockable 540715

Aluminium profile plate 1100 x 700 mm 159411 10 11 12
Compressor 91030
13 14 15
An impressive blended learning Includes a multimedia-CD-ROM con-

0NEUMATICS grams.
!DVANCEDÙ,EVEL
16
7ORKBOOKÙ40Ù
#$ 2/-ÚINCLUDED
DE 540672
EN 541089
ES 542504
&ESTOÚ$IDACTIC
FR 542508
ÚEN

descriptions, parameters and project – Self-tuition program, Pneumatics
orders. Worksheets support the stu- – Textbook Pneumatics, Basic level
dents through the required stages – Cutaway model case
of planning, execution and function

Basic electropneumatics training
Electropneumatics, Basic level. Training aims Electronic proximity sensors – An impressive blended learning
The most important basic principles – Structure, function and application compatible and reliable package for TP
in one compact book. of single-acting and double-acting These proximity sensors are based
cylinders on the same slot mounting system The workbook
The workbook contains a series of – Calculating basic parameters as the pneumatic proximity sensors DE 540673
graduated project exercises based – Direct and indirect actuation in TP 101. We opted for short circuit- EN 541090
on actual industrial applications, an – Application and function of 3/2 and proof, electronic proximity sensors ES 542505
enhanced section on fundamentals 5/2-way solenoid valves due to their long service life in train- FR 542509
and a multimedia CD-ROM. The foun- – Analysing circuits ing applications.
dation for competent training. Place – Options for pressure measurement Complementary media
your order now! – Pressure-dependent control sys- Worldwide standards – ISO valves – Design and simulation using
tems The new ISO valves with manual FluidSIM®
The number and the design of com- – Latching circuits override and M8 connection tech- – Self-tuition program, Electropneu-
ponents are specially tailored to the – Logic operations: AND/OR/NOT nology. The worldwide standard en- matics
projects contained in the workbook – Combining logic operations ables you to apply what you have – Textbook Electropneumatics,
so that the main training aims can be – Function and application of limit learned to a wide range of differ- Basic level
achieved with little outlay. Supplied switches ent situations, including in different – Transparency set, Fundamentals of
in the practical Systainer. – End-position monitoring using countries – a must for global players. electropneumatics
electronic proximity sensors All inputs and outputs are accessible – DVD Electropneumatics/Electro-
– Time delay valves and compatible with the widest pos- hydraulics
– Realising oscillating movement sible range of applications.
– Economic considerations of using
– Troubleshooting simple electrop-
neumatic circuits


1 1x Signal input, electrical 162242
2 2x Relay, three-fold 162241
3 1x Limit switch, electrical, left-actuated 183322
4 1x Limit switch, electrical, right-actuated 183345
5 1x Proximity switch, optical 178577 4 5 6
6 2x Electronic proximity switch with cylinder attachment 540695
7 1x 2 x 3/2-way solenoid valve with LED, normally closed 539776
8 1x 5/2-way solenoid valve with LED 539777
9 2x 5/2-way double solenoid valve with LED 539778
10 1x Pressure sensor with Indicator 539757
12 1x Single-acting cylinder 152887 7 8 9

Compressor 91030
Tabletop power supply/power supply unit for the mounting frame ➔ Page 146
Cable set, universal with 4 mm safety plugs 167091
13 14 15
Supplementary equipment set to upgrade from

Pneumatics, Basic level TP 101 to Electropneumatics, Basic level TP 201
Supplements the Pneumatics, Basic level TP 101 equipment set to form a com-
plete Electropneumatics, Basic level TP 201 equipment set.
16
Recommended training media and accessories: See TP 201
Complete supplementary equipment set TP 101 – TP 201 in the Systainer 540717

5 1x Proximity switch, optical 178577
6 2x Electronic Proximity switch with cylinder attachment 540695

Advanced electropneumatics training
Electropneumatics, Advanced level: Training aims Fundamentals of modern

Advanced training in a Systainer! – Describing the structure and appli- pneumatics – valve terminals
cation of valve terminals This training course helps you to lay
This training package supplements – Realising sequence controls with the foundation for using valve ter-
the training aims of TP 201. signal overlap – solution accord- minals. Designed for a wide range of
ing to the group method, sequence industries, requirements and appli-
The new workbook contains a series chain with spring-return valves cations, valve terminals are sturdy
of graduated project exercises based and sequence chain with bistable and durable – an investment in the
on actual industrial applications, an valves future. The MPA valve terminal used
enhanced section on fundamentals – Describing and setting operating consists of 2 x 5/2-way solenoid
and a multimedia CD-ROM. The foun- modes valves and 2 x 5/2-way double sole-
dation for competent training. Place – Describing the function and appli- noid valves.
your order now! cation of a predetermining counter
– Explaining and realising an emer- Electrical emergency-off pushbutton
The number and the design of com- gency-off function using spring-re- Safety engineering is an important
ponents are specially tailored to the turn valves topic, but one that is often neglect-
projects contained in the workbook – Emergency-off conditions ed in training. The new TP 202 takes
so that the main training aims can be – Explaining the function and appli- an in-depth look at the emergency-
achieved with little outlay. Supplied cation of a 5/3-way solenoid valve off function and also describes the
in the practical Systainer. – Describing and setting the operat- emergency-off function under special
ing mode ‚Set‘ conditions. After all, you don‘t want
Components from the equipment set – Troubleshooting in complex elec- to end up with a pressure-less and
TP 201 are required to carry out the tropneumatic circuits voltage-less system after pressing
projects. the emergency-off button!


3 1x Time relay, two-fold 162243
4 1x Preset counter, electrical,incrementing 162355
5 1x EMERGENCY OFF pushbutton, electrical 183347 4 5 6
6 1x Proximity switch, inductive 178574
7 1x Proximity switch, capacitive 178575
8 1x Valve terminal with 4 valve slices (MMJJ) 540696

Compressor 91030
An impressive blended learning Includes multimedia-CD-ROM con-

%LECTROPNEUMATICS grams.
!DVANCEDÙ,EVEL
7ORKBOOKÙ40Ù

#$ 2/-ÚINCLUDED
DE 540674
EN 541091
ES 542506
&ESTOÚ$IDACTIC
FR 542510
ÚEN

descriptions, parameters and project – Self-tuition program, Electropneu-
orders. Worksheets support the stu- matics
dents through the required stages – DVD Electropneumatics/Electro-
of planning, execution and function hydraulics

Measurement and control in pneumatics with Fluid Lab®-P Version 2
New!
Fit for tomorrow? Something extra special Course topics The benefits to you
The TP 210 equipment builds on the In order to the complete the exer- – Basic principles of analogue data – Fast, PC-supported recording of
training content of the TP 101 and cises, sensors (e.g. pressure, flow processing measured values
TP 201 equipment sets on the top- and proximity switches) are con- – Application and adaptation of – Greater training success through
ic of pneumatic measurement and nected to the inputs and control sig- sensors measurement of components and
control. The training content ranges nals are guided to the EasyPort USB – Interpretation of measurement interpretation of results
from the simple measurement of in- outputs. The signals are interpreted results – Sensors that enable students
dividual, pneumatic components, and visualised on computer by the – Reading and understanding of „to look into“ the circuit and
basic principles of status monitoring Fluid Lab®-P software included in technical data and measurement components
(condition monitoring) to (closed- the scope of delivery. Analogue val- curves – Suppositions regarding system
loop) control technology with dis- ues are displayed as measurement – Fluid engineering components, behaviour can be easily proven
continuous (two-step action control- curves. their influence and function – Learning the principles of meas-
ler) and continuous controllers (PID – Demonstrating fluid engineering urement and analysis and applying
controller). Instructions on how to complete the effects and special features them directly in other circuits
exercises, positional sketches and – Analytical fault finding – Demonstrating and understand-
In addition, great emphasis is placed block circuit diagrams are included – Saving energy ing the principles of fluid engineer-
on raising awareness of how to han- with each exercise, so that you are – Evaluation of changes in status ing faster
dle compressed air responsibly as a guided step by step through each of – Proportional technology – System analysis via PC: state-of-
form of energy. the tests. Measured results are then – Control technology with continu- the-art diagnostic method
interpreted, compared with sam- ous and discontinuous controllers – Better understanding of fluid engi-
Exercises for measuring and analys- ple solutions and you will be asked neering components and processes
ing system and control behaviour to answer questions about compre- and thus higher quality of training
help you to get prepared for a future hension.
in which diagnostics, preventative
maintenance and saving energy are
becoming increasingly important.


1 1x I/O data cable with SysLink connectors (IEEE 488) at both ends 34031
2 1x Universal connection unit, digital (SysLink) 162231
3 1x Connection unit, analogue 162247
4 1x I/O data cable, analogue 189551
5 1x EasyPort USB 548687 4 5 6
6 1x EasyPort adapter for profile plate 549806
8 1x Flowrate sensor with display 539758
9 1x Proportional-pressure regulator 539779
10 1x Pressure regulator valve with gauge 539756
11 3x Flow control valve 193972
12 1x Plastic tubing 4 x 0.75 Silver 10 m 151496 7 8 9
1x Fluid Lab-P 2.0 individual workstation licence 556241
2x Non-return valve, delockable 540715
For piston force measurement exercises the force sensor not included in scope of delivery
is required.
Force sensor 539780
10 11 12
Compressor 230 V 91030
Cable set, universal with 4 mm safety plugs Complete set of cables 167091
Fluid Lab®-P version 2 inclusive System requirements

The Fluid Lab®-P version 2 software – PC with Windows XP/Vista
for recording measured values is an – At least Pentium 800 MHz
important component of the training – 1 GB RAM
package TP 210. Just a few simple – CD-ROM disk drive
steps are needed to configure the – USB 2.0
interface, adapt the sensors and se- – 1280 x 1024 pixels
lect the language. Exercises can then – NI LabView 8.2.1 Runtime
be started. (included in scope of delivery)
These are divided into the areas ba- Components from the TP 101 and
sic tests, cylinder controls, propor- TP 201 equipment sets are required
tional technology and control tech- in order to complete the exercises.
nology. Exercises are supported by
connection diagrams, descriptions
and sample solutions. The measure-
ment process is also software-con-
trolled. Results can be measured
with measuring points, printed out
or exported to a spreadsheet pro-
gram. The software also includes the
complete book of exercises in PDF
format.

Drives in pneumatics
Optimum drive Training aims The workbook

Pneumatic drives
The TP 220 supplements the TP 201 – Designing a compressed air net- Describes in detail the issues and
training package by teaching the ba- work projects in 16 exercises closely Workbook TP 220
sics of pneumatic drives. The train- – Sizing the pneumatic power sec- linked to industrial practice, each
ing content features the selection tion comprising a problem description CD-ROM included
and sizing of various state-of-the-art – Influence of tubes and fittings on and work assignment. Worksheets
drive types, taking into account their speed support the students through the
individual properties as well as com- – Reducing cost by using different required stages of planning, execu-
mercial and safety considerations. pressures for advance and return tion and monitoring. Includes sample
Each drive unit remains clearly de- strokes solutions and detailed background
fined as an individual design, and so – Reducing cost by avoiding leakage knowledge for the theoretical funda-
meets the needs of the various entry – Operating behaviour of linear mentals. Festo Didactic
559880 EN
levels. Use of industrial components drives

throughout emphasises the essential – Calculation of mass moment of in- Includes a multi-media CD-ROM
practicality and ensures rapid trans- ertia containing photos and videos of in-
fer of knowledge from training into – Operating characteristics of rota- dustrial applications and circuit dia-
practice. ry drives grams. The theoretical information
– Function, control and selection of is conveyed using animated cutaway
We recommend connection to a com- the fluidic muscle models for greater comprehension
pressed air system delivering ap- – Comparison between standard cyl- and worksheets and exercise sheets
prox. 100 l/min. inders and the fluidic muscle can be reprinted as necessary.
– Response of pneumatic controls to
power failure DE 549982
EN 559880
ES 559881
FR 559882


1 1x Fluidic muscle, size 10 544311
2 1x Semi-rotary drive, size 16, 184° 544313
3 1x Linear drive, size 18, 170 mm stroke 548641
4 1x Function generator/counter/stopwatch 544315
5 1x 3/2-way fast-switching solenoid valve, normally closed 544312 4 5 6
6 1x 5/3-way double solenoid valve, mid position closed 541132
8 1x Proximity switch, electronic 548589
9 1x On-off valve with filter regulating valve 152894
10 2x Weight, 175 g 548581
11 1x Weight, 2 kg 548582
12 1x Air pressure reservoir 152912 7 8 9
Recommended accessories
10 11 12
Fluidic muscle Semi-rotary drive Linear drive

The fluidic muscle is a pull actuator In a semi-rotary drive the force is The rodless cylinder is mechanically
which imitates the action of a biolog- transmitted directly to the drive shaft coupled to the slide unit, which di-
ical muscle. Judder free, it offers up via a rotary vane. The swivel angle rectly supports loads. You will learn
to 10 times the initial force of normal is freely adjustable from 0 to 184°. the steps needed to attain optimum
cylinders of the same diameter. You You will learn the significance of the operating behaviour, and which ap-
will learn how the muscle can be de- mass moment of inertia to a semi-ro- plications are most suited to the vari-
ployed as a single-acting actuator. tary drive, and how its operating be- ous options.
haviour under load can be influenced
in various mounting positions.

Sensors in pneumatics
New!
The purpose of a pneumatic control The special feature Course topics

system The new advanced level is all about – Basic principles of connection and
the subject of sensors in pneumatic circuit technology
By using the TP 240 equipment set, control systems. – Basic principles of measured data
you can expand the course topics of acquisition and processing
the TP 201 training package to in- Hands-on experience plays a deci- – Configuration, function and appli-
clude the topic of sensors in pneu- sive role in teaching the contents. cation options of the sensors used
matics. Examples are used to demonstrate – Selecting appropriate sensors by
the general operational principles of taking into account certain param-
With topics such as the application different sensors. Special attention is eters
of pressure and flow rate sensors, paid to the selection of the right sen- – Various methods of pressure and
the use of analogue position trans- sor, its connection, the correct set- flow measurement
mitters including the integration of ting and functional checking. – Differences between absolute,
signal converters and sensors for relative and differential pressure
vacuum technology – the special re- With the TP 240 a basic knowledge measurement
quirements of sensors in pneumat- of sensors in pneumatics can be con- – Setting and checking sensors
ic control-system environments are veyed thoroughly. – Using signal converters
covered extensively.
Components from the TP 201 are re-

quired to carry out the projects.


1 1x Position transmitter, 0 – 50 mm, analogue 560124
2 1x Signal converter for position transmitter 548621
3 1x Electronic pressure sensor, 0 – 10 bar 548622
4 1x Flow sensor, 0.5 – 10 l/min, analogue 548626
5 1x Flow sensor, -1 – 1 l/min, analogue 548625 4 5 6
6 1x Pressure switch, 0 – -1 bar 548624
7 1x Vacuum generator 548628
8 1x Suction gripper, 10 mm diameter 560158
10 1x Pressure regulator valve with gauge 539756
11 1x Stop, 35 mm adjustment path 548630
12 1x Double-acting profile cylinder 549832 7 8 9

10 11 12
The workbook Instructor‘s handbook

– Includes sample solutions
Sensors in pneumatics – Contains training tips
– Includes multimedia CD ROM with
Workbook TP 240
CD-ROM included
applications
– In colour, in folders
Student‘s handbook
– Worksheets guide students
through all the steps necessary
to carry out the exercises
Festo Didactic
– Bound
566910 EN

Ten industry-based projects, each Student‘s handbook DE 566914
including problem descriptions, pa- Instructor‘s handbook EN 566910
rameters and project goals, deal in Student‘s handbook EN 566915
detail with the subject of sensors in Instructor‘s handbook ES 566912
pneumatic, control-system environ- Student‘s handbook ES 566916
ments. The topics of pressure sen- Instructor‘s handbook FR 566913
sors, flow rate sensors, analogue Student‘s handbook FR 566917
position transmitters for pneumatic
cylinders, signal converters and sen- Supplementary media
sors for vacuum technology are cov- – Digital training programme, sensor
ered extensively. technology 1:
Sensors in pneumatics
– Textbook: Proximity switches
BIBB pneumatics equipment set

Suitable for BIBB pneumatics course
BIBB Pneumatics 2007/2008 The Festo Didactic Plus Pneumatic control technology – Pneumatic control technology –
The new edition of the „Pneumatic A CD-ROM complete with all circuit exercises for trainees exercises and solutions
control technology“ training course diagrams for all the exercises and Recommended and published by the Recommended and published by the
is recommended and published by activities is an integral part of the Bundesinstitut für Berufsbildung Bundesinstitut für Berufsbildung
the Bundesinstitut für Berufsbildung scope of delivery. These are in CT file (BIBB, German Federal Institute for (BIBB) (German Federal Institute for
(BIBB, German Federal Institute for format for FluidSIM® Pneumatics and Vocational Education and Training). Vocational Education and Training).
Vocational Education and Training). in PDF file format.
In addition to 11 exercises, which The „Pneumatic control technology,
Festo Didactic offers the suitable It goes without saying that all equip- require the BIBB pneumatics equip- exercises for trainees“ book contains
equipment set for this course. ment set components are compatible ment set, the following topics are questions for trainees about the 11
with the Festo Didactic training pack- also included: exercises, as well as the solutions
What‘s new? age components. – Compressed air generation and circuit diagrams.
The 2007/2008 edition contains a – Basic terms in control technology
few new additions compared with This means you can either supple- – Servicing DE 90090
the 1999 edition: ment your TP 101 with the BIBB – Maintenance
– Piloted non-return valves to stop pneumatics equipment set or your – Inspection
pneumatic drives in any position in BIBB pneumatics equipment set with – Repair procedure
case of a drop in pressure. the TP 101. – Fault finding/analysis/documen-
– Pneumatic proximity sensors as a tation
modern alternative to roller lever A wealth of information on the basic
valves for cylinder sensing. principles of pneumatics! DE 90070
– Getting started in vacuum tech-
nology: vacuum generation with
a venturi nozzle/laval nozzle and
simple handling with suction grip-
pers.

Complete equipment set BIBB Pneumatics in the Systainer 549840 1 2 3

2 1x 3/2-way valve with pushbutton actuator, normally open 152861
3 3x 3/2-way roller lever valve, normally closed 152866
4 1x 3/2-way pneumatic valve, pneumatically actuated, one side 539768
5 1x 5/2-way valve, pneumatically actuated, one side 538694 4 5 6
7 1x 5/3-way valve, pneumatically actuated, both sides, normally closed 541138
8 1x Pneumatic timer, normally closed 540694
9 1x Pressure sequence valve 152884
10 1x Shuttle valve (OR) 539771
11 3x Dual-pressure valve (AND) 539770
12 1x Quick-exhaust valve 539772 7 8 9
15 2x Proximity switch, pneumatic, with cylinder attachment 539775
16 1x Suction gripper, 10 mm diameter 560158
17 1x Vacuum generator, Laval nozzle 0.45 mm 548628
19 2x Double-acting cylinder 152888 10 11 12
20 1x Driving/tractive load 152889
13 14 15
Accessories, also order: Complementary media

Aluminium profile plate – Digital pneumatics training pro-
1100 x 700 mm gram
Order no. 159411 – FluidSIM® Pneumatics design and
Compressor simulation program
16 17 18
Order no. 91030 – Cutaway model case
– Set of posters on pneumatics
– Textbook: Pneumatics, Basic level
– Workbook: Pneumatics, Basic
level TP 101
– Workbook: Pneumatics, Advanced
level TP 102
19 20 21
– GRAFCET drawing template
22 23 24
BIBB electropneumatics equipment set

Suitable for BIBB electropneumatics course
1 2 3 Complete equipment set BIBB Electropneumatics in equipment tray 184462

2 1x Indicator unit and distributor, electrical 162244
4 5 6 5 1x Limit switch, electrical, left-actuated 183322
7 8 9 12 3x 5/2-way solenoid valve with LED 539777
10 11 12 Tabletop power supply/power supply unit for the mounting frame ➔ Page 146
Training aims Recommended training media

– Physical fundamentals of electrics
and pneumatics
13 14
– Function and application of elec-
tropneumatic devices
– Representing motion sequences
and switching states
– Constructing control systems
using relays
– Electrical latching circuits
– Using magnetic proximity sensors – Self-tuition program Electropneu-
– Using pressure switches matics, Basic level
– Directionally dependent control – Design and simulation program,
systems using sensors FluidSIM® Pneumatics
– Directionally dependent control
systems using predetermining Also order:
counters BIBB Electropneumatics course
– Controllers with parameters DE 93070
(e.g. single/continuous cycle, and accompanying exercises, log
EMERGENCY-OFF) sheets and exercise circuits
– Step diagram controls/process- DE 93080
controlled sequence controls
– Timing controls/time-controlled
sequence controls
– Program controls with non-deleting
and deleting sequencer
– Troubleshooting large electropneu-
matic control systems
The selection of components com-

plies with the German Federal Insti-
tute for Vocational Training (Bundes-
institute für Berufsbildung (BIBB))
course.

Equipment set TP 111

Basic closed-loop pneumatics training
Complete equipment set TP 111 in equipment tray 184467 1 2 3

5 2x One-way flow control valve 539773 4 5 6
6 1x On-off valve with filter/regulator, 5 µm 526337
9 1x PID controller 162254
10 1x Comparator 162257
11 1x Pressure sensor, analog 167094
12 1x 5/3-way double solenoid valve, mid position closed 541132 7 8 9
13 1x 5/3-way proportional valve 167078
14 2x Air pressure reservoir 152912
15 1x Status controller 162253
16 1x Linear drive, pneumatic, with guide and accessories 192501
17 1x Position encoder 152628
18 1x Ruler 525927
19 1x Weight 34065 10 11 12
20 2x Shock absorber 34572
1x Connecting cable for linear potentiometer 376177
1x Adapter for Y-axis or weight 167032
1x Mounting accessories for position encoder 178441
13 14 15
Oscilloscope 152917
Digital multimeter 35681
Function generator 152918
Cable BNC – 4 mm 152919
Cable BNC – BNC 158357
T-connector BNC 159298
16 17 18

– Controlling pressure and position – Self-tuition program, Fundamen-
– Action sequence of a control cir- tals of pneumatics
19 20
cuit: controlled, manipulated, dis- – Design and simulation program,
turbance and reference variables FluidSIM® Pneumatics
– Activity and timing of control units:
discontinuous and continuous con- Also order:
trols, P, I, D, PI, PD, PID controls, Workbook Closed-loop pneumatics
status controls DE 94459
– Behaviour of control sequences: EN 94465
transfer characteristics, transient ES 533499
response, system with and without FR 94347
compensation, system of first, sec-
ond and third order, idle times Partial equipment sets for controlling
– Interaction of closed-loop controls pressure and position on request.
and control systems, control cir-
cuit optimisation, stability consid- Note:
erations The linear drive and linear potenti-
– Setup, commissioning and optimi- ometer are mounted perpendicular
sation of closed-loop control as- to the profile slot.
semblies, devices and systems
with analogue controller cards
Equipment set PneuPos

Configuration, programming and control of pneumatic axes
Equipment set for the set up and – Analysing and optimising control
commissioning of single and multi- response
axis pneumatic positioning systems – Visualising and assessing motion
or gantry systems in conjunction with response
the SPC 200 axis controller. The com- – Troubleshooting NC axes
plete equipment set consists of three – EMERGENCY-OFF circuits for NC
partial equipment sets. The equip- axes
ment sets are supplied as individual
components, as set up and commis-
sioning are training aims. Partial equipment set PneuPos 2 –
Supplementary equipment set to
We recommend connection to a upgrade to a two-axis system
compressed air system delivering
approx. 350 l/min. Training aims
– Set up and commissioning of multi-
PneuPos 1 axis pneumatic positioning systems
Pneumatic positioning with a pneu- – Mechanical and electrical set up of
matic NC axis. a two-axis gantry system
PneuPos 2 – Programming multi-axis position-
Supplementary equipment set to up- ing systems as per DIN 66025
grade to a two-axis system. Requires – Analysing and optimising control
equipment set PneuPos 1. response
PneuPos 3 – Visualising and assessing motion
Supplementary equipment set for response
pneumatic grippers for perform- – Troubleshooting NC axes
ing pick-and-place tasks. Requires – EMERGENCY-OFF function in a two-
equipment sets PneuPos 1 and 2. axis system
Partial equipment set PneuPos 1 – Partial equipment set PneuPos 3 –

Pneumatic positioning with a Supplementary equipment set for
pneumatic NC axis pneumatic grippers for performing
pick-and-place tasks
Training aims
– Set up and commissioning of a Training aims
pneumatic NC axis – Assembling and commissioning a
– Using digital technology to real- gripper
ise powerful servopneumatic drive – Programming and implementing
control circuits handling tasks
– Programming numerically control-
led axes as per DIN 66025
Recommended training media PneuPos 1 192490

3ERVO 0NEUMATIC
0OSITIONING – Programming software WinPisa PneuPos 2 192496
7ORKBOOKÙ0NEU0OS for SPC 200 PneuPos 3 192502
– Operating instructions
for SPC 200 Necessary accessories
On-off valve with filter/regulator, 5 µm 526337
Also order:
Workbook Servo-Pneumatic Posi- Recommended accessories
tioning Aluminium profile plate 700 x 700 mm 159410
DE 192503 Tabletop power supply/power supply unit for the mounting frame ➔ Page 146
EN 196949
ES 533498 Options
&ESTOÚ$IDACTIC
ÚEN
Profibus DP plug-in card for SPC 200 170224

I/O terminal (SysLink) 34035
Mounting kit 35644
Technology-orientated training packages Hydraulics

Basic hydraulics training

1 1x 4/2-way hand lever valve 152974
2 1x 4/3-way hand lever valve with recirculating mid-position 152977
3 1x Pressure relief valve/Pressure sequence valve 152848
4 1x Pressure relief valve, piloted 152849
5 1x 3-way pressure reducing valve 152850 4 5 6
6 1x 2-way flow control valve 152851
8 1x Diaphragm accumulator with shut-off block 152859
9 1x Hydraulic motor 152858
10 1x Double-acting cylinder, 16/10/200 152857
11 1x Weight 152972
12 1x Non-return valve 0.1 MPa 152845 7 8 9
13 1x Non-return valve 0.5 MPa 152846
16 1x Shut-off valve 152844
17 7x Branch tee 152847
10 11 12
Necessary accessories
Hydraulic power unit ➔ Page 154
8 Hose lines with quick release couplings 600 mm 152960
Measuring case 177468
13 14 15
Pressure relief unit 152971
Protective cover for weight ➔ Page 151

– Learning about valves and devices – Textbook Hydraulics, Basic level
– Function and application of various – Digital training program Hydraulics
16 17 18
valves and devices – Design and simulation program,
– Measuring variables such as pres- FluidSIM® Hydraulics
sure, flow and time – Transparency set Hydraulics
– Calculating surface ratio, force,
output and speed Also order:
– Physical fundamentals of hydrau- Workbook Hydraulics, Basic level
lics
– Applying basic hydraulic equations (YDRAULICS
"ASICÙ,EVEL
– Using symbols according to DIN/
ISO 1219 7ORKBOOKÙ40Ù
– Drawing displacement-step dia-

grams
– Drawing hydraulic circuits
– Constructing and commissioning
control systems, including trouble-
shooting
– Basic hydraulic circuits such as
pressure sequence circuits, pump
&ESTOÚ$IDACTIC
bypasses, differential circuits, feed

ÚEN
and return circuits, bypass circuits,

counterpressure and bypasses us- DE 94454
ing a non-return valve EN 94468
ES 94428
EN-US 526095

Advanced hydraulics training
1 2 3 Complete equipment set TP 502 in equipment tray 80247

1 1x 4/3-way hand lever valve with closed mid-position 152975
2 1x 4/3-way hand lever valve with relieving mid-position 152976
3 1x 2/2-way stem-actuated valve 152978
4 1x Flow dividing valve 152967
4 5 6 5 1x Shut-off/counterbalancing valve 152968
10 1x Assembly set for cylinder 16/10/200 120778
7 8 9 Recommended accessories
10 10 Protective cover for weight ➔ Page 151

– Hydraulic motor – Digital training program Hydraulics
– One-way restrictors and flow – Design and simulation program,
control valves for setting speed FluidSIM® Hydraulics
unmounted mounted – Pressure-relief valves
– Fast traverse circuit Also order:
– Differential circuit Workbook Hydraulics, Advanced
– Rectifier circuit level
– Memory circuit
– Pressure sequence circuit (YDRAULICS
!DVANCEDÙ,EVEL
– Pressure regulator
– 2/2, 3/2, 4/2 and 4/3-way valves 7ORKBOOKÙ40Ù
– Hydraulically delockable non-

return valve
– One-way flow control valve
– Flow divider
&ESTOÚ$IDACTIC
ÚEN
DE 94014
EN 94015
ES 94429
Equipment set TP 501 is needed to

carry out the exercises in the work-
book.


Basic electrohydraulics training

5 2x Limit switch, electrical, right-actuated 183345 4 5 6
6 1x 4/2-way solenoid valve 167082
7 1x 4/3-way solenoid valve with closed mid-position 167083
12 1x Hydraulic motor 152858 7 8 9
18 1x Weight 152972
10 11 12
13 14 15

16 17 18
– Learning about valves and devices – Self-tuition program, Fundamen-
and their function tals of electrohydraulics
– Learning about electrical compo- – Design and simulation program,
nents FluidSIM® Hydraulics
– Using symbols according to DIN/ – Textbook Electrohydraulics, Ba-
ISO 1219 sic level
– Drawing displacement-step dia- – Transparency set, Fundamentals of
grams electrohydraulics
– Drawing electrical and hydraulic – DVD Electropneumatics/Electro-
circuit diagrams hydraulics
– Constructing and commissioning
control systems, including trouble- Also order:
shooting Workbook Electrohydraulics,
– Basic hydraulic circuits, e.g. pres- Basic level
sure sequence circuits, pump by- DE 94455
passes and differential circuits EN 94470
ES 196953
FR 94351
Note:
An additional pressure switch (order
no. 167080) is required for exercises
5, 10 and 11 of the workbook Elec-
trohydraulics, Basic level. A second
cylinder (order no. 152857) is re-
quired for exercise 13.
Supplementary equipment sets

Hydraulics
1 2 3 Supplementary equipment set to upgrade from Hydraulics, Basic level TP 501

to Electrohydraulics, Basic level TP 601
For training aims see Electrohydraulics, Basic level TP 601 equipment set.
Compl. supplementary equipment set TP 501 – TP 601 in equipment tray 167104
4 5 6 The most important components at a glance:

7 8 9 7 1x 4/3-way solenoid valve with closed mid-position 167083
1 2 3 Supplementary equipment set from Hydraulics, Basic level TP 501 and

Advanced level TP 502 to Electrohydraulics, Basic level TP 601
Training aims: see equipment set Electrohydraulics, Basic level TP 601.
Compl. supplementary equipment set TP 501 and TP 502 – TP 601 167105
4 5 6 The most important components at a glance:

7 7 1x 4/3-way solenoid valve with closed mid-position 167083


Advanced electrohydraulics training

2 1x Preset counter, electrical,incrementing 162355
5 1x EMERGENCY OFF pushbutton, electrical 183347 4 5 6
10 1x Flow dividing valve 152967
11 1x Pressure relief valve, piloted 152849
12 1x 3-way pressure reducing valve 152850 7 8 9
13 1x Shut-off/counterbalancing valve 152968
15 1x Pressure switch 167080
17 1x Diaphragm accumulator with shut-off block 152859
Necessary accessories 10 11 12
13 14 15
Training aims Also order:

– Rapid traverse feed circuit Workbook Electrohydraulics,
16 17
– Rapid traverse feed circuit with Advanced level
backpressure
– Rapid traverse feed circuit with %LECTROHYDRAULICS
!DVANCEDÙ,EVEL
use of 2-way and 3-way flow con-
trol valves 7ORKBOOKÙ40Ù
– Non-deleting sequencer
– Pressureless tank bypass circuit
– Integrating an EMERGENCY-OFF
function
– Using the flow divider
– Hydraulic speed-equalising circuit
– Single and continuous cycle
– Memory circuit
&ESTOÚ$IDACTIC
– Speed control
ÚEN
– Two-hand safety control

DE 94456
Recommended training media EN 94471
– Self-tuition program, Fundamen- ES 196954
tals of electrohydraulics
– Design and simulation program, Equipment set TP 601 is needed to
FluidSIM® Hydraulics carry out the exercises in the work-
book.

Measurement in hydraulics with Fluid Lab®-H
Open to more: Diagnosis and The special feature Training aims Your benefit
PC-supported system analysis Sensors (e.g. for measurement of – Fundamentals of analogue data – Fast PC-supported recording of
The equipment set TP 610 Measur- pressure and flow) are directly con- processing measured values, instead of re-
ment in hydraulics enables you to nected to the new EasyPort included – Interpreting measurements cording individual measurement
expand the training aims of TP 501 in the scope of delivery. The signals – Reading and understanding data points using a stopwatch and pa-
and 601 to include the topic of meas- are compiled and transferred to the sheets and measurement charac- per
urement in hydraulics: from simple PC using the Fluid Lab®-H measure- teristics – Greater training success through
measurement regarding individual ment software also included in the – Fluid engineering components and measurement and interpretation of
components to PC-supported system scope of delivery. You can start with their influence and function components instead of learning us-
analysis of hydraulic circuits. Prepare the various exercises straight away – Demonstrating fluid engineering ing complicated cutaway models
for a future in which diagnostics will and apply what you have learned to effects and special features – Sensors that enable students to
become more and more important practical applications, for example – Analytical troubleshooting “look into” the circuit and com-
with exercises for measuring and an- on an MPS® “Punching” station. – Using and adapting sensors ponents
alysing system behaviour. – Suppositions regarding system be-
haviour can be easily proven
– Learning the principles of meas-
urement and analysis and applying
them directly in other circuits
– Demonstrate and understand the
principles of fluid engineering
faster
– System analysis via PC: State-of-
the-art diagnostic method
– Better understanding of fluid engi-
neering components and processes
and thus higher quality of training

Complete equipment set TP 610 540702 1 2 3

1 1x I/O data cable with SysLink connectors (IEEE 488) at both ends, 2.5 m 34031
3 1x Connection unit, analogue 162247
4 1x PC data cable RS232 male – female, 1.5 m 162305
5 1x I/O data cable, analogue, 1 m 189551 4 5 6
6 1x EasyPort USB 548687
7 3x Pressure sensor nominal size 4 525964
8 1x Flow measuring device 183736
9 1x Fluid Lab-H single licence DE/EN/ES/FR 525276
7 8 9
Includes a software package for System requirements

measured values: Fluid Lab®-H – PC with Windows 2000 or XP
The Fluid Lab®-H software for record- – At least Pentium 500 MHz
ing measured values is an important – 64 MB RAM
component of the training package – CD-ROM drive
TP 610. Just a few simple steps are – Serial interface (RS232)
needed to configure the interface,
adapt the sensors and select the lan- Components from the training pack-
guage (DE/EN/ES/FR). Exercises re- ages 501 and 601 are needed to car-
lating to the recording of measured ry out the exercises.
values can then be started. Each ex-
ercise consists of a detailed connec-
tion plan of the hydraulic and elec-
trical components as well as a help
text on how to perform the experi-
ment. The software also controls the
measurement tasks and furthermore
results can be printed out. The soft-
ware scope also includes a manual
and documentation on the set of ex-
ercises with worked results in PDF
format.
BIBB hydraulics equipment set

Suitable for BIBB hydraulics course – lessons A-H
1 2 3 Complete equipment set BIBB exercises A-H in equipment tray 80147

2 1x 4/3-way solenoid valve with closed mid-position 167083
3 1x 4/3-way solenoid valvewith recirculating mid-position 167085
4 5 6 5 1x Pressure relief valve, piloted 152849
6 1x 3-way pressure reducing valve 152850
7 8 9 12 1x One-way flow control valve 152843
13 1x Shut-off valve 152844
10 11 12 19 1x Diaphragm accumulator with shut-off block 152859
20 1x Weight 152972
Relay, three-fold 162241
Signal input, electrical 162242
Complete equipment set BIBB additional exercises 80148

13 14 15

21 1x 4/3-way solenoid valve with relieving mid-position 167084
16 17 18
19 20 21
Training aims The additional exercises equipment

The 21 exercises in the BIBB hydrau- set allows further interesting training
22 23 24
lics course teach the fundamentals aims: Lifting a load, Rectifier circuit,
of hydraulic control engineering. Idling of pump output.
These training aims are divided into
8 different training units with the fol- Recommended training media
lowing contents: Power supply unit, – Self-tuition program, Fundamen-
Directional control valves and drives, tals of hydraulics
Non-return and flow control valves, – Design and simulation program,
Pressure valves and switches, Hy- FluidSIM® Hydraulics
draulic accumulators, Application
circuits, Commissioning and main- Also order:
tenance. BIBB Hydraulics course ➔ Page 57


Basic proportional hydraulics training

2 1x Proportional amplifier 162255
3 1x Setpoint value card 162256
5 2x Proximity switch, inductive 178574 4 5 6
6 1x 4/3-way proportional valve 167086
8 1x Proportional pressure relief valve 167087
9 1x Pressure filter 548609
10 1x Pressure balance (Proportional flow control valve) 159351
12 1x Double-acting cylinder, 16/10/200 152857 7 8 9
18 1x Weight 152972
10 11 12
13 14 15
Training aims Also order:

– Learning about proportional am- Workbook Proportional hydraulics,
16 17 18
plifiers (basic flow, maximum flow, Basic level
nominal values)
– Recording characteristics of the 0ROPORTIONALÙHYDRAULICS
"ASICÙLEVEL
proportional discharge valve
– Using the proportional pressure re- 7ORKBOOKÙ40Ù
lief valve for setting the maximum

system pressure
– Learning about pump circuits
– Characteristics of the 4/3-way pro-
portional valve
– Setting various speed profiles
– Feed/rapid traverse control
– EMERGENCY-OFF circuit &ESTOÚ$IDACTIC
– Pressure sequence circuit

ÚEN
Recommended training media DE 94457

– Self-tuition program, Fundamen- EN 94472
tals of electrohydraulics ES 94404
– Design and simulation program, FR 94352
FluidSIM® Hydraulics
– Textbook Proportional hydraulics,
Basic level
– Transparency set, Fundamentals of
proportional hydraulics

Advanced proportional hydraulics training
1 2 3 Complete equipment set TP 702 184466

1 1x Setpoint value card 162256
2 1x Comparator 162257
4 5 6 5 3x Relay, three-fold 162241
7 8 9 12 1x Non-return valve 0.1 MPa 152845
13 1x Linear potentiometer, 200 mm stroke 167090
14 1x Assembly set for cylinder 16/10/200 120778
10 11 12 5 Hose lines with quick release couplings 600 mm 152960
13 14

– Controlling pressure and position
– Determining the displacement-volt-
age characteristic of a linear posi-
tion encoder
– Functional description of a compa-
rator card
– Controlling the speed of a hydrau-
lic motor
– Reversing a hydraulic motor
– Learning about and constructing
various sequence controls (path-
dependent, time-dependent, load- – Self-tuition program, Fundamen-
independent, pressure-dependent) tals of electrohydraulics
– Determining the pressure-voltage – Design and simulation program,
characteristic of a pressure sensor FluidSIM® Hydraulics
– Developing a stroke speed and ro-
tary speed control Also order:
Workbook Proportional hydraulics,
Advanced level
DE 94458
EN 94473
ES 94450
Equipment set TP 701 is needed to

carry out the exercises in the work-
book.


Basis closed-loop hydraulics training

1 1x Pressure filter 548609
5 1x Pressure gauge 152841 4 5 6
7 1x PID controller 162254
8 1x 4/3-way regulating valve 167088
9 1x Status controller 162253
10 1x Linear drive, 200 mm stroke 167089
11 2x Weight 34065
7 8 9
Measuring case 177468 10 11
Cushioning cylinder 152295
Function generator 152918
Cable BNC – 4 mm 152919
Cable BNC-BNC 158357
T-connector BNC 159298
Oscilloscope 152917
Training aims Also order

– Recording the characteristics of Workbook Closed-loop control
pressure sensors, position encod- hydraulics
ers and a control valve
– Measuring and calculating charac- #LOSED ,OOPÙ(YDRAULICS
teristic values of a control system

– Modifying the control system with 7ORKBOOKÙ40Ù
greater volume and additional mass

– Characteristic values of control el-
ements such as P, I and D control-
lers and their combinations, and of
status controllers
– Set-up of a control circuit with set-
ting of control quality, empirical
parameterisation
&ESTOÚ$IDACTIC
– Measuring and calculating contour-

ÚEN
ing errors
– Influence of disturbance variables DE 94460
such as pressure loss and leakage EN 94469
– Influence of an active, braking load ES 94368
FR 94348
Recommended training media
– Self-tuition program Fundamentals Partial equipment sets for controlling
of electrohydraulics pressure and position on request.
– Design and simulation program
FluidSIM® Hydraulics
Technology-orientated training packages Sensors

Sensors for object detection
New!
The purpose of automation The special feature Course topics

technology Hands-on experience plays a central – Configuration, function and coeffi-
role in teaching the fundamentals cients of the sensors used
The subject of sensors for object de- of sensors for object detection. Ex- – Basic principles of connection and
tection is covered extensively in the amples are used to demonstrate the circuit technology
TP 1110 equipment set. The topics general operational principles of dif- – Influence of shape, material, sur-
include configuration, function, are- ferent sensors. Special attention is face and colour of the object on
as of application and the selection of paid to the selection of the right sen- the switching characteristics of
sensors based on the requirements sor, its connection, the correct set- sensors
of an application. ting and functional checking. – Terms which describe coefficients
and functional behaviour
The equipment set contains sensors With the TP 1110 students can ac- – Configuration of logic circuits
with analogue and binary output sig- quire a thorough, basic knowledge – Selecting appropriate sensors by
nals, although the focus is on binary about sensors for object detection. taking into account certain param-
output signals. These sensors are eters
called proximity switches.
The following types are contained in

the equipment set:
– Magnetic proximity switches
– Inductive proximity switches
– Optical proximity switches
– Capacitive proximity switches
– Inductive sensors (analogue)

Technology-orientated training packages Sensors

1 1x Proximity switch, magneto-resistive 566199
2 1x Proximity switch, inductive, M12 548643
3 1x Proximity switch, inductive, M18 548645
4 1x Analog sensor, inductive, M12 548644
5 1x One-way light barrier, receiver 548647 4 5 6
6 1x One-way light barrier, transmitter 548648
7 1x Fibre-optic unit 548655
8 1x Fibre-optic cable 548659
9 1x Retro-reflective sensor 548649
10 1x Reflector (triple mirror), 20 mm 548650
11 1x Diffuse sensor with background suppression 548656
12 1x Capacitive sensor, 1 – 8 mm, N/O contact 548651 7 8 9
14 1x Positioning slide 549842
15 1x Set of test objects 549830

Tabletop power supply/power supply unit for the mounting frame ➔ Page 146 10 11 12
13 14 15
The workbook Instructor‘s handbook

– Includes sample solutions
Sensors for object detection – Contains training tips
– Includes multimedia CD ROM with
Workbook TP 1110
CD-ROM included
applications
– In colour, in a binder
Student‘s handbook
– Worksheets guide students
carry out the exercises
Festo Didactic
– Bound
566920 EN

Fifteen industry-based projects, each Student‘s handbook DE 566923
including problem descriptions, pa- Instructor‘s handbook EN 566920
rameters and project goals, deal in Student‘s handbook EN 566924
detail with the subject of sensors Instructor‘s handbook ES 566921
for object detection. The topics in- Student‘s handbook ES 566925
clude configuration, function and Instructor‘s handbook FR 566922
the influence of material properties Student‘s handbook FR 566926
on behaviour, possible applications
and the selection of a sensor based Supplementary media
on the application conditions. The – Digital training programme,
contents will be covered through sensor technology 2:
exercises using magnetic, induc- Sensors for object detection
tive, optical and capacitive proxim- – Textbook: Proximity switches
ity switches.
Technology-orientated training packages Electronics/PLC
Learning systems overview for industrial and commercial

electricians
Equipment sets Equipment sets

Electropneumatics Electrical drives
Equipment sets EduTrainer® Universal

Electrohydraulics EduTrainer® Compact
Equipment sets Starterkits

Sensors PLC technology
Frequency converter
Equipment sets MPS® Transfer system

PLC technology
Fieldbus technology
Robotino® – Learning with robots MPS® Transfer system – The Modular Production System
AFB factory – Training factories for the hybrid production Seminars and workshops
Software and Courseware Digital training programs Electrical engineering/Electronics
Choose your process model
With an EduTrainer® or any PLC, 1. Simulation of the PLC inputs and 2. Control of virtual processes 3. Process model:
you can control the process of display of the PLC outputs Control of actual modules
your choice
The programmer (PC), controller Testing a PLC program using the Industry-oriented, cost effective PLC Using equipment sets, MPS® sta-
and processes are connected via simulation box. training by means of simulation soft- tions or MPS® PA stations.
various interfaces. ware, e.g. CIROS® Mechatronics.
EduTrainer® or PLC of your choice
I/O data cab

with SysLink connectors for
EduTrainer® at both ends (order
no. 034031/167197) or with Sys-
Link connectors at one end and
open cable end sleeves for any
PLC (order no. 167122)
Interface
– EasyPort USB (order no. 548687)
– directly or via 4 mm plugs:
Universal connection unit (Sys-
Link) (order no. 162231)
Cable
– Cable set with safety plugs
(order no. 167091)
Process model
– Digital simulation box (order
no. 170643) or Digital/ana-
logue simulation box (order no.
526863)
– Simulation software:
CIROS® Mechatronics
FluidSIM®
EasyVeep
– Equipment sets, MPS® stations
or MPS® PA stations
Equipment sets for PLC and electronics training
Discover the new variety for PLC and The EduTrainer® Concept
electronics training: Industrial controls in their original
– Books and working materials design are only suitable for use in
– Programming software and training under certain circumstances.
training programmes The EduTrainer® Concept meets the
– Starter kits for introduction by necessary requirements as the PLC
subject is built into a housing. This means it
– Classical training packages for can be used in nearly all laboratory
practical basic training and equipment systems and solu-
– EduTrainer® Universal in tions for almost all applications are
A4 format available via the universal interfaces.
– EduTrainer® Compact in
ER format
You can design your own individual The EduTrainer® Compact fits in the
First-choice partner learning environment with the new ER mounting frame of many labora-
Siemens – Festo EduTrainer® Universal. The univer- tory systems, but can also be used
Benefit from the cooperation of two sal, flexible holder system in DIN A4 as a tabletop device or be mounted
market leaders. Siemens control sys- enables you to equip different hold- on a slotted profile plate. The sen-
tems and software are standard in er formats with a variety of PLCs and sors and actuators can be connected
all equipment sets. As a first-choice simulation modules in a 19“ format. to the inputs/outputs of the PLC via
partner of „Siemens Automation Co- 4 mm safety sockets. The connection
operates with Education“, or SCE for Now you can simply configure online to all equipment sets from Festo Di-
short, we offer customised solutions or select one of the numerous pre- dactic can be established via the uni-
for research, development and train- ferred versions. versal I/O interface socket SysLink.
ing facilities worldwide.
EduTrainer® Universal
Individual configuration of holders, modules and PLCs
New!
The new universal, flexible holder The benefits to you: Retroactive upgrades Robust construction
system in DIN A4 enables you to The EduTrainer® Universal can also The stable, powder-coated steel
equip different holder formats with Two lengths for individual be retroactively upgraded with addi- housing guarantees a long service
a variety of PLCs and simulation configurations tional modules for the PLC and with life.
modules. The A4 holder is available in a width 19“ simulation modules.
of 305 mm or 458 mm for a wider Built-in power supply
Carry out a simple configuration range of configurations. Versatile: table and installation The built-in 4.5 A power supply unit
online now. variants is designed to meet all the demands
Customisable The rack variant of the EduTrainer® of basic and further technical train-
Or choose one of our many pre- Design your own model on an experi- Universal can be stood on a table or ing.
ferred, fully-assembled EduTrainer® mentation plate in DIN A4 format. hung in A4 frames of laboratory fur-
Universal models and customise it This enables you to combine any CPU niture as an A4 variant. Interface to training systems
with simulation models to suit your with any input and output modules, The EduTrainer® Universal can be in-
needs. including simulation technology and Networked and stand-alone tegrated into existing systems using
4 mm connection technology. With the EduTrainer® Universal, it a range of interfaces.
is just as simple to set up a stand-
alone system as a networked sys-
tem.
EduTrainer® Universal
Preferred versions
New!
The preferred versions are fully as- EduTrainer® Universal A4 rack with EduTrainer® Universal A4 rack EduTrainer® Universal A4 with
sembled Edutrainer® Universal mod- analogue value processing without analogue value processing analogue value processing
els and can be ordered simply using
the part number. Power supply unit not included Power supply unit included Power supply unit included
(e.g. for MPS® PA) (e.g. for MPS®)
Available as a table model (A4 rack) A4 size 2 (458 mm), S7-313C-2DP;
with or without analogue value Rack size 1 (305 mm), S7-313C; Rack size 1 (305 mm), S7-313C-2DP; SM334; 19“ 16DIN; 19“16DOUT;
processing 19“ SysLink; incl. MMC 64 KB NT; 19“ SysLink; incl. MMC 64 KB 19“ 4AIN/2AOUT; NT; 19“ SysLink;
S7-313C 567098 S7-313C-2DP 567103 incl. MMC 64 KB
S7-313C-2DP 567108
Rack size 1 (305 mm), S7-315F-2PN/ Rack size 1 (305 mm), S7-315F-2PN/
DP; S7-300 module 16DIN/16DOUT, DP; S7-300 module 16DIN/16DOUT; A4 size 2 (458 mm), S7-314C-2DP;
4AIN/2AOUT; 19“ SysLink; incl. MMC NT; 19“ SysLink; incl. MMC 512 KB 19“ 16DIN; 19“ 16DOUT; 19“ 4AIN/
512 KB S7-315F-2PN/DP 567104 2AOUT; NT; 19“ SysLink; incl. MMC
S7-315F-2PN/DP 567099 64 KB
Rack size 1 (305 mm), FEC 640; NT; S7-314C-2DP 567109
Rack size 2 (458 mm), CPX-FST; 19“ SysLink
CPX module 16DIN, 16DOUT, 2AIN, FEC 640 567105 A4 size 1 (305 mm), S7-315F-2PN/
2AOUT; 19“ SysLink DP; 16DI/16DO; 4AIN/2AOUT; NT;
CPX-FST 567100 Rack size 1 (305 mm), FX1N; NT; 19“ 16DI/DO; 19“ AI/AO; 19“ Sys-
19“ SysLink Link; incl. MMC 512 KB
or in a variant to be hung in A4 pro- Rack size 1 (305 mm), FX1N; FX mod- FX1N 567106 S7-315F-2PN/DP 567110
file frames. ule 2AIN/1AOUT; 19“ SysLink
F1XN 567101 Rack size 1 (305 mm), ML1500; ML
module 6DIN/4DOUT, NT; 19“ Sys- Necessary accessories
Rack size 1 (305 mm), ML1500; ML Link I/O data cable with SysLink connec-
module 6DIN/4DOUT, 4AIN/2AOUT; ML1500 567107 tors (IEEE 488) at both ends
19“ SysLink 2.5 m 34031
ML1500 567102 Analogue cable, parallel
Necessary accessories 2 m 529141
I/O data cable with SysLink connec- Mains cable for power supply unit
Necessary accessories tors (IEEE 488) at both ends ➔ Page 146
I/O data cable with SysLink connec- 2.5 m 34031
tors (IEEE 488) at both ends Mains cable for power supply unit Other accessories
2.5 m 34031 ➔ Page 146 – Programming cable according to
Analogue cable, parallel control system
2 m 529141 Other accessories – Programming software according
Single cable with 4 mm safety plug – Programming cable according to to control system
➔ Page 147 control system – Feet for table rack
– Programming software according
Other accessories to control system
– Programming cable according to
control system
– Programming software according
to control system
Online configurator Holder systems

New! New!
The online configurator: it couldn‘t The choice is yours: Size:

be easier.
Two different sizes, as a table variant – 305 mm length
– Select a holder system (rack) or to hang in A4 profile frames. – 458 mm length
– Select a controller manufacturer On the back of the holder, you will
– Select a controller range and find a 120/230 V AC electrical con- Format:
controller type nection and a handle for easy use.
– Select a module for the controller A4 for installation in the A4 profile
– Select a 19“ simulation module frames of laboratory furniture or in
– Send off your completed request an inclined position on a table.
Give us a call; we‘ll be happy to help. An A4 variant can easily be convert-

ed to a rack variant by attaching feet
Online configurator: (available separately) and slightly al-
www.festo-didactic.de tering the mechanics.
Rack with additional feet. For mount-

ing on tables.
With a simple mechanical alteration,

the rack version can also be used in
A4 frames.
Control systems 19“ simulation module

and PLC modules New!
New!
Choose from a wide range of control- A detailed overview of all the avail- Choose from a variety of simulation 19“ module 16IN
lers and modules: able controllers and modules can be modules. Order no. 567111
found on the Internet.
– Siemens S7-300 CPU and modules Also available individually for retro- 19“ module 16OUT
– Siemens LOGO! CPU and modules With the online configurator, you active upgrades of the EduTrainer® Order no. 567112
– Festo FEC CPU can put together your own individu- Universal.
– Festo CPX CPU al EduTrainer® and request a quote 19“ module 8IN
– Allen-Bradley CPU and modules online. If you can‘t find your own fa- More simulation modules available Order no. 567113
– Mitsubishi CPU and modules vourite module, please contact us. on request.
– and more 19“ module 8OUT
Order no. 567114
19“ module 4AIN/2AOUT

Order no. 567119
19“ module word processing

Order no. 567118
19“ module system connector 37-pin

Order no. 567116
19“ module system connector

SysLink
Order no. 567122
19“ blanking plate 3TE

Order no. 567126

Order no. 567125

Order no. 567124

Order no. 567123
EduTrainer® Compact
Equipment Without analogue processing With analogue processing
With AS-Interface and PROFIBUS Siemens EduTrainer 313C-2DP Siemens EduTrainer 314C-2DP
With PROFIBUS Siemens EduTrainer 313C-2DP Siemens EduTrainer 313C-2DP

Siemens EduTrainer 313C-2DP with SIM Siemens EduTrainer 314C-2DP
Siemens EduTrainer ET 200S Siemens EduTrainer 314C-2DP with SIM
With AS-Interface Siemens EduTrainer 313C
Without bus Siemens EduTrainer 312C Start Siemens EduTrainer 313C

Siemens EduTrainer LOGO! Siemens EduTrainer 313C with SIM
Siemens EduTrainer TP LOGO!
Festo FEC EduTrainer FST/MWT
Allen-Bradley EduTrainer ML 1200
The EduTrainer® Compact fits in the First-choice partner:

ER mounting frame of many labora- Siemens – Festo
tory systems, but can also be used
as a tabletop device or be mounted Benefit from the cooperation of two
on a slotted profile plate. The sen- market leaders. Siemens control sys-
sors and actuators are connected to tems and software are standard in
the inputs/outputs of the PLC via all equipment sets. As a first-choice
4 mm safety sockets. The inputs can partner of „Siemens Automation Co-
be simulated with switches and po- operates with Education“, or SCE for
tentiometers. With the universal I/O short, we offer customised solutions
interface socket SysLink – the con- for research, development and train-
nection to all equipment sets from ing facilities worldwide.
Festo Didactic.
The SIMATIC S7-300 is a modular
PLC system from Siemens for in-
dustrial use. The PLC has been inte-
grated in the didactic environment
of the Festo Didactic ER format (S7
EduTrainer® Compact) for use in ba-
sic and further training.
SIMATIC S7
SIMATIC S7 EduTrainer® Compact Notes

The S7 EduTrainer® Compact is – Housing dimensions 145 x 240 x
equipped with the compact version 170 mm (H x W x D).
of the S7-300 series, the S7-313C – A CD-ROM included in the scope
with integrated digital and analogue of delivery contains examples for
inputs and outputs or the S7-313C- training with STEP 7, AS-interface
2DP with integrated digital inputs and Profibus-DP as well as Power-
and outputs as well as Profibus-DP point slide shows on AS-interface,
or the S7-314C-2DP with integrated distributed automation with Profi-
digital and analogue inputs and out- bus-DP and valve terminals (DE)).
puts as well as Profibus-DP. – The S7/STEP7 documentation on
CD-ROM (in 5 languages) is includ-
Interfaces ed in the scope of delivery.
– 2 SysLink sockets to IEEE 488 each – The S7 is connected to the pro-
for 8 digital inputs/outputs gramming device or the PC via the
– 15-pin Sub-D connector for ana- integrated MPI interface and the
logue inputs/outputs (if module PC adapter cable, and programmed
present) using STEP 7.
– 4 mm safety sockets for 24 V oper- – The units are supplied fully as-
ating voltage (external power sup- sembled.
ply unit required) – Data buffering by Micro Memory
– MPI interface or additional Profi- Card (included in the scope of de-
bus-DP interface for CPU S7-313C- livery).
2DP/S7-314C-2DP – S7-300 individual components on
– AS-interface connection socket (re- request.
served for ASi)
– EMERGENCY-OFF function
SIMATIC S7 EduTrainer® Compact with

CPU 313C-D/A (16DE/16DA/4AE/2AA) 533018
CPU 313C-D/A-SIM (16DE/16DA/4AE/2AA/SIM) 533020
CPU 313C-2DP-D (16DE/16DA) 533021
CPU 313C-2DP-D-SIM (16DE/16DA/SIM) 533023
CPU 313C-D/A-Asi (16DE/16DA/4AE/2AA/ASI) 533019
CPU 313C-2DP-D-A (16DE/16DA/4AE/2AA) 533022
CPU 313C-2DP-D-Asi (16DE/16DA/ASI) 527424
CPU 314C-2DP-D/A (16DE/16DA/4AE/2AA) 536905
CPU 314C-2DP-D/A-SIM (16DE/16DA/4AE/2AA/SIM) 536907
CPU 314C-2DP-D/A-Asi (16DE/16DA/4AE/2AA/ASI) 536906
Documentation
Manual Siemens S7-300 DE 184557
Manual Siemens S7-300 EN 184558
STEP 7 Fundamentals DE 184563
STEP 7 Fundamentals EN 184564
STEP 7 Documentation on CD-ROM DE/EN/ES/FR/IT 192883
PC adapter RS232 184555
PC adapter USB 539006
For digital processing:
I/O data cable with SysLink connectors (IEEE 488) at both ends, 2.5 m 34031
For analogue processing:
Connection unit, analogue 162247
I/O data cable, analogue, 1 m 189551
SIMATIC S7
SIMATIC S7 EduTrainer® Start SIMATIC S7 EduTrainer® ET 200S

The smallest processor in the S7-300 The S7 EduTrainer® ET 200S is an in-
family, the 312C with 10 inputs and telligent Profibus-DP slave that can
6 outputs (digital) is used as the be connected to any Profibus-DP net-
CPU. The EduTrainer® is therefore work. It can also be used as a stan-
especially suited to an introduction dalone device, or for preprocessing
to PLC technology and the control of data on the Profibus-DP, as it has
of small applications with a small an integrated PLC (IM151/CPU) simi-
number of digital inputs and outputs. lar to the S7-314.
This S7 EduTrainer® offers 3 interfac- As a result, the unit is suitable for

es for controlling processes: S7/STEP7 training with medium-
– 4 mm safety sockets. These can be sized programs. 8 inputs and 8 out-
used for the direct connection of puts are wired to a SysLink socket. If
components from the electropneu- a universal connection unit is used,
matics (TP 201/202) and PLC tech- these can be connected to 4 mm
nology (TP 301) equipment sets. safety sockets. A control panel with
– Phoenix screw terminal plug for 1 pushbutton, 2 illuminated push-
practical connection of sensors buttons and 1 switch is integrated.
and actuators without 4 mm tech- An EMERGENCY-STOP function is im-
nology. plemented.
– SysLink socket to IEEE 488 for each
8 digital inputs and outputs for Notes
connecting a simulation box of an – Housing dimensions 115 x 240 x
EasyPort for a process or process 170 mm (H x W x D)
simulation. – The scope of delivery includes a
CD-ROM containing examples for
training with STEP 7, AS-interface
and Profibus-DP as well as Power-
Point slide shows on AS-interface,
distributed automation with Profi-
bus-DP and valve terminals (Ger-
man).
– The ET 200S is connected to the
programming device or the PC via
the integrated MPI interface and
the PC adapter cable, and pro-
grammed using STEP 7.
– Data buffering by Micro Memory
Card (included in the scope of de-
livery)
EduTrainer Start with 10 inputs and 6 outputs 535255

EduTrainer ET 200S with 12 inputs and 10 outputs 527425
Documentation
Siemens ET 200S Manual DE 533031
Siemens ET 200S Manual EN 533521
STEP 7 Fundamentals DE 184563
STEP 7 Fundamentals EN 184564
STEP 7 Documentation on CD-ROM DE/EN/ES/FR/IT 192883

Siemens Trainer Packages

Siemens components for EduTrainer®
Trainer package Trainer Package Siemens components for

CPU315F-2 PN/DP – Profinet Internet link S7-300, EduTrainer®
Comprising: CP343-1 Advanced with CD-ROM
– Mounting rail L = 480 mm CP343-1 Advanced is the AS-interface master CP343-2
– Power supply PS 307, AC 120/ communication module for the – AS-interface specification: V2.1
230 V, DC 24 V, 5 A SIMATIC S7-300 for connecting to – Bus cycle time: 5 ms for 31 slaves
– CPU315F-2 PN/DP with 256 kbyte industrial Ethernet: – AS-interface connection:
main memory – 10/100 Mbit/s S7-300 front-panel connector
– Micro memory card 512 kbyte – Connection for RJ45 – Order no. 526853
– Digital modules SM 323, 16 DI and CP 343-1 Advanced offers the same
16 DO, DC 24 V, 0.5 A, 40-pin communication possibilities as the Front-panel connector, also order:
– Front-panel connec. for SM, 40-pin S7-300 with: 20-pin 184554
– Analogue modules SM 334, – PROFINET IO, PROFINET CBA 40-pin 660560
4AI/2 AO, 20-pin – PG/OP communication:
– Front-panel connector for SM, 20-pin Cross-network functionality thanks Micro Memory Card
– Distributed safety, floating license to S7 routing, TCP/IP transport For CPU 313C, 313C-2DP, 314C-2DP,
System requirements: protocol and UDP (client, server, ET 200S with IM151/CPU.
– Win 2000 Pro/XP Pro multiplexing) RAM: 64/512 KByte
– Step 7, version 5.3 SP3 or higher – IT communication: 64 kByte 533030
Order no. 549835 HTTP communication via web 512 kByte 536740
browser, FTP communication,
Trainer package F technology e-mail, IP address allocation via PC adapter
S7-300 – Profinet DHCP, access protection, com- Cable for the SIMATIC S7. With
Comprising: prehensive diagnostic features RS232 cable or USB cable for Win
– F digital input SM 326, 24 DI Order no. 533027 2000/XP.
– F digital output SM 326, 8 DO; with RS232 cable 184555
DC 24 V, 2 A LOGO! Trainer Package 24 V with USB cable 539006
– Separator module FluidSIM® contains a software-
– 2 x front-panel connector for SM, based minicontroller, e.g. as an
40-pin introduction to the LOGO!, the
Order no. 549836 minicontroller from SIEMENS. We
offer an attractively priced set of
Trainer package ET 200S – Profinet 5 LOGO! modules. For industrial
Comprising: colleges and training centres.
– ET 200S, digital input, 2DI HF, DC Package includes:
24 V, 5 P. (Total 10 DI) 1 x ET 200S, – Set of 5 LOGO! 12/24RC
digital output, 2DO HF, DC 24 V, – Programming software LOGO! Soft
0.5 A, 5 P. (Total 10 DO) Comfort
– 2x ET 200S, power module, PM-E, – 1 USB programming cable
DC 24 – 48 V Order no. 556235
– 2x ET 200S, terminal module,
TM-E15S24-A1 5 P. (Total 10) 2x LOGO! Trainer Package 230 V
ET 200S, terminal module, TM- FluidSIM® contains a software-
P15S23-A0 based minicontroller, e.g. as an
– ET 200S, interface module IM151-3 introduction to the LOGO!, the
PN HF 2 bus connections via RJ 45 minicontroller from SIEMENS. We
– Micro memory card 64 kbyte 1x offer an attractively priced set of
standard mounting rail 35 mm, 5 LOGO! modules. For industrial
L = 483 mm colleges and training centres.
Order no. 549848 Package includes:
– Set of 5 LOGO! 230 RC
Trainer package F technology – Programming software LOGO! Soft
ET 200S – Profinet Comfort
Comprising: – 1 USB programming cable
– ET 200S, F digital input, 4/8 F-DI, Order no. 556236
DC 24 V
– ET 200S, F digital output, 4 F-DO, LOGO! PC cable set
DC 24 V/2 A Set of 4 LOGO! USB PC cables Touch Panel TP177B Special licence rules apply
– 2x ET 200S, terminal module, Order no. 556237 and for schools and educational
TM-E30S44-01 Operator Panel OP177B institutes in the commercial
Order no. 549837 ➔ Page 251 sector.
LOGO!
LOGO! EduTrainer® Compact and The digital inputs and outputs on

LOGO! EduTrainer® TP Compact the LOGO! EduTrainer® Compact are
connected to a IEEE 488-compliant
Compact trainers that allow users SysLink socket and 2 analogue in-
to be given an introduction to logi- puts are connected to a 15-pin Sub-D
cal signal processing within a mini- socket. If a universal connection unit
controller. or analogue connection unit is used,
these can be connected to 4 mm
Features of the LOGO! modules used: safety sockets. A control panel with-
– Relay outputs of max. 10 A output in which 1 pushbutton, 2 illuminated
current pushbuttons and 1 switch are inte-
– Integrated display panel grated. An EMERGENCY-STOP func-
– Integrated pushbutton control tion is implemented.
panel
– Integrated basic and special LOGO! EduTrainer® Compact TP: A
features compact trainer with integrated con-
– Integrated memory EEPROM for nection technology for 4 mm labora-
switching program and setpoints tory connectors. 8 digital inputs and
– 200 connectable functions 4 digital relay outputs facilitate ac-
– 4 inputs as analogue inputs (0 – tuation of simple electropneumatic
10 V), also usable as digital inputs exercises (TP 201/202).
– Basic functions: AND, OR, NOT,
NAND, NOR, XOR, positive/nega-
tive signal-edge detection
– 27 flags (including startup flag)
– Integrated remanence
– Password protection
LOGO! EduTrainer Compact with 12 inputs, 10 relay outputs

and 4 analog imputs 527433
LOGO! EduTrainer Compact TP with 8 inputs (alternatively: 4 analogue inputs)
and 4 Relay outputs 535250
LOGO! Soft Comfort DE/EN/FR/ES/IT/PT 526505
Documentation
LOGO! manual EN 526507
LOGO! manual DE 526506
LOGO! programming cable 526504
For digital processing:
For analogue processing:
Connection unit, analogue 162247
I/O data cable, analogue, 1 m 189551
FEC® and Allen-Bradley
FEC® EduTrainer® Compact FST/MWT Allen-Bradley EduTrainer® Compact

with Ethernet interface ML 1200
The FEC®-FC34 is a compact, power- This EduTrainer® uses the Allen-
ful PLC with quick, simple installa- Bradley ML 1200 controller. 16 dig-
tion that is adaptable for industrial ital inputs and 16 digital outputs are
use. With 12 digital inputs and 8 dig- wired to 2 SysLink sockets A and B
ital outputs, the compact control- as part of the standard design. Out-
ler in industrial design provides all puts Q0 – Q9 are disconnectible via
of the functions required by low I/O a emergency stop bridge. Inputs and
automation tasks. LEDs display input outputs Q10 – Q15 are supplied via
and output status. the 24 V sockets. The 24 V EMER-
GENCY-STOP signal is also connect-
The FEC® EduTrainer® Compact FST ed to the I16 input. Outputs I17 – I23
can be programmed with Festo FST of the controller are not connected.
in IL and LD and the FEC® EduTrain-
er® Compact MWT as per IEC 61131- Technical data
3 in IL, LD, FBD, ST and SFC. MUL- – Supply voltage 24 V DC
TIPROG programming software is – Maximum input power 40 VA
used. – 16 digital inputs:
Input current IN 0 – 3:
Interfaces 7.3 mA/0 – 20 kHz at 24 V
– 4 mm safety sockets Input current IN 4 – 16:
(12 I/8 O digital) 8.9 mA/0 – 1 kHz at 24 V
– SysLink (8 I/8 O digital) – 16 digital outputs:
– RS232 programming interface 8 relay outputs:
– 4 mm safety sockets for 24 V DC 1.2 A at 24 V DC
operating voltage 8 FET outputs: 1 A
– Ethernet connection
Programming software and docu-
Housing dimensions 85 x 240 x 170 mentation on request.
mm (H x W x D). Includes Festo FST
or MULTIPROG programming soft-
ware and documentation.
FEC EduTrainer Compact FST with Ethernet interface 167132

FEC EduTrainer Compact MWT with Ethernet interface 193730

Plug-in adapter set 541122
Allen-Bradley EduTrainer Compact ML 1200 535811
RSLogix 500 Starter EN 535829
Programming cable ML 1500 535827
Starter kits
FC 100 EduTrainer®
PLC starter kit Frequency converter starter kit FEC® starter kit FST/MWT with FC 100 EduTrainer®
Comprising the compact and power- The frequency converter starter kit Ethernet interface The FC 100 mini control system com-
ful FEC®-FC34 PLC, a 24 V PC inter- permits the realisation of numer- The FEC®-FC34 is a compact, power- bines three functions in one unit:
face and all the necessary hardware ous drive applications with variable ful PLC with quick, simple installa- – Convenient handheld control unit
and software, with the PLC starter speeds and offers a wealth of train- tion that is adaptable for industrial – Simple programming via „teach-in“
kit you are ideally equipped to start ing aims, particularly in combination use. With 12 digital inputs and 8 dig- – CodeSys compatible PLC
learning about PLC technology. with the MPS® project kits. ital outputs, the compact controller
in industrial design provides all of Includes CD ROM with operating in-
The PLC is programmed from the The scope of delivery includes: the functions required by low I/O au- structions and CodeSys demo. Limit-
PC using FST and information is ex- – Control panel via which parameters tomation tasks. LEDs display the in- ed to 2 hours operating time, restart
changed with the visualisation sys- can be changed put and output status. required thereafter.
tem via the PC interface. The visu- – Communication module for Profi-
alisation software offers various bus DP – can be replaced without The starter kit consists of the FEC®- Technical data
process models from engineering tools FC34 mini PLC from Festo and FST or – 24 V supply voltage
and everyday applications, for exam- – AC motor, prepared for assembly MULTIPROG programming software. – 8 digital inputs
ple level crossings, multi-storey car preparation on the conveyor To work with the system, only a 24 V – 8 digital outputs
parks, sorting systems, washing ma- – Frequency converter – can be power supply and a PC are required. – RS232 interface
chines, garage doors, wind genera- mounted on the stand supplied The CD-ROM supplied contains ei- – Ethernet interface
tors, lifting luggage. An „easy start“ and placed wherever it is required ther the FST software (DE/EN) or the – 2 line monochrome display
CD-ROM that explains how to use the on the bench MULTIPROG software (DE/EN/FR) – Touch-sensitive keyboard with 16
hardware and software is provided – Systainer depending on which starter kit ver- keys (also usable as inputs)
to help you get started. sion is ordered; it also contains all – Web server built in
Technical data the manuals including programming
All the necessary accessories such – Mains voltage 1 AC 200 – 240 V manuals as PDF files (DE/EN) as well FC 100 EduTrainer 548676
as cable, 100 – 240 V/24 V power – Output 0.12 – 3.0 kW with integrat- as different Microsoft PowerPoint
supply unit and screwdriver are in- ed class A filter presentations. Recommended accessories:
cluded. All that is needed is a PC and – Protection class IP20 I/O data cable with SysLink connectors
a country-specific mains cable for FEC Starter kit FST (IEEE 488) at both ends 2.5 m
the power supply unit (e.g. order no. Order no. 534363 with Ethernet interface Order no. 34031
247661 for DE, FR, ES, etc) – then Order no. 534624 Connecting cable 4 mm
you‘re off! Necessary accessories: FEC Starter kit MWT Order no. 381525
Mains cable ➔ Page 146 with Ethernet interface Tabletop power supply unit ➔ Page 146
System requirements Order no. 192778
– PC with Win 98 SE/ME/NT4/2000/
XP Necessary accessories:
– At least Pentium 200 MHz Tabletop power supply/power supply unit
– 32 MB RAM for the mounting frame ➔ Page 146
– 10 MB of hard disk space
– CD-ROM drive
– Internet Explorer 5.0 or Netscape
4.0 or higher
– 1 free serial port (RS232) and/or
USB
Order no. 543081
Necessary accessories:
Mains cable ➔ Page 146


Programmable logic controllers

5 1x Proximity switch, optical 178577 4 5 6
12 1x Manifold 152896 7 8 9
EduTrainer ➔ Pages 126 – 137
Cable set, universal with 4 mm safety plugs 167091 10 11 12
Supplementary equipment set from TP 201 to TP 301
Supplements the Electropneumatics basic level equipment set, TP 201, to form

a complete Programmable Logic Controllers equipment set, TP 301. 13
Complete supplementary equipment set TP 201 – TP 301 167102

Training aims universal connection unit and I/O

– Benefits of the PLC compared to data cable (SysLink) or with 4 mm
conventional solutions such as safety connectors. I/O modules
electrical, electropneumatic or can be connected via 4 mm safety
electrohydraulic solutions connectors.
– Functions of system components
of a PLC Recommended training media
– Commissioning a PLC Textbook Programmable Logic
– Application criteria for mechanical, Controllers, Basic level
optical, capacitive and inductive
proximity switches Also order:
– Sequence control and parallel logic Workbook Programmable Logic
– Systematic programming of a PLC Controllers, Basic level
in accordance with international DE 93313
standard IEC 1131-3 EN 93314
– IEC 1131-3 programming ES 94427
languages: Function Block Solutions to the exercises in the
Diagram, Ladder Diagram, workbook for various controllers
Statement List, Structured Text Festo FPC 101 DE 93315
and Sequence Language Festo FPC 101 EN 93316
Allen Bradley SLC500 EN 94440
A PLC (Festo FC34, SIMATIC S7-300 Siemens S7-300 DE 94524
or Allen Bradley) is required to carry Siemens S7-300 EN 94537
out the tasks. Connection with
Technology-orientated training packages Fieldbus
Offers for fieldbus training
– Ethernet Training with training packages Industrial standard

– Profibus With just a few additions to the Elec- Training is ideal if use is made of
– AS-interface tropneumatics or Electrohydraulics components compatible with indus-
– Vertical integration training packages, you can get start- trial standards. That‘s why we use
– Totally Integrated Automation ed with fieldbus training. The re- Festo valve terminals and Siemens
– ... quired components fit the ER frame controllers.
or can be mounted on the profile
Whichever way you look at it, if you plate with QuickFix®.
want to stay at the cutting edge you
need to know many terms and mas- Training with MPS®
ter the basics of control technolo- Mechatronics specialists or IT sys-
gy, including networking in the field tems electronics specialists are
area. trained on realistic networked sys-
tems connected to office automa-
Festo Didactic offers: tion. The Modular Production System
– Orientation seminars for instruc- MPS® allows many variations of such
tors and teachers training systems to be set up.
– Controllers and control units
– Valves and processes
Components for Masters Slaves/additional components Processes

fieldbus training
Ethernet/PROFINET – S7-300 IT Trainer Package – Simatic WinCC/Web Navigator

(CP343-1IT) Trainer Package
– S7-315-2PN/DP – ET 200S PN
– TP177B/OP177B
PROFIBUS – S7 EduTrainer® Compact with – S7 EduTrainer® ET 200S with – Electropneumatics

Profibus-DP* or integrated CPU and 12 I/10 O – Programmable logic controllers
S7 EduTrainer® Universal with as an intelligent slave* – MPS® Sorting station with
Profibus-DP – Trainer Package Touch Panel Profibus-DP
TP177B/OP177B with – TP 402-DP
WINCC flexible
– Valve terminal with Profibus-DP
single valve interface**
AS-interface – S7 EduTrainer® Compact with – AS-interface power supply* – Electropneumatics

AS-interface master* or – AS-interface I/O single valve – Programmable logic controllers
S7 EduTrainer® Universal with interface unit with 2 slaves 4 I/4 O* – MPS® Distributing station with
AS-interface master – AS-interface control unit AS-interface
(membrane keyboard) with – TP 401-ASI
4 control elements and 2 displays*
– AS-interface reflex light sensor
– Valve terminal with AS-interface
connection**
– AS-interface single valve
connector**
* Components for the ER frame. ** Components for the profile plate.
Equipment set TP 401-ASI

Fieldbus technology AS-interface
Complete equipment set TP 401-ASI 541096 1 2 3

1 1x AS-Interface power supply 527426
2 1x AS-Interface I/O connection unit 527427
3 1x AS-Interface control unit 527428
4 1x AS-Interface valve terminal (4 valve slices) 527431
5 1x AS-interface diffuse sensor 532929 4 5 6
6 1x AS-Interface single valve interface 533524
8 1x Stack magazine module 527434
9 1x Changer module 527435
10 2x AS-Interface cable 50 cm 533032
11 2x AS-Interface cable 125 cm 533033
12 1x I/O data cable with SysLink connectors (IEEE 488) at both ends 34031 7 8 9
13 2x Sensor cable M8/M8, 50 cm 175488
1x DUO cable 18685
10/11 12 13/14
TP 400 component set 541099
Recommended accessories (suggestion for S7 EduTrainer® Compact)

CPU 313C-D/A-Asi (16DE/16DA/4AE/2AA/ASI) 533019
Note: All SIMATIC S7 EduTrainer® Universal can be extended using a CP 342-2 (AS-i master
module). Also order 20-pin front-panel connector.
Other accessories
AS-interface master CP343-2 526853
Front-panel connector screwed contacts 184554
AS-interface addressing device 18959
AS-interface addressing cable 18960
Training aims Prerequisites

– Fieldbus systems in automation – A SIMATIC S7-300 with AS-inter-
technology face master is required for solu-
– Application criteria for fieldbus tion of the exercises in this training
systems package.
– Comparison of various fieldbus – The equipment set TP 201 or TP
systems 301 is also required for solution of
– Network topologies and access the exercises. Or additionally order
methods the supplementary TP 400 compo-
– ISO/OSI 7 layer model nent set.
– AS-interface fundamentals
– AS-interface transmission system Also order:
– AS-interface master/slave Workbook TP 401 AS-Interface
– Configuration of an AS-interface AS-Interface DE 534270
network with STEP 7 AS-Interface EN 534272
– Connecting, addressing and
programming bus stations

Fieldbus technology Profibus-DP
1 2 3 Complete equipment set TP 402-DP 541097

1 1x SIMATIC S7 EduTrainer ET 200S 527425
2 1x Profibus-DP valve terminal (8 valve slices), with 16-way input stage 527432
4 1x Stack magazine module 527434
4 5 6 5 1x Changer module 527435
6 2x Profibus cable 2.0 m 533036
10 2x Sensor cable, M8/safety plug 100 cm 534637
7 8/9 10/11
TP 400 component set 541099
Recommended accessories (suggestion for S7 EduTrainer® Compact)

CPU 313C-2DP-D (16DE/16DA) 533021
Training aims Prerequisites

– Fieldbus systems in automation – A SIMATIC S7-300 with Profibus-DP
technology master is required to solve the ex-
– Application criteria for fieldbus ercises in this training package.
systems – The equipment set TP 201 or TP
– Comparison of various fieldbus 301 is also required to solve the
systems exercises. You can additionally
– Network topologies and access order the supplementary TP 400
methods component set.
– ISO/OSI 7 layer model
– Profibus-DP fundamentals Also order:
– Profibus-DP transmission system Workbook TP 402 Profibus-DP
– Profibus-DP master/slave Profibus-DP DE 534271
– Configuration of a Profibus-DP Profibus-DP EN 534273
network with STEP 7
– Connecting, addressing and
programming bus stations

Supplementary equipment sets

Fieldbus technology
TP 401 supplementary equipment set DP 1 2 3
This supplementary equipment set enables you to carry out the exercises de-
scribed in TP 402-DP using an existing TP 401-ASI. This facilitates training in
ASI or Profibus-DP.
Complete TP 401 supplementary equipment set DP 541098

4 5/6 7
1 1x SIMATIC S7 EduTrainer ET 200S 527425
2 1x Profibus-DP valve terminal, with 16-way input stage 527432
4 2x Profibus cable 2.0 m 533036
TP 400 component set 1 2 3
This supplementary set is required to carry out the exercises from TP 401-ASI
and TP 402-DP if TP 201 and TP 301 equipment sets respectively are not avail-
able and/or cannot be used.
Complete TP 400 component set 541099

4 5 6
6 1x Double-acting cylinder 152888 7 8
Technology-orientated training packages Electrical drives

Basics of servo motor drive technology
Fast and powerful:

Electrical axes with servo motors
Electrical drives are characterised by
their speed, torque and incredible
flexibility. With the TP 801 course,
Festo Didactic introduces a new
training package based on the most
modern electrical drive technology.
It teaches all of the skills needed to
use electrical drives and information
on their particular features and ad- Training aims
vantages. – Constructing a servo motor system
– Commissioning a servo drive
Technology at its finest – Adjusting the speed of a servo
Employing ultra-modern axes and motor
motors, controllers and software. – Reference travel
The servo motor offers extremely – Positioning using variable speed
high positioning accuracy thanks and acceleration
to its high torque and dynamic re- – Regulating torque
sponse. Commissioning is particu- – Synchronous positioning (2 drives
larly easy thanks to the SEC-AC servo required)
motor controller and user-friendly
Windows PC software. Scope of delivery
(in a Maxi-Systainer)
Lesson material included – Linear axis
The CD-ROM contains extensive – Motor
teaching materials including exercis- – Servo motor controller SEC-AC
es, worked examples and transpar- – Wmemoc software
encies so that you can start learning – Simulation box for commissioning
or structuring lessons straight away. – CD-ROM containing course docu-
ments
– Cables and small parts
Supplementary equipment set for

stepper motor drive
Consisting of a complete stepper mo-
tor drive, but without the axis. Sup-
plements the Servo motor drive tech-
nology equipment set TP 801 to form
a complete Stepper motor drive tech-
nology equipment set TP 802.
Supplied in a size 3 Systainer, com-

plete with manual and collection of
exercises in English on CD-ROM.
Complete equipment set TP 801 539016
Supplementary equipment set for stepper motor drive 539739
Technology-orientated training packages Electrical drives

Basics of stepper motor drive technology
Classic and inexpensive:

Drives with stepper motors
Stepper motors are ideal for appli-
cations where cost optimisation is
more important than speed and dy-
namism.
High-end axis controller SPC 200

The SPC 200 can control up to 4
pneumatic or electrical axes. One of
the main development criteria was Training aims
ease of use: – Constructing a stepper motor
– Record selection: for positioning system
tasks with fixed traversing move- – Commissioning a stepper motor
ments which can simply be called drive
up via I/Os. – Reducing current in a stepper
– Program mode: with up to 100 motor drive
programs for solving the most – Reference travel
complex tasks or calculating and – Speeds of a stepper motor drive
changing positions; I/Os control – Positioning using a stepper
the process motor drive
– Quick commissioning using the – Acceleration and braking ramps
WINPISA diagnostic and program-
ming tool Scope of delivery
– The PROFIBUS fieldbus interface (in a Maxi-Systainer)
facilitates direct reading and writ- – Axis
ing of the position data. You can – Drive
calculate, select and archive the – Controller and I/O module
position in a PLC and then down- – Small parts
load it directly into the SPC200. A – Manual
functional module for the Siemens – CD-ROM containing course docu-
S7 controller family provides as- ments
sistance here. – WinPISA commissioning software
Supplementary equipment set for

servo motor drive
Consisting of a complete servo drive,
but without the axis. Supplements
the Stepper motor drive technology
equipment set TP 802 to form a com-
plete Servo motor drive technology
equipment set TP 801.
Supplied in a size 3 Systainer, com-

plete with manual and collection of
exercises in English on CD-ROM.
Complete equipment set TP 802 539015
Supplementary equipment set for servo motor drive 539017
Technology-orientated training packages Accessories and optional components General
Accessories and optional components

General
1 1 Aluminium profile plate 4 Plug-in adapter set 7 Power cable

The anodised aluminium profile The plug-in adapter set can be used One side designed as a connector
plate forms the basis for all Festo Di- to mount the ER units directly on the and one side with a country-specific
dactic training packages. All of the blue plug-in board or on the alumin- plug.
components fit securely and safely ium profile plate. One set is required DE, FR, NO, SE, FI, PT, ES, AT, NL, BE, GR,
into the grooves on the profile plate. to mount one unit. TR, IT, DK, IR, ID
There are grooves on each side and, Order no. 541122 Order no. 247661
if required, both sides can be fitted US, CA, Central America, BR, CO, YU, EC,
with components. The grooves are 5 Power supply unit for mounting KR, TW, TH, PH, JP
2 compatible with the ITEM profile sys- frame Order no. 350362
tem. Side caps included. Grid dimen- – Input voltage: GB, IE, MY, SG, UA, HK
sions: 50 mm. 230/115 V AC (47 – 63 Hz) Order no. 350363
– Output voltage: AU, NZ, CN, AR
For installation on tables we recom- 24 V DC, short-circuit-proof Order no. 350364
mend the appropriate rubber feet – Output current: max. 4.5 A CH
(order no. 158343). – Dimensions: 240 x 170 x 87 mm Order no. 350366
Without power cable ZA, IN, PT, SG, AE, HK, (GB)
3 Sizes 350 x 1100 mm and 350 x 250 Order no. 159382 Order no. 350367
mm supplied without side caps. With power cable, 1.3 m, suitable for:
350 x 250 mm 159333 DE, FR, NO, SE, FI, PT, ES, AT, NL, BE, GR, 8 5-fold plug socket strip with
350 x 1100 mm 162360 TR, IT, DK, IR, ID switch
700 x 550 mm 159409 Order no. 159396 Impact and shatter resistant plug
700 x 350 mm 162386 US, CA, Central America, BR, CO, YU, EC, socket strip with tamper-proof cover,
4 700 x 350 mm* 170395 KR, TW, TH, PH, JP 4 mounting points and mounting at-
700 x 700 mm 159410 Order no. 162411 tachments for securing on Learnline,
1100 x 700 mm 159411 GB, IE, MY, SG, UA, HK for example.
* with cable guide Order no. 162412 With power supply plug suitable for:
AU, NZ, CN, AR DE, FR, NO, SE, FI, PT, ES, AT, NL, BE, GR,
2 Slotted mounting plate Order no. 162413 TR, IT, DK, IR, ID
All components with the Quick-Fix® CH Order no. 380707
5 system can be mounted on the slot- Order no. 162414
ted mounting plate. The slotted ZA, IN, PT, SG, AE, HK, (GB)
mounting plate can be installed in Order no. 162415
the conventional A4 mounting frame
or on the tabletop. It is not com- 6 Tabletop power supply unit
patible with the A4 table mounting – Input voltage:
frame. Overall dimensions: 532 x 230/115 V AC (47 – 63 Hz)
297 mm. – Output voltage:
Order no. 159331 24 V DC, short-circuit-proof
6 – Output current: max. 4.5 A
3 Rubber feet – Dimensions: 115 x 155 x 200 mm
For non-slip, protective mounting Without power cable
of profile plates on tabletops of any Order no. 162416
type. Set (4 pieces). With power cable, 1.3 m, suitable for:
Order no. 158343 DE, FR, NO, SE, FI, PT, ES, AT, NL, BE, GR,
TR, IT, DK, IR, ID
Order no. 162417
US, CA, Central America, BR, CO, YU, EC,
7 KR, TW, TH, PH, JP
Order no. 162418
GB, IE, MY, SG, UA, HK
Order no. 162419
AU, NZ, CN, AR
Order no. 162380
CH
8 Order no. 162381
ZA, IN, PT, SG, AE, HK, (GB)
Order no. 162382
Technology-orientated training packages Accessories and optional components General

General
1 Compressor 3 Cable set, universal with 4 mm 5 Oscilloscope 1

Oil-lubricated, extremely quiet (45 safety plugs 2-channel memory oscilloscope with
dB (A)) compressor. Ideally suited Flexible measuring lines, order indi- trigger.
for use in classrooms. With pressure vidually or in a set. – Bandwidth 50 MHz
regulator and water separator. Complete set of cables 167091 – Time slot pattern
– Pressure: 800 kPa (8 bar) Pmax Consisting of single cables 0.1 µs/cm – 100 s/cm
– Performance: 50 l/min (price per item) – Grid amplitude 1 mV/cm – 20 V/cm
– Reservoir capacity: 25 l 10 x blue 50 mm 376931 Order no. 152917
– Compressed air outlet: ¼“ 10 x red 50 mm 376932
Electric motor: 230 V/50 Hz 11 x blue 300 mm 376934 6 Function generator
With power cable suitable for: 26 x red 300 mm 376935 – Signal types:
DE, FR, NO, SE, FI, PT, ES, AT, NL, BE, GR, 12 x blue 500 mm 376936 Sinusoidal, square, triangular, TTL
TR, IT, DK, IR, ID 21 x red 500 mm 376937 – Frequency range: 0.1 Hz – 500 kHz
Order no. 91030 3 x blue 1000 mm 376938 – Voltage output: DC 2
Electric motor: 100 – 120 V/50 – 60 Hz 3 x red 1000 mm 376939 – Offset: -15 – +15 V
With fully insulated socket 1 x blue 1500 mm 376940 – Voltage amplitude: 0 – 30 V
Order no. 565440 1 x red 1500 mm 376941 Order no. 152918
Accessories:
Coupling socket, coupling plug, tubing 4 Digital multimeter 7 Cable BNC – 4 mm
Order no. 102725 With automatic range selection, 3½- Cable with BNC socket and 2 jack-
digit. Suitable for measuring DC and plugs (4 mm). For use in conjunction
2 Vernier caliper AC voltage, DC and AC current, re- with a function generator and oscil- 3
– Measuring range: 0 – 150 mm sistance and for carrying out diode loscope.
– Resolution: 0.01 mm tests and continuity tests. Order no. 152919
– Display: LCD display, 5-digit Order no. 35681
– Power supply: 1.5 V button cell Cable BNC – BNC
T-connector BNC
Order no. 159298
4
Technology-orientated training packages Accessories and optional components Pneumatics

Pneumatics
1 1 Plastic tubing 5 Accessory box 7 Silencer and sealing rings

4 x 0.75 Silver 10 m 151496 The accessory box contains Minimum order quantity/packaging unit
3 x 0.5 Silver 5 m 197118 pneumatic connectors and tubing quantity: 10 pieces
6 x 1 Silver 5 m 152963 accessories as well as a tubing cutter
and releasing tool for pneumatic Silencer U-M5
Minimum order quantity/packaging unit connectors. Order no. 4645
quantity: 50 m Order no. 167020 Sealing ring OL-M5
4 x 0.75 Silver 152584 Order no. 34634
2 4 x 0.75 Blue 159662 6 Quick Star quick push-in fitting Silencer U-1/8
4 x 0.75 Black 159663 Minimum order quantity/packaging unit Order no. 2307
4 x 0.75 Red 178410 quantity: 10 pieces Sealing ring OL-1/8
4 x 0.75 Yellow 178417 Order no. 33840
4 x 0.75 Green 178424 Straight fitting, M5 (QSM-M5-4)
Order no. 153304 8 3/2-way roller lever valve,
2 Tubing cutter Straight fitting, G1/8 (QS-G1/8-4) normally open
3 For plastic and Perbunan tubing with Order no. 186095 – Type:
and without fabric reinforcement Angled fitting, rotatable, M5 (QSML-M5-4) Poppet valve, indirectly actuated in
with outside diameters up to 20 mm. Order no. 153333 one direction, with spring return
Ensures a vertical, burr-free cut Angled fitting, rotatable, G1/8 – Pressure range:
through positive locking of tubing in (QSL-G1/8-4) 280 – 800 kPa (2.8 – 8 bar)
the cutter. Order no. 186116 – Standard nominal flow rate 1...2:
4 Order no. 7658 Elbow connector, 4H (QSL-4H) 120 l/min
3 Tubing cutter Straight fitting, self-closing, M5
For optimal cutting of plastic tubing. (QSK-M5-4)
Straight fitting, self-closing, G1/8
4 Releasing tool (QSK-G1/8-4)
For releasing all QS connectors for tub- Order no. 186294
5
ing outside diameters of 3 to 10 mm. T-connector (QST-4)
Order no. 158419 Order no. (6) 153128
Plug-in bulkhead connector (QSMS-4)
Order no. 153376
Blanking plug (QSC-4H)
Order no. 153267
Push-in sleeve (QSH-4)
Order no. 153251


Pneumatics
1 On-off valve with 2/3 Universal adapter 4 Stepper module, expansion 1

filter/regulator, 5 µm The adapter enables Festo pneu- The stepper controller is obtained
Filter regulator valve with pressure matic components and those of from the series connection of four
gauge, on-off valve, quick push-in other manufacturers to be mounted type TAA basic modules. This module
connectors and quick coupling plug, on the aluminium profile plate. You comprises a memory (5/2-way
mounted on a swivel support. The can continue to use your existing double pilot valve) with display and
filter with water separator removes components and still benefit manual override as well as an AND
dirt, pipe sinter, rust and condensed from the advantages of using the and OR gate.
water. The pressure regulator aluminium profile plate system and Order no. 152885
maintains the supply air pressure the patented Quick-Fix® mounting 2
at the set operating pressure and system from Festo Didactic:
compensates pressure fluctuations. – Plug-in, clamp, ready – no force 5 Multiple tubing holder strip set
The filter bowl has a condensate required Easily attaches to the aluminium
drain valve. – No worn-out sockets slotted profile plate; a neat solution
– Exact positioning of components for up to 6 tubes/cables per strip.
The on-off valve pressurises and – Working in a third dimension Set of 10.
vents the entire control system. The – Universally suitable for Festo and Order no. 544317 3
3/2-way valve is actuated by a rotary third-party components
button.
You can mount the components
– Design: Piston regulator valve with onto the adapter yourself. It is quick,
sintered filter and water trap easy and reliable with slotted screws
– Standard nominal flow rate*: (included in scope of delivery).
1600 l/min Available in two sizes. The adapters
– Input pressure: are thus universally usable for an 4
max. 1600 kPa (16 bar) enormous number of components
– Working pressure: with a through hole – regardless of
max. 1200 kPa (12 bar) the manufacturer.
– Grade of filtration: 5 µm
– Condensate quantity: 43 cm3 Not suitable for mounting of
– Connector: G 1/8, QS-6 for plastic hydraulic components.
tubing PUN 6 x 1 2 75 x 50 x 30 mm 195224
Order no. 526337 3 75 x 100 x 30 mm 195225
5
* Input pressure: 1000 kPa (10 bar) Special mounting adapters
Operating pressure: 600 kPa (6 bar) Special mounting adapters are re-
Differential pressure: 100 kPa (1 bar) quired for the following components:
For single-acting cylinder

Order no. 159339
For double-acting cylinder
Order no. 159340
For pneumatic and electropneumatic
roller lever valve
Order no. 159342
For solenoid valve
Order no. 159347
For back pressure valve
Order no. 159350
For pneumatic linear drive unit
Order no. 159360
For M18 sensors
Order no. 159378
For ER units (1 required per unit)
Order no. 541122

Pneumatics
1 1 One-way flow control valve 2 Solenoid valves with M8

The one-way flow control valve central plug
consists of a combination of a flow Solenoid valves with M8 central plug
control valve and a non-return valve to ISO 15407-1
arranged parallel to the flow control – Quick-Star fittings
valve. The flow control cross section – QuickFix® for slotted assembly
can be adjusted with a knurled boards
screw. – LED display
2 – Design: Combined flow control/ – Pilot actuated with manual
shut-off valve override
– Pressure range: 20 to 1000 kPa – Electrical connection with M8
(0.2 – 10 bar) central plug 24 V (DC)
– Standard nominal flow rate: – Operating pressure:
in direction of flow control – 300 – 800 kPa (3 – 8 bar)
0 – 110 l/min – No connecting cable; please order
– Standard nominal flow rate in separately.
blocked direction:
65 – 110 l/min 2 x 3/2-way solenoid valve, normally
Order no. 152881 closed
Order no. 544380
5/2-way solenoid valve
Order no. 544381
5/2-way double solenoid valve
Order no. 544382
5/3-way solenoid valve,
mid position closed
Order no. 548571
Connecting cable (4-pin plug) for

connecting solenoid valves with an
M8 central plug. Cable length 2.5 m
with open ends.
Order no. 158962
Connecting cable (4-pin plug) for
connecting solenoid valves with an
M8 central plug. Cable length 1 m
with 4 mm safety plugs and solenoid
coil numbering.
Order no. 540703

Technology-orientated training packages Accessories and optional components Hydraulics

Hydraulics
1 Hose line with quick release 5 Coupling socket (nominal size 4) 9 Protective cover for weight 1
couplings Is required by some hydraulic Provides reliable protection from
The high-pressure hose consists of components to implement an injury. Only in conjunction with
three layers: The innermost layer additional function. double-acting cylinder (order no.
is synthetic rubber, followed by a Mechanical connection: 152857).
wire mesh and sheath of abrasion- G 1/4“ (internal thread). Weight: Order no. 152972.
resistant synthetic rubber. Order no. 342046 For the mounting profile from Learntop-S 2
and for Learnline up to 2004
The two quick coupling sockets Threaded coupling Order no. 152973
are self-sealing when decoupled. The threaded coupling is required For Learnline from 2005
Used with a coupling nipple, the for the coupling socket (order no. Order no. 541135
coupling sockets form a tightly 342046). 3
sealed connection. Only the face of Mechanical connection: 10 Mounting adapter
the coupling is coated with oil during G 1/4“ (external thread) The adapter enables Festo hydraulic
the coupling process. Coupling and Order no. 680041 components and those of other
decoupling are only possible when manufacturers to be mounted on
the hose is de-pressurised. 6 5-way distributor the aluminium profile plate. You
The distributor accommodates 5 P or can continue to use your existing 4
Please observe the following safety T outlets. The tried and tested Quick- components and still benefit
rules: Hoses should not be used Fix® mounting system allows quick from the advantages of using the
for longer than 6 years, including a installation of the distributor on the aluminium profile plate system and
storage period of 2 years. profile plate. the patented Quick-Fix mounting
– Nominal size (NS): 4 Order no. 184455 system from Festo Didactic: 5
– Operating pressure P: – Plug-in, clamp, ready – no force
6 MPa (60 bar) 7 5-way distributor with pressure required
– Max. permissible pressure Pmax: gauge – No worn-out sockets
12 MPa (120 bar) The hydraulic distributor plate – Exact positioning of components
– Temperature range: -40 – +125 °C accommodates 5 P or T outlets and – Working in a third dimension 6
– Min. bending radius: 100 mm is also equipped with a pressure – Universally suitable for Festo and
600 mm 152960 gauge. The distributor plate is firmly third-party components
1000 mm 152970 mounted on the profile plate. Order no. 167186
1500 mm 159386 – Measuring range:
3000 mm 158352 0 – 10 MPa (0 – 100 bar) Accumulator filling device
– Accuracy: Accumulator filling device for filling
2 Hose holder 1.6 % of full-scale value the hydraulic diaphragm accumula- 7
For up to 20 hydraulic hoses. – Operating pressure, static: tor (order no. 152859). The accumu-
Provides neat storage and protects 3/4 of full-scale value lator filling device can be operated
hose couplings from ingress of dirt. – Operating pressure, dynamic: directly on the nitrogen bottle. Ven-
W 366 x D 182 x H 80. 2/3 of full-scale value dor-specific adapters are required
Order no. 539737 Order no. 159395 when using a pressure reducer for
filling the accumulator. 8
3 Cable guide 8 Pressure relief unit Order no. 92491
For a set of laboratory cables. The pressure relief unit allows you to
Ensures that cables are kept neatly relieve hydraulic damping pressure Mounting profile
and in order. W 150 x D 136 x H 63. without great expenditure of force. Required when the weight (order no.
9
Order no. 535812 Order no. 152971 152972) is to be mounted directly
on the hydraulic cylinder (order no.
4 Coupling nipple (nominal size 4) 152857). Scope of delivery includes
Is required by some hydraulic valves connecting kit. Installation takes
to implement an additional function. place on a horizontal profile plate.
Mechanical connection: Profile dimensions 32 x 32 x 770 mm.
G 1/4“ (external thread). Protective cover for weight: Order
Order no. 342047 no. 152973. 10
Order no. 119352

Hydraulics
1 1 4/2-way double solenoid valve 6 Assembly kit for cylinders 9 Pressure sensor
– Power rating: 6.5 W The assembly kit is designed for – Permissible operating voltage:
– Operating pressure p: 6 MPa mounting 15 – 30 V DC
(60 bar) – Proximity sensors and size 8 slot – Voltage output: 0 – 10 V
– Max. permissible pressure pmax: sensors – Measuring range: 0 – 10 MPa
12 MPa (120 bar) – The guide plate (in order to (0 – 100 bar)
2 – Actuation: Electrical actuate the stem actuated valve, – Cut-off frequency: 1 kHz
Order no. 525951 order no. 152978) nominal size 4 525964
– The potentiometer, order no.
2 Cushioning cylinder 167090 or order no. 525953 10 Temperature sensor
The cushioning cylinder is required – Permissible operating voltage:
for exercise 21 in TP 511 Closed- For cylinder 16/10/200 20 – 30 V DC
3
loop hydraulic control. It is mounted (order. no. 152857) – Voltage output: 0 – 10 V
directly on the linear drive. Order no. 544371 – Measuring range: 0 – 100 °C
Order no. 152295 For cylinder 16/10/300 nominal size 4 525963
(order no. 184489)
3 Double-acting cylinder Order no. 544372
4 25/18/200 For cylinder 25/18/200
Matching potentiometer order (order no. 184490)
no. 167090. The potentiometer is Order no. 544373
mounted on the cylinder using the
assembly kit (order no. 544373). 7 Linear potentiometer,
5 – Piston diameter: 25 mm 200 mm and 300 mm stroke
– Piston rod diameter: 18 mm On the installation of linear
– Stroke: 200 mm potentiometers on hydraulic
– Surface ratio: 1 : 2 cylinders.
Order no. 184490 – Connection cable
Supply voltage: 13 – 30 V DC
4 Double-acting cylinder Output voltage: 0 – 10 V DC
6
16/10/300 – Mechanical attachment of
Matching potentiometer order connecting rod: Thread M4
no. 525953. The potentiometer is
mounted on the cylinder using the Potentiometer with 200 mm
assembly kit (order no. 544372). sensor displacement
– Piston diameter: 16 mm For cylinder order no. 152857 with
– Piston rod diameter: 10 mm mounting kit, use order no. 120778;
7 – Stroke: 300 mm for cylinder order no. 184490 with
– Surface ratio: 1 : 1.6 mounting kit, use order no. 544373.
5 Double-acting cylinder Potentiometer with 300 mm

16/10/400 sensor displacement
8 Matching potentiometer order no. For cylinder order no. 184489 with
525954. An assembly kit is not mounting kit, use order no. 544372.
needed to mount the potentiometer Order no. 525953
on the cylinder.
– Piston diameter: 16 mm 8 Linear potentiometer,
– Piston rod diameter: 10 mm 450 mm stroke
9 – Stroke: 400 mm No assembly kit is required for
– Surface ratio: 1 : 1.6 mounting the linear potentiometer
Order no. 184488 on the hydraulic cylinder (order no.
184488). The linear potentiometer
is mounted on the aluminium pro-
file plate.
– Connection cable
10 Supply voltage: 13 – 30 V DC
Output voltage: 0 – 10 V DC
– Potentiometer
Measuring stroke: 450 mm
Order no. 525954


Hydraulics
1/2 Measuring case 3 Measuring container for 4 Hydraulic oil (DIN 51524) 1
The complete measuring set is pack- hydraulics Brand-name hydraulic oil for all
aged in the practical and sturdy Flow rate measurement can be Festo hydraulic power units.
Systainer. It can be used for com- clearly, simply and effectively HLP22 10 l 192215
missioning, maintenance, trouble- demonstrated using the transparent HLP22 20 l 14572
shooting and optimisation of hydrau- measuring container. The scale of
lic circuits. the transparent measuring container Funnel for filling various devices
allows simple measurement through with oil
Consisting of: gauging the capacity by litres. Order no. 374038
Flow measurement device (0 – 10 l/min) Measuring range: 2 litres.
in combination with the hydraulic motor Order no. 541134 Oil spillage/protective mat
(order no. 152858) (see fig. 2) Black, with rubber border. Protects
Order no. 183736 Universal bracket the tabletop of the Learnline system
Cable, USD Permits the mounting of up to 2 and keeps it clean.
Order no. 167092 hydraulic power units with single 312 x 1512 mm 541133
Measuring line, 500 mm, red pump, up to 2 hydraulic measuring 2
Order no. 376937 containers or holders for storing
Measuring line, 500 mm, blue hoses. W 50 x D 275 x H 130.
Universal display
Order no. 183737
Pressure sensor, measuring range
0 – 10 MPa (0 – 100 bar), nominal size 4
3
Order no. 525964
Temperature sensor, measuring range
0 – 100 °C, nominal size 4
Order no. 525963
Complete measuring set

Order no. 177468
Hydraulic power units
1 1 Hydraulic power unit with 2 Hydraulic power unit, 3 Hydraulic power unit, with two
single pump double pump with one motor* individual pumps and two motors*
Ideal for all experiments using Suitable for simultaneous supply of Suitable for individual supply of
standard equipment sets TP 500, two hydraulic circuits or to achieve two hydraulic circuits or to achieve
600, 700, 511 and MPS® Punching higher cylinder and motor speeds. higher cylinder and motor speeds.
station. Ideal for determining valve charac- Ideal for determining valve charac-
– Mounting on Learnline: teristics. teristics.
From 2005 using mounting bracket – Can be integrated into Learnline – Can be integrated into Learnline
(order no. 539736), up to 2004 workplace systems workplace systems
using mounting bracket (order no. – Pump design: – Pump design:
158325) Double external gear pump External gear pump
– Mounting on Learntop: Directly – Number of pumps: 2 – Number of pumps: 1 per motor
– Pump design: External gear pump – Actuation: Manual via ON/OFF – Actuation: Manual via ON/OFF
2 – Number of pumps: 1 switch switch
– Motor: AC current, single-phase – Operating pressure: 6 MPa (60 bar) – Operating pressure: 6 MPa (60 bar)
– Actuation: Manual via ON/OFF – Oil tank capacity: 40 l – Oil tank capacity: 40 l
switch – Duty cycle: 100 % – Duty cycle: 100 %
– Operating pressure Pmax: – Dimensions: 700 x 320 x 550 mm – Dimensions: 700 x 320 x 550 mm
6 MPa (60 bar) (W x D x H) (W x D x H)
– Oil tank capacity: 5 l – Weight: 65 kg – Weight: 65 kg
– Duty cycle: 50%
– Dimensions: 580 x 300 x 180 mm Power unit with AC current motor, Power unit with AC current motor,
– Weight: 19 kg single-phase, nominal voltage: single-phase, nominal voltage:
230 V, nominal power rating: 1.1 230 V, nominal power rating: 2 x 550
Power unit with 230 V nominal kW, frequency: 50 Hz, delivery rate W, frequency: 50 Hz, delivery rate at
voltage, nominal power rating: 0.65 at nominal speed: 2 x 3.8 l/min at nominal speed: each 3.8 l/min/1350
kW, frequency: 50 Hz, delivery rate 1350 r.p.m. r.p.m.
at nominal speed: 2.2 l/min at 1320 For Learnline from 2005 (see Figure) For Learnline from 2005 (see Figure)
3 r.p.m. Order no. 539733 Order no. 541114
Order no. 152962
Power unit with 230 V nominal Power unit with AC motor, 3-phase, Power unit with AC motor, 3-phase,
voltage, nominal power rating: 0.65 nominal voltage: 400 – 460 V, nomi- nominal voltage: 400 – 460 V, nomi-
kW, frequency: 60 Hz, delivery rate nal power rating: 1.1 kW, frequency: nal power rating: 2 x 550 W, frequen-
at nominal speed: 2.7 l/min at 1680 50 – 60 Hz, delivery rate at nominal cy: 50 – 60 Hz, delivery rate at nomi-
r.p.m. speed: 2 x 3.8 – 4.5 l/min at 1450 – nal speed: each 3.8 – 4.5 l/min at
Order no. 539004 1740 r.p.m. 1450 – 1740 r.p.m.
Power unit with 110 V nominal For Learnline from 2005 For Learnline from 2005
voltage, nominal power rating: 0.55 Order no. 541115 Order no. 541116
kW, frequency: 60 Hz, delivery rate
at nominal speed: 2.7 l/min at 1680
r.p.m. Accessories
Order no. 159328 Wheel set for mounting on the tank 539734
A hydraulic power unit according to Motors: Operating pressure up to 6 MPa

* All power units with mains your specifications – Manual on/off switch with (60 bar).
cable, suitable for: DE, FR, NO, overload protection
SE, FI, PT, ES, AT, NL, BE, GR, Do you have special requirements? – Unit with one or two motors Delivery rate < 8 l/min
TR, IT, DK, IR, ID. We can offer you the following Pump control: recommended.
features individually. – Constant displacement pump
Note: (pressure limitation) Volume of the tank is maximum
For safety reasons, hydraulic Power supply: – Variable displacement pump 40 l when the hydraulic power unit
power units are delivered – Voltage: 110 – 460 V (constant pressure/zero stroke is integrated in a mobile Learnline
without oil. – Frequency: 50 or 60 Hz pump, load sensing/combined workplace.
Please order hydraulic oil – Phases: 3 (three-phase current) or q/p adjustment)
separately. 1 (alternating current) – Unit with one or two pumps

Technology-orientated training packages Accessories and optional components Electronics/PLC

Electronics/PLC
1 I/O data cable with SysLink 4 I/O data cable, analogue 11 Plug-in adapter, electrical 1
connectors (IEEE 488) on both ends, For connection of the analogue Adapter for inserting cables with
crossover connector to the PLC EduTrainers® safety plugs into sockets without
For connection of SysLink interfaces, using the analogue connection unit shock-hazard protection. This is no
for example an EduTrainer® PLC, with (order no. 162247). longer compliant with DIN EN 61010
the universal connection unit, digital 1 m 189551 (IEC 1010).
2
(order no. 162231). Set of 10 adapters.
2.5 m 34031 5 Analogue cable, parallel Order no. 185692
EasyPort with actual process and/or
2 I/O data cable with one SysLink simulation box. Connecting cable for solenoid
connector as per IEEE 488 and bare 2 m 529141 valves with M8 central plug
cable-end sleeves Connecting cable (4-pin plug) for 3
For connecting EasyPort to the I/O 6 Analogue cable, crossover connecting solenoid valves with an
terminals of a PLC. EasyPort with actual PLC and/or M8 central plug. Cable length 2.5 m
2.5 m 167122 simulation box. with open ends.
2 m 533039 Order no. 158962
3 I/O data cable, crossover, with Connecting cable (4-pin plug) for
4
terminal socket 7 PC data cable RS232 connecting solenoid valves with an
Connects the PLC board of an MPS® For example, for connecting EasyPort M8 central plug. Cable length 1 m
station with EasyPort, order no. with the RS232 port of a PC. with 4 mm safety plugs and solenoid
548687. Adapter cable for the con- female – female, 1.5 m 160786 coil numbering.
nection: any PLC with an open I/O male – female, 1.5 m 162305 Order no. 540703
data cable, order no. 167122, and 5
universal connection unit, order no. 8 PC adapter
162231. Cable for the SIMATIC S7. With
0.3 m 167197 RS232 cable or USB cable for Win
2000/XP.
with RS232 cable 184555
with USB cable 539006 6
9 LOGO! programming cable

Cable for the transmission of
switching programs from a PC to
LOGO! and vice versa. 7
Order no. 526504
10 Profibus cable
Connection between 2 Profibus
stations.
0.5 m 533035
8
2.0 m 533036
10
11

Electronics/PLC
1 1 Simulation box, digital 3 Connection unit, analogue 5 Sensor tester

The simulation box is used to display – Permissible voltage range: The sensor tester speeds up commis-
the input and outputs signals of an 22 – 27 V DC sioning of systems with integrated
MPS® station or PLC. – Reference: GND sensors and proximity sensors. It can
Two modes of application are pos- – 4 analogue voltage inputs: be used for:
sible: Range: -10 V – +10 V (max. 30 V), – Quick and simple checking of con-
– Simulation of inputs for testing of input resistance: 200 kΩ tacts
2 a PLC program. Use I/O data cable – 4 analogue current inputs: – Rapid fine adjustment
(SysLink) (order no. 034031) for Range: 0 – 20 mA (max. -4 – +24 – Unambiguous detection of switch
this purpose. mA), input voltage: max. ±30 V outputs
– Setting of outputs (with separate – 2 analogue outputs: Order no. 158481
24 V supply) in order to operate an Voltage: -10 – +10 V, short-circuit-
MPS® station. The cable (order no. proof, max. ±30 V, fuse-protected, 6 AS-interface addressing device
167106, 2.5 m) required for this current: max. 20 mA Addressing device with LCD display
3 purpose is included in the scope of for determining slave addresses and
delivery. Using an analogue cable (order no. re-addressing slaves.
189551), the unit can also be used Order no. 18959
The simulation box contains a Sys- as an analogue connection unit for
Link socket. the EduTrainer® PLC. 7 AS-interface addressing cable
Order no. 170643 Order no. 162247 Addressing cable for connecting vari-
ous slaves to the addressing device.
4 2 Simulation box, digital/analogue 4 Universal connection unit, Order no. 18960
The digital/analogue simulation box digital (SysLink)
additionally allows the simulation The universal connection unit con- 8 Empty EduTrainer® ER housing
and display of analogue signals (0 – nects all 4 mm safety plugs with the An empty ER housing in two sizes
10 V). The simulation box is supplied 24-pin system connector as per IEEE with an aluminium blanking plate is
without connection cables. 488 (SysLink). It thus becomes a uni- available for installation of custom
Order no. 526863 versal interface between units with 4 applications in an ER frame.
mm connection technology and de- large 541179
The following connection cables are vices equipped with SysLink connec- small 541499
5 recommended for flexible applica- tors as per IEEE488:
tion: – Connection to an I/O terminal of an
– I/O data cable, parallel: MPS® station via an I/O cable with
Order no. 034031 (e.g. SimuBox SysLink connectors at both ends,
with SPS EduTrainer® or EasyPort) order no. 034031
– Analogue cable, parallel: – I/O coupling via the 4 mm labora-
6 Order no. 529141 (e.g. SimuBox tory connectors of a PLC using an
with EasyPort) open I/O cable (IEEE488 connector
– Analogue cable, crossover: – bare wires), order no. 167122
Order no. 533039 (e.g. SimuBox – Simple connection of actuators and
with MPS® Analog-Terminal) sensors via 4 mm laboratory con-
– I/O data cable, crossover: nectors with the EasyPort interface
7 Order no. 167197 unit for FluidSIM®
Inputs:
3 safety sockets each for 8 three-
wire sensors
Outputs:
8
2 safety sockets each for 8 actuators
Connections:
4 mm safety sockets for 24 V DC,
SysLink connector (IEEE488)
I/O status display:
Via LED
Order no. 162231


Electronics/PLC
1 DIN H-rail set 3/4/5 Relay, time-delay relay 6/7/8 Electrical signal input/output 1
Two 300 mm long DIN H-rails, Relay (24 V) with 3 changeover or 3 For front panel mounting with
matching relay socket and terminal NC and 3 NO contacts for DIN H-rail bracket. For attachment on universal
set, with mountings for adapter mounting adapter for example (order no.
fitting to aluminium slotted profile 3 541152 195224) or directly on perforated
plate. Relay, response delayed (24 V) with plate.
Order no. 548637 changeover contact for DIN H-rail
mounting Electric pushbutton
Terminal strip 4 541153 (NO and NC contacts) 2
35 terminals, terminal block and Relay, with switch-off delay (24 V), 6 541155
bridges for DIN H-rail mounting. with changeover contact for DIN H- Electric control switch
Order no. 541158 rail mounting 7 541156
5 541154 LED indicator light
2 Cable duct set 8 541157
1 x 150 mm, 3 x 265 mm and 1 x 500 T-head nut M5
mm cable ducts with mountings for For safe mounting of own applica-
adapter fitting to aluminium slotted tions, cable ducts or DIN H-rails on 3
profile plate. the aluminium slotted profile plate.
Technology-orientated training packages Accessories and optional components Order means

Order means
1 1 Systainer Systainer/container inserts

Stackable interlocking case system, Didactic components need to be
made of light grey plastic with light stored in a clearly arranged and safe
blue snap fasteners. way. Simply clamp two handles onto
the narrow side of the insert of your
Size 0 (Mini-Systainer): choice and stack the inserts in the
50 x 248 x 158 mm Systainer. Note: Two large and one
Order no. 533014 small insert exactly fill a Learnline
Size 1: 72 x 377 x 277 mm container drawer.
Order no. 526714
Size 2: 124 x 377 x 277 mm 2 Systainer/container insert A
Order no. 526715 Dimensions (W x D): 351 x 172 mm.
Size 3: 176 x 375 x 274 mm For Systainers sizes 1 – 4.
2 3 Size 4: 279 x 377 x 272 mm
Order no. 526717 3 Systainer/container insert B
Size 5: 395 x 360 x 272 mm Dimensions (W x D): 351 x 264 mm.
Order no. 544375 For Systainers sizes 1 – 4.
Soft foam insert for lid Order no. 687461
(for Systainer sizes 1 – 3)
Order no. 526814 4 Systainer/container insert C
4 5 (Interior dimensions W x H x D respec- Dimensions (W x D): 351 x 264 mm.
tively) For Systainers sizes 1 – 4.
Order no. 687929
5 Systainer/container insert D
Dimensions (W x D): 351 x 264 mm.
For Systainers sizes 1 – 4.
6 7 Order no. 689087
6 Systainer/container insert E
Order no. 701309
8/9/10 7 Systainer/container insert F

Order no. 709844
8/9/10 Handles for Systainer/

container inserts A – F
The handles are available in three
different versions, suitable for Sys-
tainer sizes 2 – 5:
– Handle 80: 80 mm high version
When stacking the inserts in the Sys-
tainer the handle height determines
the distance between the stacked
inserts. The handles can be used for
all Systainer/container inserts. Two
handles are required per insert.
Handle 80 683012
Handle 100 687455
Handle 150 683464

Technology-orientated training packages Change from Blue to Silver
Convert now from blue to silver. You can now have the slotted
assembly board on your tried-and-tested laboratory furniture too.
Enjoy the advantages of the slotted Option 1:

assembly board system! System transition from blue to
silver. Gradual transition to the
The new drives work with greater aluminium profile plate.
forces. The sensors can be posi-
tioned to the millimetre. And the hor- You supplement your blue plug-in
izontal plate allows set-up of a third board by a “half-size” profile plate
dimension – for example for control (350 x 1100 mm). It is simply con-
of MPS® modules. You can continue nected to the plug-in board with the
to use your “blue” components. And plug-in feet provided. To ensure that
you can purchase spare parts from you are prepared for upcoming up-
the current range without compat- grades, start using the 4-mm tubing
ibility problems. The Quick-Fix sys- straight away and use cost-effective
tem allows quick and safe set-up of adapters for connections to existing
all exercises. Your other “workplac- cylinders and valves.
es” are ensured long-term service by
spare parts that become available. Option 2:
Adaptation from blue to silver.
Secure existing components on the
aluminium profile plate with the
universal adapter.
The adapter enables Festo compo-

nents and those of other manufac-
turers to be mounted on the alu-
minium profile plate. You can mount
the components onto the adapter
yourself. It is quick, easy and reli-
able with slotted screws (included
in the scope of delivery). The adapt-
ers are thus universally usable for
a large number of components with
a through hole – regardless of the
manufacturer.
Universal adapter
1 Universal adapter small 75 x 50 x 30 mm 195224
2 Universal adapter large 75 x 100 x 30 mm 195225 6 5 4
Adapters for hydraulic components
3 Adapter for hydraulic components 167186 3
Special mounting adapters (not suitable for hydraulic components)
Mounting adapter for single-acting cylinders 159339
4 Mounting adapter for double-acting cylinders 159340
5 Adapter for pneum/el.pneum. roller lever valves 159342
Mounting adapter for solenoid valves 159347 2
Mounting adapter for back pressure valves 159350
Mounting adapter for pneumatic linear drive units 159360
1
6 Mounting adapter for M18 sensors 159378
7 Plug-in adapter kit for ER units (1 kit required per unit) 541122
Aluminium profile plate/mounting kit 7
Aluminium profille plate 350 x 1100 mm 162360
Mounting kit for attaching the profile plate to the plug-in board 532200
Tubing adapter (minimum quantity: 10 units)
For tubing with standard outer diameter, from 6 to 4 mm 153327
For tubing with standard inner diameter, von 3 to 4 mm 4499
Robotino® – Learning and researching with mobile robots
160
Robotino® – Learning and researching with mobile robots.......................... 162
161
Robotino®: Experiencing, understanding and using technology
How do I make a robot move along Experiencing technology

a line? The Robotino® not only contains
technology, it also enables the tech-
nology to be experienced through
a large number of captivating tasks
drawn from the everyday world.
Understanding technology
Modularity means that all techni-
cal components, such as the electric
drive units, sensors and camera, of
Robotino® can not only be directly
understood but can also be learned
about through their integrated sys-
tem response.
Using technology
Trainees integrate and apply lots
of technical features and functions,
such as electric drive engineering,
kinetics, sensors, control technolo-
Which robot team scores most gy, vision systems and programming
goals? techniques.
Ready-to-use immediately
Unpack Robotino®, switch it on and
start the lesson, experiment or re-
search project.
The special appeal

The Robotino® is autonomous! Nu-
merous sensors, a camera and a
high-performance controller provide
the system with the necessary „intel-
ligence“. So when it is correctly pro-
grammed, it can handle the tasks as-
signed to it autonomously.
The current trend

Alongside industrial robotics, the
market for mobile robots and service
robots is becoming increasingly im-
Which robot can complete an portant. By using the Robotino®, you
obstacle course in the fastest will be keeping your training in line
possible time? with a major technical and commer-
cial advance.
The awards
– Worddidac Award 2006
– reddot design award winner 2006
Interactive learning with Robotino® View
Always online Intuitive programming Robotino® View basic principles The library categories
Robotino® View is the interactive, Robotino® View is a visual program- – Logic contains all the major logical
graphical programming and learn- ming language. Sequences and links The application window linking operations
ing environment for Robotino®. It are formed by wiring functional mod- The workspace is divided into two – Mathematics contains the basic
communicates directly with the ro- ules. The program corresponds to areas: mathematical operations
bot system via wireless LAN, with no your idea of robot behaviour and – Display of the created functional – Vector calculation with conversion
need for code compiling or down- is created „intuitively“. This means block or flow diagrams. The cur- in Cartesian or polar coordinates
loading to the controller. You can that parallel processes (multi-task- rent input and output values of the – Generators contains the basic
send signals directly to the motor ing) can also be defined and are easy functional blocks can be displayed functions for signal generation
controller, display, scale and evalu- to program. as an option. – Filters for smoothing values
ate sensor values, or have a live – Display of the parameterisation/in- – Robotino® hardware contains all
camera image displayed and further First steps with ternal data of the status units, such the components of the robot sys-
processed. Robotino® thus becomes Robotino® SIM Demo as, for example, the live camera tem, such as the motor controller,
an online experimentation field, e.g. The integrated 3D simulation simu- image, or the PID parameters for camera, distance sensors, protec-
for control technology. lates the moving behaviour, the dis- the motor regulation, which can be tion strip, power supply, odometry,
tance sensors and the camera in a changed online. grippers, power output, rotary en-
predefined working environment. – Printout of the graphical program coder input.
This enables you to test your first Ro- as a PDF document – Input devices for controlling using
botino® View programs in the simu- a joystick or via a virtual operat-
lation before using them on the real ing panel
Robotino®. – Sequence control contains basic
functions for creating a sequenc-
ing program
– Communication: write global vari-
ables/data to or read from a file,
OPC client for communication with
external control systems
The complete Robotino® package
Robust construction Fast mover Everything in view Uninterrupted use

The three Robotino® drive modules With its omnidirectional drive, the The frame contains nine infrared dis- Power is supplied via two 12 V lead-
are integrated into a stable, laser- Robotino® moves swiftly in all di- tance sensors. An analogue inductive gel rechargeable batteries, permit-
welded stainless steel frame. The rections – forwards, backwards, sensor and two optical sensors are ting a running time of up to two
frame is protected against collisions sideways and rotates on the spot. also available, enabling the Roboti- hours. The scope of delivery includes
by a rubber protection strip with in- Three sturdy industrial DC motors no® to recognise and follow prede- a further set of batteries for even
tegrated switching sensor. Numer- with optical shaft encoders, hav- fined paths that are marked in colour more uninterrupted learning pleas-
ous additional components, such ing a resolution of 2048 increments or with an aluminium strip. ure! The system is automatically
as sensors or handling units, can per revolution, and gear units with shut down when the charge status
be mounted on a platform with pre- a transmission ratio of 1:16 permit The Robotino® is supplied with a is too low.
pared threaded holes. speeds of up to 10 km/h. colour web camera with jpeg com-
pression. The compressed web cam- A charging device and a jack are in-
These are the best prerequisites for era image can be transmitted to an cluded in the scope of delivery,
their successful use in sporting com- external PC via the WLAN for im- which means that Robotino® can also
petitions. age evaluation by Robotino® View be used for electrical drive/control
or used as a live camera image. The technology experiments while it‘s
Robotino® may not be able to find a charging.
needle in a haystack, but it can see
what‘s going on around it with a high A charging station is available on re-
degree of accuracy. quest, at which the Robotino® can
supply itself with the necessary volt-
age autonomously.
Complete Robotino package 544247 The ready-to-use package Order now

Included in the scope of delivery: Robotino® Workbook
The complete learning system consists of: – Robotino®
Mobile robot – Systainer Robotino®
with a round stainless steel frame and three omnidirectional drive units. – Software
– Diameter: 370 mm – Rechargeable battery pack Instructor‘s handbook
– Height incl. housing: 210 mm – Charging device

– Total weight: Approx. 11 kg
Frame with: Extensions and accessories available
– Rubber protection strip with built-in collision-protection sensor on request.
– 9 analogue infrared distance sensors
– Analogue inductive sensor
– 2 digital optical sensors
– Colour web camera with USB interface and jpeg compression
Festo Didactic
Control:
544307 EN
Embedded PC 104 plus with real-time Linux operating system and numerous communica-
tion interfaces: Instructor‘s handbook DE 544306
– Ethernet, 2 x USB, 2 x RS232, parallel port and VGA connection Student‘s handbook DE 555706
– Wireless LAN access point in accordance with 802.11.g and 802.11.b. Can be switched to Instructor‘s handbook EN 544307
client mode. Optional WPA2 encoding Student‘s handbook EN 555707
– Two 20-pin I/O plugs for integrating additional electric components Instructor‘s handbook ES 548606
– Voltage supply via two 12 V lead-gel rechargeable batteries. A charging device and an Student‘s handbook ES 555708
additional set of rechargeable batteries are included in the scope of delivery. Instructor‘s handbook FR 548607
Software Robotino® View, System requirements: Student‘s handbook FR 555709
– PC with Windows 2000/XP/VISTA
– At least Pentium IV
– 512 MB RAM
– Recommended: Wireless LAN adapter
Embedded PC for top performance Motor controller Open programming environment Direct access
– PC 104 plus with AMD LX800 The three motors are controlled via a The Robotino® server, a real-time The membrane keypad integrated in
processor (800 MHz) built-in PCB with 4 Atmel microproc- Linux application, forms the heart of the controller housing enables the
– SDRAM 128 MB essors and digital and analogue in- the controller. It controls the drive Robotino® to be controlled without
– Compact Flash card 1 GB puts/outputs, which is connected to units of Robotino® and can commu- a WLAN.
– Linux operating system with the PC 104 via the serial interface. nicate with Robotino® View or other – Start the boot procedure for the
X Server – Power outputs for 3 motors, incl. external PC applications via WLAN: controller
– Linux C++ API for controlling PID controller – API with library for controlling via – Select the language (DE, EN, ES,
Robotino® – Additional power output for con- .Net , C++, C , C# and JAVA FR)
– Linux-compatible version of trolling another motor – Numerous example programs show – Status information
Robotino View with GUI in PC 104 how API is used. – Rechargeable battery status dis-
– The monitor and keyboard can also Expandability – MatLab and LabView interface for play
be connected to the embedded The controller PCB has the follow- programming Robotino® – Network connection configuration
PC 104 plus for programming and ing additional connections for future – Web server application allows Ro- – Select autonomous demo pro-
diagnostics. expansion: botino® to be controlled via the In- grams
– Download of Robotino®View pro- – 8 analogue inputs 0 – 10 V, 50 Hz ternet (e.g. by using an iPhone) – Starting of user-specific autono-
grams – 8 digital inputs/outputs (24 V, mous programs
– Open communication interface short circuit proof and overload
which also supports the standard protection)
protocol SOAP (Simple Open Ac- – 2 relays for additional actuators
cess Protocol)
These free interfaces ensure future
expandability at any time.
NorthStar® Logistics Kit

Navigation system New!
New!
One of the main challenges in mo- Scope of delivery The Logistics Kit consists of an elec- Scope of delivery
bile robotics is navigation, i.e. the lo- – NorthStar® Projector Kit tric gripper, flat storage area with – Electric gripper
calisation of and search for the right The NorthStar® Projector is an in- 2 rows, an inductive sensor and a set Gripper stroke: 4 mm
path to the target point. The simplest frared light source which generates of workpieces. Maximum workpiece diameter:
method for localisation is odome- a special light pattern on a reflec- 40 mm
try, but this is relatively imprecise. tive surface, such as a ceiling. This The electric gripper is completely in- Maximum workpiece weight: 300 g
Therefore, additional external sen- light pattern can be detected and tegrated in the Robotino® platform, Gripping force: 140 N
sors are required. evaluated by the NorthStar® Sen- so that while it is moving, monitor- Closing/opening time: 2 s
sor. Through careful calibration, a ing is not necessary for potential col- Operating voltage: 24 V DC
The NorthStar® Navigation System is positioning accuracy <5 cm can be lisions with the gripper. The grip- Maximum current: 140 mA
an infrared localisation system which achieved in a maximum working per detects workpieces between the – Analogue inductive sensor for
uses infrared points of light as ori- space of 4 m x 4 m. The two North- gripper jaws by means of an integrat- mounting in the middle of the
entation points. An infrared sensor star® Projectors can be positioned ed through-beam sensor. To pick up robot frame
determines its position and orienta- independently of one another. a workpiece from a bearing surface, – Flat storage area with 2 rows and
tion from the position of two points 2 NorthStar® projectors with as- a slide is integrated, which signalises 3 storage places per row for cylin-
of light. Evaluation data and check of sembly device, 1 infrared indicator, the optimal position for the gripping der-shaped workpieces with a maxi
the detected infrared points of light 1 power supply unit with cable for process to the Robotino®. The grip- mum diameter of 40 mm
are included as a functional module supplying projectors with power, per end positions are checked via – Workpiece set
in Robotino® View. 1 CD-ROM with technical documen- the motor current evaluation. – Aluminium adhesive tape for
tation and software marking the access routes to the
The NorthStar® Navigation System – NorthStar® Sensor The gripper function is available as a storage area, which the Robotino
consists of a NorthStar® Projector Kit The NorthStar® Sensor is mount- functional module in Robotino® View can align itself on for gripping the
and a NorthStar® Sensor. With these, ed on Robotino® with an assem- (starting from Version 1.7). workpieces
a Robotino® can be localised within a bly device included in the scope of
working space of max. 4 m x 4 m. Ad- delivery. Order no. 564179
ditional Robotinos® can be included Systainer with 1 NorthStar® Sen-
in the navigation system with addi- sor with assembly device , 1 USB The most important components at a
tional NorthStar® Sensors. cable, 1 memory card with operat- glance:
ing system, 1 NorthStar® Sensor Electric gripper
manual Order no. 564176
Analogue inductive sensor
Flat storage area
Accessories for more Robotinos®: Order no. 564178
NorthStar Sensor 549777 Workpiece set “Cylinder bodies”
Order no. 167021
Aluminium adhesive tape
Order no. 564213
Robotino® project ideas
With its modular structure, attach- Control with a PLC

able devices and the open software For simple integration of Robotino®
interfaces Robotino® is the ideal plat- in classical automation control tech-
form for project work. With Roboti- nology: wire your PLC with Easyport
no®, we provide the platform – you or select a direct connection from
develop the exciting enhancements. the PLC to the new OPC client of Ro-
This is how fascinating projects botino® View to control Robotino®
evolve, a small selection of which are via a PLC.
listed below. For more information
see www.robotino.de
The advantages:
– Reliable design – stable frame: no OPC
investment in mechanical mainte-
nance needed
– LINUX operating system – for soft-
ware reliability
– Powerful drive unit and high-qual-
ity omnidrive – concentrating on an
intelligent solution for a task
Technical defects, non-reproducible Driverless transport system with

effects and unwanted project delays gripper system
are therefore a thing of the past. In connection with the modular pro-
duction system MPS®, Robotino®
Would you also like to implement takes over the task of a flexible driv-
projects with Robotino®? Send an erless transport system with an in-
e-mail to did@de.festo.com. dustrial gripper system and addition-
al positioning control.
In the Science House in Europapark

Rust, Robotino® shows what it can
do in another attractive logistics ap-
plication every day.
Official competition equipment

at the WorldSkills international
competition
The range of tasks includes the
exchange of components, the mount-
ing of new sensors or handling com-
ponents, troubleshooting in hard-
ware and software and the creation
of attractive applications with the
graphical programming environment,
Robotino® View.
Mechatronics and factory automation
168
MPS® – The Modular Production System..................................................... 170
System description........................................................................................171
MPS® Transfer system/Project kits................................................................172
MPS® Stations................................................................................................186
MPS® 200 Complete systems.........................................................................224
MPS® 500-FMS Flexible production................................................................238
Accessories and optional components/topics................................................244
MicroFMS – CNC and robot technology similar to industry.......................... 255
MultiFMS – Learning platform with MPS®, transport system, CNC.............. 261
iCIM – Professional CIM training/EMCO CNC technology............................ 267
iFactory – Innovative training factory for industrial engineering................. 276
169
MPS® –
The Modular Production System
As practical training on actual

production and industrial systems
is seldom possible, MPS® prepare
trainees for the demands of their
profession in the best possible way.
With MPS®, you determine the

degree of complexity:
– Small projects with MPS® project
kits and the MPS® transfer system
– Complex problem definitions with
MPS® stations
– Multi-layered projects with inter-
connected stations, integrated
systems and training factories
170
Mechatronics and factory automation MPS® System description
From a kit to a training factory

Application and process-oriented learning systems
Practice and industry-focused

Planning, assembly, programming,
commissioning, operation, main-
tenance and troubleshooting of
production systems can be taught
via MPS® at various levels of
complexity:
– With innovative technology
– With systematic use of industrial
components
– In close cooperation with market
leaders in automation
Optimising processes
MPS® expertise can be translated
immediately into industrial practice.
That’s why MPS® is also used
as a training system for process
optimisation and production cost
reduction:
– SMED
(Single-Minute Exchange of Die)
– FMEA
(Failure Mode and Effect Analysis)
– KANBAN
– TPM
(Total Productive Maintenance)
Teach soft skills using MPS®

MPS® not only imparts technical
expertise, but also enhances
personal development:
– Teamwork
– Cooperation
– Learning skills
– Independence
– Organisational ability
MPS® motivates budding mecha-

tronics specialists to use individual
and structured approaches to quickly
find solutions.
Mechatronics and factory automation MPS® MPS® Transfer system/Project kits
MPS® Transfer system

Get moving with mechatronics and electronics training
New!
Keeping training moving

The MPS® transfer system has been
developed for everyone who wants
to make headway with training,
be it for the electrical or metal trades
or for training technicians and engi-
neers in mechatronics.
The key features of the MPS® trans-

fer system are its innovative technol-
ogy and the consistent use of indus-
trial components.
Transfer line Drive concept

The transfer line is made of solid pro- DC motor, AC motor, servo motor or
files and can be used to transport a motor with integrated CAN control-
workpieces or workpiece holders. ler - the belt can be combined with
Top quality, flexible, well thought- all motor types with just a few simple
out and modular, it is the basis for actions. Professional clutches and
numerous successful projects. toothed belt gearing simulate practi-
cal industrial applications while pro-
viding optimum training flexibility.
Multimedia support Just as in industry

Digital training programs for specific Belts play a crucial role in auto-
topics relating to the MPS® transfer mated production. Products are
system facilitate effective training, transported using belts of dif-
including the very latest trends in au- ferent widths or even double
tomation technology. The Machine belts. On the MPS® transfer sys-
Vision training program provides the tem, material is transported on a
perfect introduction to modern in- standard industrial belt.
dustrial image processing.
Modules Control Workstation Experience

The individual modules are complete The transfer system is compatible A range of laboratory equipment Several kilometres of our transfer so-
automated units that can easily be with microcontrollers such as the and a trolley specially tailored to the lutions are already providing a reli-
integrated into a single transfer line. LOGO! or more complex control sys- MPS® transfer system creates the op- able material flow in the AFB, iCIM,
The MPS® transfer system focuses tems with a wide variety of configu- timum working environment for you. MPS® 500 and iFactory training fac-
on topics such as sensors, electri- rations. We can produce the ideal tories for our customers and part-
cal positioning, handling, assembly, control system for you, tailored to ners worldwide. This guarantees a
camera inspection, barcode scan- your needs. well thought-out concept with a high
ning, RFID and many more, making quality design to strict industrial
it an ideal platform for forward-look- standards.
ing projects.
Control and networking with all industrial standards
Networking like the professionals

The MPS® transfer system features
standardised interfaces, A4 mount-
ing frames, the integrated 19“
mounting frames on the belt and a
variety of different control compo-
nents.
All modules are available with both

I/O wiring and a range of bus con-
nections. We supply different soft-
ware components for all modules.
These can be integrated into state
of the art automation solutions. The
transfer lines and modules can also
be operated without networking.
Profinet Ready to go with:

– I/O
Ethernet
– AS-interface
– CAN bus
Rack 313C-2DP Rack 313C-2DP Rack 315-2PN/DP Rack 315-2PN/DP – Profibus DP
PLC PLC PLC PLC – Ethernet TCP-IP
– Profinet
– Profinet CBA
– ASIsafe
– PROFIsafe
Profibus DP Profibus DP
MPS® MPS® MPS® MPS®

Transfer Transfer Transfer Transfer
system system system system
M M M M
I/O-Connection AS-i Fieldbus AS-i Fieldbus AS-i Fieldbus
The choice is yours Components Configuration and programming Advantages

–
Testing and commissioning – Easy commissioning of MPS®
with the simulation box transfer line
– Testing and commissioning for
modules
Control with EasyPort – Control the MPS® transfer line

from a PC
– Implement simple relay or logistic
controllers with FluidSIM®
– Control the MPS® transfer line
with PLCSIM
Control using industrial – Control the MPS® transfer line

microcontroller with a LOGO! microcontroller
– Programming simple control tasks
Market leading PLC solutions – Programming and control using

controllers and networking com-
ponents from market leaders
Festo, Siemens, Rockwell and Mit-
subishi
We produce the ideal controller for you:

Configure your EduTrainer® PLC to meet your needs. See chapter Technology-orientated training packages Electronics/PLC.
System overview
The MPS® transfer system is flexible

Systems and can be used with a wide range
of controllers, drives and modules.
MPS® MPS® MPS® MPS® MPS® It enables various stations and sys-
Transfer system Transfer system Transfer system Transfer system Transfer system tems to be set up for training.
2 stations 3 stations 4 stations 8 stations 12 stations Additional system solutions on ex-

perimentation plates in DIN A4 por-
trait format, e.g.
– Modern drive components
Stations – Contact-based controllers
– Operation and observation using
Stacking Testing/Turning Measuring/ Sorting Camera operator or touch panel
magazine station Drilling station inspection – Safety modules
station station Inductive, optical, station and many other innovative solutions
capacitive are available on request.
Thanks to our know-how built up

over countless projects, we can
Mechatronic modules support you in choosing or defin-
ing your own modules, stations and
For workpieces For pallets systems, tailored to your needs.
Stacking Drill hole Turning Drilling Separating Separating Separating Assembly/

magazine monitoring module module module module module handling
module module BCD RFID BCD/RFID pneumatic
module
Measuring Sorting Stacking Stacking Robot Camera Cartesian ...

module gate magazine magazine assembly/ inspection 3-axis
digital module module module disassem. module handling
electrical, module module
inductive
Measuring Camera RFID ...
module inspection module
analogue module
Transfer lines
MT DC MT AC MT CAN MT ST
Transfer line Transfer line Transfer line Transfer line
with DC motor with AC motor with servo motor and with stepper motor
CAN interface
Control
AS-interface OP177B TP177B
Control console Operator panel Touch panel
Simulation Contactor EasyPort LOGO! S7 AB

Box circuit with PLCSIM/ Minicontroller Simatic S7 PLC Allen-Bradley
FluidSIM® PLC
MPS® transfer lines can be flexibly In sequence

combined and used in a variety of Simply connecting transfer lines in
different ways: sequence provides combinations of
different sizes.
With MPS®
The MPS® transfer lines can also
be combined with the MPS®
modular production stations from
Festo Didactic without the need for
additional components. This results
in an unmatched variety of systems.
Directly on the belt – or with

workpiece holders
With the MPS® transfer system, both
options are possible: workpieces can
either be transported directly on the
belt or on pallets, with or without an
ID system.
90° connection
Transfer lines can be combined
„around corners“ without additional
modules. This enables complete
loops to be achieved with just four
lines.
Transfer line
Combine and expand
New!
[X]
Design and function Modular expansion

The transfer line is the basic compo- The transfer line can easily be ex-
nent of the MPS® transfer system. panded with different motors,
It is made up of a belt, drive, con- controllers, inverters, control units
trols and sensors and comes fully and connection technologies such
assembled. The transfer line can as AS-interface or I/O technology.
be used to transport workpieces Each line can be supplemented with
or workpiece holders. The transfer a wide range of modules. However,
line can be fitted with up to two even in „stand alone“ mode, the
mechatronic modules. transfer line can cover various
important topics in automation
technology:
– Familiarisation with different drive
types
– Use of sensors
– Experimenting with relay and
reversing contactors and logic
circuits
– Parameterisation and commissio-
ning of various drive controllers
178 [X] Illustration includes accessories

MPS transfer line MT DC C93100 Scope of delivery Recommended learning media

MPS transfer line MT DC AS interface C93101
MPS transfer line MT AC C93102 MPS® transfer line MT DC:
– DC motor
Accessories, also order: – Control panel
„Cylinder bodies“ workpiece set C94407 – Four-quadrant drive controller
EduTrainer Universal A4 rack with analogue value processing 567098 – Optical sensors at beginning
HMI board TP177B E74080 and end of belt
Frequency converter MM420 E74010
MPS® transfer line MT DC
AS-interface:
– DC motor – WBT Sensor technology 2 –
– AS-interface control panel Sensors for object detection
– AS-interface drive controller – WBT Logo! Training
– Optical sensors at beginning – WBT Actuators – DC motor
and end of belt – WBT Safety engineering
– WBT Machine Vision
MPS® transfer line MT AC: – Mechatronics Assistant
– AC motor
– Control panel
– Optical sensors at beginning
and end of belt
Other configurations and

components on request.
Individual equipment Intelligent connection technology Clockwise or anticlockwise rotation Variable sensors
We equip the 19“ frame with various The design of the system connec- The four-quadrant drive controller The sensors at the beginning and
operation and control components tions enables all additional modules allows both. The controller is end of the belt take the form of
based on your preferences. Expan- to be easily connected to the transfer actuated directly using I/Os or the fibre optic through-beam sensors.
sions and additions are possible at line. We also provide additional free AS-interface. The buttons on the The mounts for the fibre optics can
any time. terminals for your own projects. controller enable the connected easily be fixed to the belt profile
drive to be controlled manually and adjusted depending on the
during commissioning, maintenance application. A variety of different
or diagnostics. sensors can also be added.
The transfer line

Modules
New!
Stacking magazine module The module is completely assembled

The module separates workpieces with a pneumatic cylinder with end-
from a magazine. position sensors, a retro-reflective
sensor for magazine level monitor-
ing, valve terminal and electrical con-
nection block.
Complete with connecting cable.
Transfer line and workpieces are not

included.
Stacking magazine module, I/O C93200

Stacking magazine module, AS-Interface C93201
Stacking magazine module, Profibus DP C93202
Drill hole monitoring module The module is completely assembled

The module monitors whether there with a connection block.
is a drill hole in workpieces. To do
this, a test pin is inserted into the Complete with connecting cable.
workpiece (with a solenoid). An in-
ductive proximity sensor monitors if Transfer line and workpieces are not
the test pin has reached its end po- included.
sition.
Drill hole monitoring module, I/O C93203

Drill hole monitoring module, AS-Interface C93204
Drill hole monitoring module, Profibus DP C93205
Turning module The module is completely assembled

The module turns workpieces. The with a valve terminal and two electri-
workpieces on the conveyor belt are cal connection blocks.
detected by an optical diffuse sen-
sor. A linear slide, swivel cylinder Complete with connecting cable.
and linear gripper are used in the
module. Transfer line and workpieces are not
included.
Turning module, I/O C93206

Turning module, AS-Interface C93207
Turning module, Profibus DP C93208

The transfer line

Modules
New!
Drilling module The module is completely assembled

The module drills workpieces (sym- with a valve terminal and an electri-
bolically). The workpieces on the cal connection block.
conveyor belt are detected by an op-
tical diffuse sensor. The drilling ma- Complete with connecting cable.
chine is moved by a pneumatic lin-
ear slide. Transfer line and workpieces are not
included.
Drilling module, I/O C93209

Drilling module, AS-Interface C93210
Drilling module, Profibus DP C93211
Measuring module, analogue The module is completely assembled

The module checks the height of with an electrical connection block.
workpieces. The workpieces on the
conveyor belt are detected by an op- Complete with connecting cable.
tical diffuse sensor. A second optical
sensor is fitted above the workpiece. Transfer line and workpieces are not
The measuring range of the sensor included.
is 0 – 30 mm with 0 – 10 V analogue
output and 2 PNP switching out-
puts. The switching outputs can be
freely configured using the teach-in
function.
Measuring module, analogue, I/O C93212

Measuring module, analogue, AS-Interface C93213
Measuring module, analogue, Profibus DP C93214
Sorting gate module, electrical The module is completely assembled

The module sorts workpieces onto with an electrical connection block.
a slide. The workpieces on the con-
veyor belt are detected by an optical Complete with connecting cable.
diffuse sensor. A second sensor (op-
tical) above the workpiece detects Transfer line and workpieces are not
whether the workpiece needs to be included.
sorted onto the slide. Sorting is car-
ried out using a sorting gate, which
is operated by an electrical solenoid.
Sorting gate module, electrical, I/O C93215

Sorting gate module, electrical, AS-Interface C93216
Sorting gate module, electrical, Profibus DP C93217
The transfer line

Modules
New!
Sorting gate module, pneumatic The module is completely assembled

The module sorts workpieces onto a with a valve terminal and an electri-
slide. The workpieces on the convey- cal connection block.
or belt are detected by an optical dif-
fuse sensor. A second sensor (induc- Complete with connecting cable.
tive) above the workpiece detects if
the workpiece needs to be sorted on- Transfer line and workpieces are not
to the slide. Sorting is carried out us- included.
ing a sorting gate, which is actuated
by a pneumatic rotary cylinder.
Sorting gate module, pneumatic, I/O C93218

Sorting gate module, pneumatic, AS-Interface C93219
Sorting gate module, pneumatic, Profibus DP C93220
Ejection module, pneumatic The module is completely assembled

The module sorts workpieces onto a with a valve terminal and an electri-
slide. The workpieces on the convey- cal connection block.
or belt are detected by an optical dif-
fuse sensor. A second sensor (capac- Complete with connecting cable.
itive) above the workpiece detects
if the workpiece needs to be sorted Transfer line and workpieces are not
onto the slide. Sorting is carried out included.
using a slide gate, which is actuated
by a pneumatic linear cylinder.
Ejection module, pneumatic, I/O C93221

Ejection module, pneumatic, AS-Interface C93222
Ejection module, pneumatic, Profibus DP C93223
RFID module The module is completely assembled

The module sorts workpieces onto with a valve terminal and an electri-
a slide. The workpieces on the con- cal connection block.
veyor belt are detected by an optical
diffuse sensor. A read-write head is Complete with connecting cable and
used to read and check the data from Profibus DP interface for the RFID
the RFID chip on the workpiece. New element.
data, based on various criteria, can
be ascribed to the workpieces, which Transfer line and workpieces are not
are then sorted onto the slide or included.
transported further on the belt. Sort-
ing is carried out using slide gate,
which is actuated by a pneumatic lin-
ear cylinder.
RFID module, Profibus DP C93224
The transfer line

Modules and laboratory furniture
New!
Inspection camera module The module is completely assembled

The module sorts workpieces onto with a valve terminal and an electri-
a slide. An intelligent colour camera cal connection block.
with integrated lighting detects the
workpieces on the conveyor belt and Complete with connecting cable,
sorts them onto the slide depending intelligent colour camera system and
on various criteria. Sorting is carried image processing software.
out using a slide gate, which is actu-
ated by a pneumatic linear cylinder. Transfer line and workpieces are not
included.
Inspection camera module C93225
Learnline laboratory trolley for Give us a call;

transfer line we‘ll be happy to advise you!
The Learnline series of laboratory
furniture provides the perfect holder
and frame for the MPS® transfer
systems.
Order no. E78099
Automation project work

New!
The complete project work for train- The basic module covers the first
ing in electronic engineering for au- volume for learning sections 1 to 6.
tomation or production technology The optional add-ons such as the AC
as well as in mechatronic engineer- geared motor or frequency inverter
ing. are required for learning sections
7 to 13.
Based on the tried and proven modu-
lar system from Festo Didactic, Festo Additional components for extending
and ‚Bildungsverlag 1‘ (Educational learning modules 1 to 13 are avail-
Publishers) have jointly devised a able on request.
project covering all 13 learning are-
as. Trainees are guided step by step
through different projects. The di-
dactic deployment of a wide variety
of methods and tools is explained.
The instructor‘s handbook provides
teaching hints as well as solutions to
the sample exercises.
The modular concept means the

projects can be carried out with the
EduTrainers® commonly used in
schools or with the optionally avail-
able control cabinet, in a way closely
linked to actual industrial practice.
Recommended training media With profile plate 700 x 700 mm 550522

With profile plate 550 x 700 mm 550583
Control cabinet without PLC and frequency converter 548685
Control cabinet with S7-315F-2 PN/DP + SINAMICS G120 frequency converter 548686

1x I/O terminal (SysLink) 34035
1x Diffuse sensor 2 196959
1x Retro-reflective sensor 196969
2x Through beam sensor 1 196960
1x Inductive sensor 196968
1x Relay 268327
1x Conveyor module 700 mm 532939
1x Guide rail mounting set 532950
1x Set of guide rails 700 mm 532947
– Training documents – Automa- 1x Guide rail end caps 532949
tion, operations engineering, me- 2x Sorting gate/separator module, electrical 532952
chatronics 1x Slide module 1 653393
– FluidSIM® 1x DC motor 532941
– Mechatronics Assistant 1x Workpiece set “Cylinder bodies” 167021
– EPLAN Education 1x CP standalone valves 5/2 double-pilot valve used in Robot station 526223
1x On-off valve with filter regulating valve 152894
1x Separator module, pneumatic 526228
AC motor 400 V 550524
Control console 550523
Conveyor, unassembled
Topics for project work Control technology:

– Set-up of a feed device for an – Programming a minicontroller
annealing oven – Structure of a program
– Set-up of a conveyor between – Logic components
MPS® stations – Logic controllers
– Timers
Training aims for project work Commissioning:
Project planning and organisation: – Commissioning of the entire
– Creating a project plan sequence
– Project documentation Troubleshooting:
– Production organisation – Systematic troubleshooting of
Mechanical: a production system
– Mechanical set-up of a
production system Recommended training media
– Assembly and connection – CIROS® Mechatronics
technology
Electrical and electronic:
– Correct wiring of electrical
components
– Selection and application of
various electrical drives
Complete Conveyor, unassembled 534362

1x I/O terminal (SysLink) 34035
1x Starting current limiter 150768
1x I/O data cable with one SysLink connector as per IEEE 488 167122
2x Diffuse sensor 196959
2x Through beam sensor 196960
1x Connecting cable 4mm 381525
1x Conveyor module 700 mm 532939
1x DC motor 532941
1x Set of guide rails 700 mm 532947
1x Guide rail mounting set 532950
1x Clamping/ejecting module Conveyor 532953
1x Guide rail end caps 532949
1x Connection cable DC motor 532943
Also order:
Mechatronics Assistant Version 2 ➔ Page 191 529134
Training documentation: MPS Conveyor project kit DE 539311
Recommended accessories for mounting system

Aluminium profile plate 532946
Electrical mounting system 196958
Profile foot 700 mm 532944
Connection board 532951
Recommended accessories for control

LOGO! Minicontroller 533468
LOGO! programming cable 526504
LOGO! Soft Comfort DE/EN/FR/ES/IT/PT 526505
LOGO! manual DE 526506
LOGO! manual EN 526507
Simulation box, digital 170643
Workpiece set “Cylinder bodies” 167021
EduTrainer ➔ Pages 126 – 137
Tabletop power supply unit ➔ Page 253
Mechatronics and factory automation MPS® MPS® Stations
The stations in the Modular Production System at a glance
A production line in a factory can be

made up of individual production
cells. Each cell has a specific func-
tion in the process (distribution, test-
ing, processing, handling, assembly,
storage). You can select an applica-
tion or process that meets your re-
quirements from a range of individu-
al stations.
By effectively combining individual

stations, you can assemble your pro-
duction system.
Learn about the functions and train-

ing aims of the individual stations as
well as their possible combinations Distributing station AS-i distributing station
on the following pages.
Buffering station Robot station
Sorting station – Profibus DP Fluidic muscle press station
Testing station Processing station Handling station
Assembly station Punching station Sorting station
Pick&Place station Separating station Storing station
24-month Festo Didactic warranty 187

Ideal interfaces
A good modular system has clear in-

terfaces: mechanical, electrical and
software-related. This permits modi-
fications for future developments.
Flexibility of the learning system is
an important factor in successful
project work. High modularity en-
sures that the individual stations
and modules remain as manageable
training workstations that meet the
needs of different learning levels.
Mechanical
Flawless workpiece transfer between
the various modules and stations via
a defined standard transfer point in
the plane formed by the profile plate
grid and at a height which is dictated
by matching all transfer points to the
height of the belt transport system.
With the profile plate as the mount-

ing system, MPS® can also be con-
nected to our Learning System train-
ing package.
Electrically
We have defined the SysLink inter-
face for connection of digital inputs
and outputs. This connects compo-
nents in the Learning System on the
I/O side.
SysLink connects:
– MPS® station with PLC board to
form a complete station
– MPS® station with EduTrainer® for
control from the ER or A4 frame
– MPS® station with SimuBox, to test
the station
– PLC board via EasyPort with
CIROS® Mechatronics
– PLC board via EasyPort with
FluidSIM®, for example as part of
the „Magazine module“ project
Interface to the virtual world

We offer two process simulation pro-
grams for PLC training: FluidSIM®
and CIROS® Mechatronics. They are
described in detail in the software
chapter.
Simple handling or complex assembly processes
The range of MPS® stations and sys- Handling

tems enables you to dictate the func- Different objects made of various
tion of the MPS®! materials are ejected, separated,
gripped, transported and sorted.
The MPS® stations assume an ex- – MPS® stations: Distributing,
tremely wide range of tasks as func- Testing, Processing, Handling,
tioning individual stations in the au- Pick&Place, Buffering, Robot and
tomated model factory. Sorting
– MPS® 200: MPS® 202-Mecha-
With complete solutions – equipped tronics, MPS® 203-Fieldbus,
with everything you could possibly MPS® 203-IT
need for training – the MPS® 200 – MPS® 500-FMS: MPS® 501-FMS,
systems offer the ideal introduction MPS® 502-FMS, MPS® 505-FMS
to the world of automated produc-
tion. This is guaranteed through suc-
cessful and practice-oriented train-
ing right from the start.
Simple handling tasks or complex as-

sembly processes – the pallet trans-
port system offered by the MPS®
500-FMS systems facilitates a flexi- Simple assembly
ble production set-up that can model Assembly of measuring instruments
almost all the functions of a complex (clock, hygrometer and thermome-
production system. ter) in a housing.
– MPS® stations: Pick&Place and
Fluidic Muscle Press
– MPS® 200: MPS® 205-Mecha-
tronics
Complex assembly process

Assembly of a complete pneumatic
cylinder comprising body, piston,
spring and end cap.
– MPS® stations: Robot and Assem-
bly, optionally end cap production
using Punching station
– MPS® 200: MPS® 202-Robotics,
MPS® 210-Mechatronics
– MPS® 500-FMS: MPS® 503-FMS,
MPS® 504-FMS, MPS® 506-FMS,
MPS® 507-FMS
Either: Or:
Simply build it yourself MPS® commissioning service
Each MPS® station is supplied fully Simply commission it: To ensure that your training projects 3. Useful tips on how to get
assembled and tested on the profile – Attach the control console to the run smoothly right from the start, our the most from the MPS®:
plate. For efficient operation, we trolley with two bolts service technicians offer: – Applications
recommend: – Insert the PLC board into the trolley – Enhancements
– MPS® trolley with lockable castors. – Connect the PLC board to the con- 1. Complete commissioning – Seminars
This simplifies project work and trol console and the station using of your new system:
accommodates the newly designed our universal SysLink connector – Mechanical and electrical connec- Commissioning packages
control console and a PLC board. – ... and you‘re ready to go! tion of station, trolley, control con- – MPS® Start-Up Basic SP1:
– Control console with membrane sole and PLC board For MPS® stations, without Robot,
keyboard On request, we can also commission – Adjustment of all electrical, pneu- Assembly, Hydraulics
– PLC board systems for you – particularly in the matic and mechanical components Order no. 539111
case of larger systems. – Configuration of controllers and – MPS® Start-Up Robotics SP2:
Alternatively, the stations can also loading of programs For MPS® stations Robot,
be operated without the trolley – and Assembly, Hydraulics
can even be controlled with electrical 2. Instruction in: Order no. 540705
signal input units and the EduTrain- – Technical documentation and – MPS® Start-Up Networking SP3:
er® from the training packages. Mechatronics Assistant Profibus networking.
– Program structures Order no. 540706
– Lesson preparation using the
Mechatronics Assistant SP 1 539111
SP 2 540705
And if you wish ... SP 3 540706
Mechatronics Assistant
Version 2
New!
The multimedia tool for Your advantages

training at school and at work – Training with MPS® can begin
– Structured archive on DVD with immediately with ready-to-use
complete documentation tasks involving modules, stations
– For project work, as well as for and systems.
training and preparation for tests – Various degrees of difficulty for
– For all training-related areas in the different levels of learning: from
field of automation technology introductory tasks to complex
– For teachers and learners: projects.
structure and content have been – Create your own archive: all tasks
organised in such a way that train- can be easily modified and saved
ees can work independently with as individualised assignments.
the Mechatronics Assistant on any – Format documents to suit your
given task. individual needs and reuse them:
many of the documents included
Content with the Mechatronics Assistant
– Practice and topic related range of are available in source format
tasks with solutions (e.g. doc, ppt, dxf).
– Graphics, photos, animations, – Supplementary information and
videos sequences, presentations cross-references can be accessed
– Manuals, operating instructions, quickly by means of hyperlinks.
data sheets and circuit diagrams – The high-performance full text
– Additional teaching aids and com- search function retrieves content
plete technical documentation, as as required. Graphics, animations
well as lots of tips for working with and videos are also linked to key-
MPS® words and can be retrieved using
the search function.
– Always the latest thanks to free
updates: you can download up-
dates, new tasks, sample pro-
grammes and project ideas free of
charge. Your Mechatronics Assist-
ant develops as your knowledge
increases:
www.festo-didactic.com.
Note System requirements

– Multiple licences for local or net- – PC with Windows 2000, XP or Vista
work installations with any desired – Office package
number of licences, with online – Flash Player
activation or dongle – dxf-Viewer
– Can be installed in German, English – Sound card
or Spanish, as well as other – DVD drive
languages upon request – Screen resolution:
– Shipped on DVD in Systainer at least 1024 x 768 pixels
x-Licence with online activation DE/EN/ES/FR 563358

x-Licence with network licence connector DE/EN/ES/FR 563359
Mechatronics Assistant Update 1.0 – 2.0
6 licences with online activation DE/EN/ES/FR 562483
6 licences with network licence connector DE/EN/ES/FR 562482
Free demos: www.festo-didactic.com 191

Combining stations
A new interface concept that offers

many possibilities for direct combi-
nation of individual stations. Various
aspects determine the decision as to
which combination is required:
– Training aims
– Supplementation of existing
stations
– Budget
The complete systems MPS® 200

section gives an overview of the
most popular combinations.
Distributing ➔ Separating ➔ Processing ➔ Robot ➔ Assembly ➔ Storing

Pick&Place ➔ Fluidic Muscle Press ➔ Sorting
MPS® stations can be combined as

follows:
Stations Possible direct downstream stations
Testing Processing Handling Buffer and Pick&Place Fluidic Muscle Press

transport section*
Distributing/Distributing ASI + + +
Testing + + + +
Processing + + +
Handling + +
Buffer and transport section* + + + + +
Pick&Place + +
Fluidic Muscle Press +
Robot +
Assembly/Assembly and punching** + +
Separating*** + + + +
Storing + +
Combination using a conveyor
The conveyor enables all MPS® sta-

tions to be interconnected. The con-
veyor is simply mounted between
two stations as the linking element.
This facilitates the set-up of custom-
ised training arrangements.
Distributing ➔ Conveyor ➔ Sorting
Robot Assembly/Assembly Separating*** Storing Sorting/ * The transport section can be set up for
and punching** Sorting DP varying project work using the project
modules and used between MPS® stations
+ + for flexible transportation of material.
+ + + +
+ + + + ** The Punching station can be used to up-
+ + grade the Assembly station.
+ + + +
+ + + *** The Separating station can be
+ + + combined with two downstream stations
+ + placed at right angles.
+ + +
+ +
+ + +
Distributing station
Getting started with MPS®
Function
The Distributing station separates
workpieces. Up to eight workpieces
are stored in the magazine tube of
the stacking magazine. A double-
acting cylinder pushes the work-
pieces out one at a time. The
Changer module grips the separated
workpiece via a suction gripper. The
swivel arm of the changer, which is
driven by a rotary actuator, moves
the workpiece to the transfer point of
the downstream station.
Special technology:
Semi-rotary actuator
The Distributing station utilises
various actuators, all of which are
industrial components. The rotary
actuator of the swivel arm can be set
to various angles between 90° and
270°. The end positions are sensed
by means of micro switches. A
double-acting linear cylinder pushes
workpieces out of the stacking
magazine. The end positions are
sensed using proximity sensors.
Special grippers:
Suction gripper
The suction gripper of the Changer
module grips the workpiece. The
vacuum is generated in the vacuum
slice of the CP valve terminal by
means of the venturi principle and
is monitored by a pressure switch.
The switching point of the pressure
switch is adjustable.
[X]
194 [X] Illustration includes additional equipment and accessories

Distributing station 195780 Training aims for project work Recommended training media
The station is also available as a kit for project work (Order no. 526880) Mechanical:
– Mechanical set-up of a station
Additional equipment, also order: Pneumatics:
Trolley 120856 – Installation of tubing for
Control console SysLink 195764 pneumatic components
PLC board ➔ Pages 244 – 249 – Vacuum technology
– Pneumatic linear and rotary drives
Recommended accessories Electrical:
Simulation box, digital 170643 – Correct wiring of electrical
Workpiece set “Cylinder bodies” 167021 components
Tabletop power supply unit ➔ Page 253 Sensors:
– Correct application of limit – Mechatronics Assistant
switches – Training document Distributing
PLC: station
– Programming and application – Self-tuition program Fundamentals
of a PLC of pneumatics
– Structure of a PLC program – Design and simulation program
– Programming an operating mode FluidSIM® Pneumatics
section – Virtual process environment
– Orderly RESET sequence CIROS® Mechatronics
– Programming an EMERGENCY – Textbook Pneumatics, Basic level
STOP – Textbook Programmable logic
controllers, Basic level
Technical data
– Operating pressure 600 kPa (6 bar)
– Power supply 24 V DC
– 7 digital inputs
– 5 digital outputs
On-off valve with Stacking magazine module Changer module Vacuum switch
filter regulating valve The Stacking magazine module The Changer module is a pneumatic Mechanical vacuum switch with
Filter regulator with pressure separates workpieces from a handling device. A suction cup is adjustable switching point and
gauge, on-off valve, quick push-in magazine. A double-acting cylinder used to pick up workpieces and switching status display (LED).
connections and quick couplings, pushes the bottom workpieces out relocate them to positions from 0°
mounted on a swivel support. of the gravity-fed magazine against to 180° using a semi-rotary drive.
a mechanical stop. The cylinder Sensors assume end-position
position is detected by inductive detection.
sensors.
Order no. 152894 Order no. 162385 Order no. 162387 Order no. 196973
Distributing station with AS interface

A single cable, many signals
Function
The Distributing station separates
workpieces. Up to eight workpieces
are stored in the magazine tube of
the stacking magazine. A double-
acting cylinder ejects the workpieces
one at a time. The Changer module
grips the separated workpiece via
a suction gripper. The swivel arm of
the changer, which is driven by a
rotary actuator, moves the work-
piece to the transfer point of the
downstream station.
The station is equipped with various

AS-i components (AS-i slaves). A
PLC with AS-i master functionality is
required for operation.
Innovative valve technology:

AS-i CP valve terminal
All of the Changer module signals
are combined into one AS-i slave
using the valve terminal: Vacuum
generation and sensing, 5/3-way
valve for the semi-rotary drive and
end-position sensing of the semi-
rotary drive.
Sensor directly on the bus:

AS-i sensor
The Distributing station with AS-i
uses a wide range of AS-i slaves.
A typical example of an AS-i
component is an optical sensor with
integrated AS-i connection.
[X]

Distributing station with AS-Interface 195760 Training aims for project work Recommended training media
The station is also available as a kit for project work (Order no. 535226) Mechanics:
Control console AS-Interface (alternatively) 535814 – Vacuum technology
PLC board ➔ Pages 244 – 249 – Pneumatic linear and rotary drives
AS-interface upgrade S7-300-CP 343-2 AS-i Master 533028 Fieldbus technology:
– Learning about AS-i
Recommended accessories – Testing, integrating and
Simulation box, digital 170643 commissioning AS-i components
Workpiece set “Cylinder bodies” 167021 in an automated system – Mechatronics Assistant (contains
Tabletop power supply unit ➔ Page 253 – Planning, configuring and over 100 pages of project exercises
programming AS-i networks on Distributing stations with AS-i)
– Design and simulation program
FluidSIM® Pneumatics
– Self-tuition program Fieldbus
– TP 401
Technical data
– 3 AS-i slaves
AS-interface diffuse sensor AS-interface valve connector AS-interface valve terminal

Optical sensor (diffuse sensor) with Single valve connector with one With 2 valves (type N, E) and
integrated AS-i interface for use as output for a solenoid coil as well as 2 connection options for 4 sensors.
an AS-interface slave. inputs for end-position sensors.
Order no. 532929 Order no. 196083 Order no. 535239
Testing station
Focus on sensors
Function
The Testing station detects the
various properties of the workpieces
inserted into it. It differentiates
workpieces with the aid of an
optical and a capacitive sensor. A
retro-reflective sensor monitors
whether the operating space is
free before the workpiece is raised
via a linear cylinder. An analogue
sensor measures the height of the
workpiece. A linear cylinder guides
correct workpieces via the upper air
slide to the neighbouring station.
Faulty workpieces are rejected via
the lower air slide.
Top topic:
Sensors
The Testing station employs all basic
types of industrial sensors in typical
applications: optical and capacitive
proximity sensors and optical
retro-reflective sensors. These are
supplemented by various cylinder
limit switches (inductive, magnetic).
Option:
Analogue value processing
An analogue sensor detects the
height of the workpiece, which
is raised from below by a linear
cylinder and pressed against the
measuring device. A comparator
evaluates the sensor signal and
passes this on as a digital signal.
The analogue signal is also available
at a separate terminal – allowing
connection to the simulation box or a
PLC with an analogue module.
[X]

Testing station 195781 Training aims for project work Recommended training media
Trolley 120856 – Application of rodless cylinders
Control console SysLink 195764 Electrical:
PLC board ➔ Pages 244 – 249 – Correct wiring of electrical
components
Recommended accessories Sensors:
Simulation box, digital/analogue 526863 – Mode of operation and applica-
Workpiece set “Cylinder bodies” 167021 tions of optical and capacitive
Tabletop power supply unit ➔ Page 253 sensors with digital switching
behaviour – Mechatronics Assistant
– Mode of operation and applica- – Design and simulation program
tions of analogue sensors using FluidSIM® Pneumatics
the example of an analogue – Textbook Programmable logic
displacement encoder controllers, Basic level
PLC: – Textbook Proximity sensors
– Programming and application – Virtual process environment
of a PLC CIROS® Mechatronics
– Analogue signal processing
Commissioning: Technical data
– Commissioning of the entire – Operating pressure 600 kPa (6 bar)
sequence – Power supply 24 V DC
Troubleshooting: – 8 digital inputs
– Systematic troubleshooting in – 5 digital outputs
a production system
Recognition module Lifting module Measuring module Pneumatic slide module

The Recognition module Lifting of a workpiece by means of a The Measuring module enables The slide is universally mounted on
comprises two different sensors rodless cylinder. In this position the the height of a workpiece to be a profile. The slide characteristics
and a mounting bracket. workpiece can be checked by the measured by a linear displacement can be adjusted by means of the flow
Measuring module. The workpiece is sensor. It can be attached directly control valve on the underside of
ejected by a second cylinder. to the Lifting module. The linear the slide.
displacement sensor is connected
to a comparator, allowing simple
evaluation of the result of the
measurement.
Processing station
Purely electrical
Function
In the Processing station, workpieces
are tested and processed on a rotary
indexing table. This station only
uses electrical drives. The rotary
indexing table is driven by a DC
motor. The table is positioned by a
relay circuit, with the position of the
table being detected by an inductive
sensor. On the rotary indexing
table, the workpieces are tested and
drilled in two parallel processes. A
solenoid probe with an inductive
sensor checks that the workpieces
are inserted in the correct position.
During drilling, the workpiece is
clamped by a solenoid actuator.
Finished workpieces are passed on
via the electrical sorting gate.
Attention! Drilling operation

Drill feed is undertaken by an
electrical linear axis with a DC motor,
which is controlled via a reversing
starter. The end positions are sensed
by means of micro switches. The
drill is fully functional, but for safety
reasons the drilling processes are
only simulated.
Electrical only:
Many different drives
The station requires the program-
ming of two processes executed
in parallel: drilling and drill-hole
testing. This station also offers a
range of different drives:
– DC drill
– DC motor on rotary indexing table
– Electrical linear drive for drill feed
– Electrical sorting gate
– Solenoid actuator in the clamping
module and the testing module
[X]

Processing station 195782 Training aims for project work Recommended training media
Additional equipment, also order: – Selection of linear drives
Trolley 120856 Electrical:
Control console SysLink 195764 – Correct wiring of electrical
PLC board ➔ Pages 244 – 249 components
Sensors:
Recommended accessories – Correct application of limit
Simulation box, digital 170643 switches
Workpiece set “Cylinder bodies” 167021 PLC:
Tabletop power supply unit ➔ Page 253 – Programming of logic controllers
and parallel step sequences – Mechatronics Assistant
Troubleshooting: – Textbook Programmable logic
– Systematic troubleshooting in controllers, Basic level
a production system – Virtual process environment
Handling technology: CIROS® Mechatronics
– Checking incoming workpieces
Technical data
Testing module Drilling module Rotary indexing table module Clamping/ejecting module
The Testing module consists of a The Drilling module comprises a Rotary indexing table with 6 work- For mounting on a profile plate. An
solenoid probe with an inductive drilling machine attached to a linear piece positions. The table is driven electrical solenoid is used for the
sensor for sensing. The module axis driven by a DC motor. The end by a DC-geared motor. drive (Working stroke = 9 mm).
can be used for the testing of positions are sensed by means of
workpieces: simple drill-hole micro switches.
checking, simple height checking,
workpiece position checking.
Handling station
Multitalented
Function
The Handling station is equipped
with a flexible two-axis handling
device. Workpieces inserted into the
holder are detected by an optical
diffuse sensor. The handling device
picks up the workpieces from there
with the aid of a pneumatic gripper.
The gripper is equipped with an
optical sensor which differentiates
between “black” and “non-black”
workpieces. The workpieces can be
placed on different slides according
to this criterion. Other sorting
criteria can be defined if the station
is combined with other stations.
Workpieces can also be transferred
to a downstream station.
Good example:
Modular handling system
from Festo
The Handling station utilises
industrial handling components. A
pneumatic linear axis with flexible
end-position adjustment and
cushioning allows fast positioning,
including to intermediate positions.
A flat linear cylinder with end-
position detection serves as the
lifting cylinder for the Z axis. A
modern pneumatic linear gripper is
mounted on the lifting cylinder. The
optical sensor integrated into the
jaw of the gripper recognises the
workpieces.
Project exercise:
New requirements –
different grippers
The PicAlfa module is highly flexible:
stroke length, inclination of the axes,
arrangement of the end-position
sensors and the installation position
can all be adjusted. This enables the
station to be adapted for a broad
range of handling tasks without the
[X] use of additional elements – an ideal
project for advanced trainees.

Handling station 195783 Training aims for project work Recommended training media
PLC board ➔ Pages 244 – 249 – Pneumatic grippers
– Pneumatic linear drives
Workpiece set “For cylinder assembly” 162239 Sensors:
– Correct application of limit – Mechatronics Assistant
switches – Design and simulation program
PLC: FluidSIM® Pneumatics
– Programming and application – Textbook Programmable logic
of a PLC controllers, Basic level
– Control of a handling device
Commissioning: Technical data
– Commissioning of the entire – Operating pressure 400 kPa (4 bar)
sequence – Power supply 24 V DC
– Optimisation of cycle time – 8 digital inputs
– Safety in the event of loss of – 5 digital outputs
pneumatic or electrical power
Holder module PicAlfa module Slide module Diffuse sensor

The Holder module comes complete Universal 2-axis handling device The slide comes complete with a The fibre optic diffuse sensor can
with a holder for mounting on a pro- for “Pick & Place” tasks. Stroke retainer for mounting on a profile be mounted directly in the pickup
file plate. length, inclination of the axes and plate. module, at the end of a slide or on
arrangement of the end-position a gripper.
sensors and mounting position can
be adjusted.
Buffer station
Adaptable
Function
The Buffer station can buffer and
separate up to five workpieces.
Diffuse sensors at the beginning of
the conveyor detect the inserted
workpieces. Light barriers upstream
and downstream of the separator
control the process: If the transfer
point is free, the separator passes
on a workpiece. The separator is
actuated by a short-stroke cylinder
with a deflecting mechanism. The
end positions of the short-stroke
cylinder are detected by means of
end-position sensors.
Adaptable:
This station fits anywhere
The transport concept is simple:
when a station has finished its
process, it waits for a signal from
the downstream station. The
workpiece is transferred as soon as
the downstream station is ready to
receive it. Workpieces are buffered
to optimise flow between stations
with different process times. In
MPS®, this task is undertaken by the
Buffer station. The Buffer station can
be located at almost any point in a
combination.
Demanding project:
Upgrade to Sorting station
The Buffer station is a complete
station – built using the components
of the modular conveyor system.
There are a number of upgrades
for the station, making it ideal for
interesting project work. Additional
modules enable workpiece features
to be tested and workpieces to be
assembled and sorted. Upgrading
with the modular conveyor system
makes it into a complete Sorting
station.
[X]

Buffer station 195784 Training aims for project work Recommended training media
Additional equipment, also order: – Selection and application of
Trolley 120856 various electrical drives
Control console SysLink 195764 Pneumatics:
PLC board ➔ Pages 244 – 249 – Installation of tubing for
Workpiece set “For cylinder assembly” 162239 PLC:
– Programming a PLC – Mechatronics Assistant
– Structure of a PLC program – Design and simulation program
– Programming an operating mode FluidSIM® Pneumatics
section – Textbook Programmable logic
– Programming and using a buffer controllers, Basic level
station – Textbook Proximity sensors
– Optimising cycle time using buffers – Virtual process environment
– Decoupling processes CIROS® Mechatronics
Commissioning:
– Commissioning of the entire Technical data
sequence – Operating pressure 600 kPa (6 bar)
Troubleshooting: – Power supply 24 V DC
– Systematic troubleshooting in a – 6 digital inputs
production system – 3 digital outputs
Conveyor module 350 with DC motor Separator module, pneumatic Diffuse sensor Through beam sensor
Conveyor for mounting on a pro- For mounting on a conveyor. The diffuse optical sensor comes The through beam optical sensor
file plate or profile foot, complete Complete with one double-acting complete with bracket for mounting comes complete with bracket for
with DC motor. For the transport of short-stroke cylinder, two sensors for on a profile or profile plate. The mounting on a profile or profile
workpieces of 40 mm diameter (e.g. end-position sensing and mounting fibre-optic diffuse sensor includes a plate. The fibre-optic through
“Body” or “Cylinder for assembly” accessories. holder for mounting on the conveyor beam sensor has two brackets for
workpiece sets) or for the transport guide rail profile or a slide. mounting on the guide rail profile of
of workpiece carriers. the conveyor or a slide.
Robot station
Industrial quality
Function
The Robot station can transport
workpieces that are fed via a slide
and place them in an assembly
retainer. The sensor in the gripper
enables the robot to differentiate
workpieces by colour (black/
non-black). The sensor in the
assembly retainer monitors the
orientation of the workpiece. From
the assembly retainer the robot
sorts the workpieces into various
magazines or passes them on to the
downstream station. Combination
with the assembly station facilitates
the assembly of workpieces.
Small, but great:

The new Mitsubishi controller
The new drive unit for the RV-2AJ is
small, powerful and lightweight –
and fits into the MPS® trolley. With
drive unit and Teachbox, the robot
station is completely equipped right
from the outset.
Typical robot:
Gripping stuff
The gripper can grip and assemble
different types of workpieces
(cylinder bodies, pistons, springs
and caps).
[X]

Robot station 195788 Training aims for project work Recommended training media
Additional equipment, also order: Sensor technology:
Trolley 120856 – Mode of operation and applica-
tions of optical sensors
Recommended accessories Robotics:
Workpiece set “For cylinder assembly” 162239 – Applications of industrial robots
Tabletop power supply unit ➔ Page 253 – Robot terminology
Programming instructions for Mitsubishi robot RV-2AJ DE 535054 – Teaching of robots in various
Technical manual for Mitsubishi robot RV-2AJ DE 535055 coordinate systems
CIROS Robotics ➔ Page 38 – Operation of robots in an object
coordinate system – CIROS® Robotics
Programming software – Robot programming using I/O
CIROS Automation Suite 562162 communication Technical data
Note: – Power supply 24 V DC
The robot’s batteries feature a buffer period of one year and must therefore be replaced
every year.
Battery set for robot RV-2AJ 537000
Robot RV-2AJ Retaining module Gripper, pneumatic Angled slide module

High precision articulated robot, The retaining module has two set- Pneumatic parallel gripper for The slide comes complete with a
with AC servomotors and harmonic down positions. The upper setdown mounting on the robot arm. retainer for mounting on a profile
drive gears in all five axes. Complete position allows workpieces to be set Complete with gripper jaws, plate.
with controller, programming cable, down independent of their orienta- sensor with fibre-optic cable and
Teachbox and battery set. tion. The lower setdown position has accessories.
a locking pin. Workpieces (cylinder
bodies) have to be inserted in the
correct orientation.
Assembly station
Add-on for the robot
Function
The Assembly station works in
conjunction with the robot station.
It supplies cylinder components for
the assembly process: A double-
acting cylinder pushes the cylinder
caps out of the stacking magazine.
The pistons are stored on a pallet.
A double-acting cylinder pushes the
springs out of a slim magazine.
Multiple parts for complex

assembly
The Assembly station shows
just how complex the workpiece
used here is. There are separate
magazines for bodies, caps and
springs – the quantities available
have to be monitored by carefully
selected sensors. And in addition
to this, it has to be decided which
gripper type is required for the
assembly robot.
[X]

Assembly station 195789 Training aims for project work Recommended training media
Additional equipment, also order: Sensors:
Trolley 120856 – Correct application of limit
Control console SysLink 195764 switches
PLC board ➔ Pages 244 – 249 PLC:
– Programming and application
Recommended accessories of a PLC
Simulation box, digital 170643 Robotics:
Workpiece set “For cylinder assembly” 162239 – Applications of robots
Tabletop power supply unit ➔ Page 253 – Fundamentals of robotics
– Robot terminology – CIROS® Robotics
– Robot programming – Textbook Programmable logic
Assembly technology: controllers, Basic level
– Introduction to and application of – Textbook Proximity sensors
automated assembly technologies
– Planning an assembly station Technical data
Commissioning: – Operating pressure 6 bar (600 kPa)
– Commissioning of the entire – Power supply 24 V DC
sequence – 8 digital inputs
Separating module (springs) Piston pallet Stacking magazine module Robot interface box
The module separates springs Pallet for the storage of 4 pistons (end caps) The Robot interface box allows
(“Cylinder for assembly” workpiece (“Cylinder for assembly” workpiece The module separates finished caps the robot controller to undertake
set) from a gravity-fed magazine set). (“Cylinder for assembly” workpiece additional PLC functions.
and makes them available to the set).
assembly process. A double-acting
cylinder moves the springs to the
transfer point. A micro switch detects
whether there is a spring in the
transfer point.
Punching station
Hydraulics power
Function
The plastic cylinder end caps for the
cylinder bodies are supplied without
a hole for the piston rod. This station
has the task of punching the hole.
A double-acting cylinder ejects the
semifinished cap from the stacking
magazine. A second cylinder brings
the cap into the punch. After pun-
ching, this second cylinder ejects the
finished cap.
Topic:
Pressure and force
Hydraulics plays a key role in mecha-
tronic systems when great forces
are required. It is an essential part
of drive and control technology for
mechatronics training.
The pressure for the punching

process is supplied by the hydraulic
power unit. A pressure switch on
the punch itself ensures the correct
pressure for the punching process.
[X]

Punching station 195787 Training aims for project work Recommended training media
Additional equipment, also order: Hydraulics:
Trolley 120856 – Set-up of a hydraulic control
Control console SysLink 195764 system
PLC board ➔ Pages 244 – 249 – Commissioning a rapid traverse
feed circuit
Recommended accessories Pneumatics:
Simulation box, digital 170643 – Installation of tubing for
Workpiece set “Cylinder end caps” 162240 pneumatic components
Tabletop power supply unit ➔ Page 253 – Application of pneumatic linear
Hydraulic power unit with single pump 152962 drives – Mechatronics Assistant
Hydraulic oil (DIN 51524) HLP22 10l 192215 Electrical: – CIROS® Robotics
Hose line with quick release coupling 1500 mm 159386 – Correct wiring of electrical – Self-tuition program Fundamentals
Aluminium profile plate 700 x 350 mm 162386 components of hydraulics
Sensors: – Design and simulation program
– Application of inductive and FluidSIM® Hydraulics
optical sensors – Textbook Hydraulics, Basic level
– Application of pressure switches – Textbook Programmable logic
PLC: controllers, Basic level
– Programming and application
of a PLC Technical data
– Structure of a PLC program – Operating pressure hydraulics
– Programming of operating modes 6 MPa (60 bar)
Troubleshooting: – Operating pressure pneumatics
– Systematic troubleshooting in a 600 kPa (6 bar)
production system – Power supply 24 V DC
Hydraulic punch station Stacking magazine module

The Hydraulic punch module (end caps)
consists of a hydraulic cylinder Separation of the cylinder caps
(diameter 32) with guides that for assembly. This module cannot
punches the hole in the end cap be used for separation of symbolic
of a workpiece for assembly. workpieces or the body.
The moving part is protected
against manual intervention via
plexiglass.
Sorting station
Final
Function
The Sorting station sorts workpieces
onto three slides. Workpieces
placed on the start of the conveyor
are detected by a diffuse sensor.
Sensors upstream of the stopper
detect the workpiece features (black,
red, metal). Sorting gates actuated
by short-stroke cylinders via a
deflector allow sorting of workpieces
onto the appropriate slides. A retro-
reflective sensor monitors the level
of the slides.
Topic:
Material detection
Inductive and optical sensors
detect the colour and material of
workpieces. Short-stroke cylinders
stop workpieces on the conveyor
and pass them on for sorting onto
one of three slides.
For project work:

Upgrades from the modular
conveyor system
All modules and components used
in this station are part of the modular
conveyor system, for example:
– Sorting gates with short-stroke
cylinder
– Sensors
– Guide rails
– Conveyor motor
Its great modularity makes the

Sorting station particularly suited
for project work.
[X]

Sorting station 195786 Training aims for project work Recommended training media
Workpiece set “For cylinder assembly” 162239 Sensors:
Tabletop power supply unit ➔ Page 253 – Correct application of limit – Mechatronics Assistant
switches – Training documents Sorting station
– Mode of operation and – Textbook Programmable logic
applications of optical and controllers, Basic level
inductive sensors – Textbook Proximity sensors
PLC: – Virtual process environment
– Programming and application CIROS® Mechatronics
of a PLC
– Programming of alternative (OR) Technical data
branches – Operating pressure 600 kPa (6 bar)
Commissioning: – Power supply 24 V DC
– Commissioning of the entire – 8 digital inputs
sequence – 4 digital outputs
Sorting gate module, pneumatic Stopper module Retro-reflective sensor Inductive sensor
For mounting on a conveyor. For mounting on a guide rail The optical sensor and the reflector The inductive sensor comes
Complete with one double-acting (conveyor or slide). Complete with come complete with brackets for complete with holder for mounting
short-stroke cylinder, two sensors for one single-acting short-stroke mounting on a profile or profile on the guide rail profile of the
end-position sensing and mounting cylinder and mounting accessories. plate. conveyor or a slide.
accessories.
Sorting station DP
Profibus
Function
The Sorting station sorts workpieces
onto three slides. Workpieces
placed on the start of the conveyor
are detected by a diffuse sensor.
Sensors upstream of the stopper
detect the workpiece features (black,
red, metal). Sorting gates actuated
by short-stroke cylinders via a
deflector allow sorting of workpieces
onto the appropriate slides. A retro-
reflective sensor monitors the level
of the slides.
The station is equipped with a CP

valve terminal with Profibus-DP
interface (DP slave). A PLC with
Profibus-DP master functionality is
required for operation.
Topic:
Profibus DP
The station includes a Profibus-
DP valve terminal, to which all of
the process inputs and outputs are
connected. Information is transferred
to the PLC via the Profibus-DP field-
bus with this station. The Sorting
station is designed as a Profibus-
DP slave.
For project work:

Modularity down to the last detail
All the sensors are connected to the
input module of the valve terminal
via plug connectors. The consistently
modular design supports the didactic
format. It also means that simple
projects can be performed using only
parts of the station.
[X]

Sorting station DP 195761 Training aims for project work Recommended training media
Workpiece set “For cylinder assembly” 162239 Fieldbus technology:
Tabletop power supply unit ➔ Page 253 – Learning about Profibus DP – Mechatronics Assistant (contains
– Testing, integrating and over 200 pages of project exercises
commissioning Profibus DP on Profibus DP)
components in an automated – Design and simulation program
system FluidSIM® Pneumatics
– Planning, configuring and – Web-based training program
programming Profibus DP Fieldbus technology
networks
Technical data
– DP slave (8 digital inputs, 4 digital
outputs)
Profibus DP CP valve terminal CP input module

Profibus DP slave with 3 single Input module with 16 inputs for
solenoid 5/2-way valves and a connection to the Profibus DP CP
relay plate with 2 electrically iso- valve terminal.
lated relays.
Fluidic Muscle Press station

Powerful
Function
The Fluidic Muscle Press station
presses workpiece inserts into the
housings. The rotary/linear actuator
(transfer device) moves the housing
with the insert placed on it under
the press. The pneumatic muscle
performs the pressing operation.
The finished workpiece is then
transported to the transfer position
using the rotary/linear actuator. An
optical diffuse sensor is attached
to the arm of the actuator for
sensing the workpiece. The pressing
pressure is monitored and displayed
using the analogue pressure sensor.
The press-in speed and depth
can be varied both manually – via
throttle and pressure regulator – and
electronically – via the proportional
pressure regulator.
State of the art

The latest components such as the
pneumatic muscle, the linear drive
SLG or the semi-rotary actuator
DRQD with adjustable mid-position
enable your students to experience
the industrial automation technology
of tomorrow today.
Option:
Analogue value processing
The analogue pressure sensor
provides an analogue signal and
also a binary signal with the help of
the programmable switching points.
The analogue signals are available
at a separate terminal – allowing
connection to the simulation box
or a PLC with an analogue module.
This enables you to use the station
with a controller with or without
analogue processing. Both variants
are supported for actuation of the
pneumatic muscle: Analogue via the
proportional pressure regulator or
[X] binary via a directional control valve.

Fluidic Muscle Press station 535248 Training aims for project work Recommended training media
Trolley 120856 – Application of linear slide units
Control console SysLink 195764 – Application of semi-rotary drives
PLC board ➔ Pages 244 – 249 – Application of pressure regulators
– Application of pneumatic muscle
Simulation box, digital/analogue 526863 – Correct wiring of electrical
Workpiece set “Housings” 534619 components
Workpiece insert “Clock” 534621 Sensors:
Workpiece insert “Thermometer” 534622 – Application of end-position sensors – Mechatronics Assistant
Workpiece insert “Hygrometer” 534623 and optical diffuse sensors – Design and simulation program
Tabletop power supply unit ➔ Page 253 – Mode of operation and applica- FluidSIM® Pneumatics
tions of analogue sensors using – Textbook Programmable logic
the example of an analogue controllers, Basic level
pressure sensor – Textbook Proximity sensors
PLC: – Virtual process environment
– Programming and application of CIROS® Mechatronics
a PLC
– Analogue signal processing Technical data
– 8 digital inputs (1 analogue input
can additionally be used)
– 7 digital outputs (1 analogue out-
put can additionally be used)
Rotary/linear transfer module Fluidic Muscle Press module Pressure sensor Analogue terminal
The module contains a precision The module is used to press Pressure sensor with LCD display, Analogue signals are passed to a
SLG linear slide unit with adjustable workpiece inserts into the housing. measuring range 0 – 10 bar with special analogue terminal with a
end stops. The rotary movement is The press is actuated using a analogue output 0 – 10 V and PNP 15-pin Sub-D socket.
realised using a DRQD semi-rotary pneumatic muscle. The module switch output. Supplied complete
drive. This permits rotation of 90° contains a manually adjustable with connection cable.
and 180°. All end positions are pressure regulator that can be used
sensed by means of sensors. to adjust the press-in depth. The
press-in speed is adjusted via supply
air flow control.
Pick&Place station
Small is beautiful
Function
The Pick&Place station is equipped
with a two-axis Pick&Place module.
Workpiece housings placed on the
conveyor are detected by an optical
diffuse sensor. The workpiece
is transported to the pneumatic
separator on the conveyor and
detected by a second diffuse sensor.
The Pick&Place module picks up
a workpiece insert from the slide
and places it on the workpiece
housing. The complete workpiece
(housing and insert) is released by
the separator and transported to the
end of the conveyor. A light barrier
detects the workpiece at the end of
the conveyor.
This station can also be used to

perform the following tasks:
– Rejection of workpieces (housing
or basic body) on the slide
– Alternative feeding of workpieces
(housing or basic body) from the
slide
Simply the finest:

Linear slide units
SLT slide units from Festo can be
used to further extend the versatility
of the Pick&Place module. With
variable stops, silencers and an
attachment that can be adjusted in
all directions, the ideal solution can
be found for all Pick&Place tasks.
This permits a wide range of project
work.
Modular vacuum technology

from Festo
Vacuum generators, pressure
switches, vacuum filters, suction
grippers. The vacuum components
are harmonised for optimum perfor-
mance. They clearly demonstrate
the principle behind vacuum
[X] applications: vacuum generation
using a generator, the correct
suction cup with matching filter
and the electronic pressure switch
with teach-in switching points for
pressure sensing.

Pick&Place station 535246 Training aims for project work Recommended training media
PLC board ➔ Pages 244 – 249 Vacuum technology:
– Pneumatic linear drives
Workpiece set “Housings” 534619 components
Workpiece insert “Clock” 534621 – Connecting DC motors
Workpiece insert “Thermometer” 534622 Sensors: – Mechatronics Assistant
Workpiece insert “Hygrometer” 534623 – Application of pressure switches – Design and simulation program
Tabletop power supply unit ➔ Page 253 with integrated micro processor FluidSIM® Pneumatics
– Correct application of optical – CIROS® Mechatronics
diffuse sensors and light barriers – Textbook Pneumatics, Basic level
– Correct application of limit – Textbook Programmable logic
switches controllers, Basic level
PLC:
– Programming and application Technical data
of a PLC – Operating pressure 600 kPa (6 bar)
– Structure of a PLC program – Power supply 24 V DC
– Programming an operating mode – 8 digital inputs
section – 6 digital outputs
Pick&Place module Sorting gate/separator module, I/O terminal (SysLink)

Universal 2-axis handling device electrical This terminal is used both on the sta-
for “Pick and Place” tasks. Stroke For mounting on a conveyor. tion and on the PLC board, for wiring
length, inclination of the axes and Complete with electrical drive unit 8 inputs and 8 outputs that are com-
arrangement of the end-position and mounting accessories. bined on one connector. LEDs are fit-
sensors and mounting position can ted to the input and output terminals
be adjusted. The module is supplied to provide simple display of the cir-
complete with suction gripper, cuit states and to enable systematic
pressure switch, vacuum filter and troubleshooting. The I/O terminal
vacuum generator. can be mounted on a DIN rail.
Order no. 535247 Order no. 532952 Order no. 34035
Separating station
Flexibility
Function
The Separating station differentiates
workpieces based on their drilled
hole depth and separates them
into two different material flow
directions.
Workpieces placed on the conveyor

are transported to the depth
measurement point. An analogue
diffuse sensor checks the drilled
hole depth. Workpieces of the
type „cylinder body“ (deep hole)
are transported to the end of the
conveyor. Workpieces of the type
„housing“ (shallower hole) are
directed towards the rear via the
second conveyor using a pneumatic
branching gate with rotary drive.
Fibre-optic through beam sensors
with optical sensors monitor the
material flow on the conveyors.
The Separating station can

be supplemented with MPS®
downstream stations in two
directions.
Analogue and digital

The diffuse sensor supplies both an
analogue and a binary output signal.
This facilitates different training
levels. The binary switching output
can be adapted to the measurement
requirement by means of a simple
teach-in stage.
Flexible assembly
The Separating station permits the
creation of flexible assembly lines
using MPS® stations. Combined
assembly processes such as cylinder
assembly and assembly of workpiece
inserts in the housing can be realised
using the Separating station.
[X]

Separating station 540719 Training aims for project work Recommended training media
Additional equipment, also order: Sensor technology:
Trolley 120856 – Mode of operation and applica-
Control console SysLink 195764 tions of analogue sensors
PLC board ➔ Pages 244 – 249 – Application of optical sensors
Pneumatics:
Recommended accessories – Installation of tubing for
Simulation box, digital/analogue 526863 pneumatic components
Workpiece set “Housings” 534619 – Pneumatic rotary drives
Workpiece set “Cylinder bodies” 167021 Electrical and electronic:
Workpiece insert “Clock” 534621 – Connection of DC motors – Mechatronics Assistant
Workpiece insert “Thermometer” 534622 PLC: – Design and simulation program
Workpiece insert “Hygrometer” 534623 – Programming and application FluidSIM® Pneumatics
Tabletop power supply unit ➔ Page 253 of a PLC
– Programming of alternative (OR) Technical data
branches – Operating pressure 600 kPa (6 bar)
– Analogue signal processing – Power supply 24 V DC
– 1 analogue input
Conveyor module 300 with DC motor Diffuse sensor, analogue Sorting gate/separator module, Starting current limiter
Conveyor for mounting on a profile The optical sensor comes complete pneumatic The starting current limiter contains
plate or profile foot, complete with with holder for mounting on the For mounting on a conveyor. a relay and an electronic start-up
DC motor. For the transport of guide rail profile of the conveyor. Complete with one rotary cylinder current limiting circuit. It can be
workpieces of 40 mm diameter (e.g. Measuring range 0 – 30 mm with and mounting accessories. mounted on a DIN rail. Electrical
“Body” or “Cylinder for assembly” analogue output 0 – 10 V and PNP connection is by means of screw
workpiece sets) or for the transport switching output. The switching terminals.
of workpiece carriers. output can be freely adjusted via a
teach-in process. Supplied complete
with connecting cable.
Storing station
In and out, electrically
Function
The Storing station places work-
pieces in and takes workpieces out
of storage. The station is equipped
with three storage levels, with a level
each for six red, six silver and six
black workpieces. The workpieces
are gripped using a pneumatic
gripper. The linear movement is
executed using a linear cylinder. The
rotary movement is performed by an
electrical servo drive with integrated
controller. The stroke movement is
executed using an electrical linear
axis with separate controller.
During placement into storage, a

workpiece inserted in the Holder
module is detected using the colour
sensor. The workpiece is placed
in the next free compartment in
the corresponding storage level
based on the colour. Upon removal
from storage, the workpieces
are transported from the shelf
compartments to the downstream
station.
The Storing station can be employed

as the first station or the last station
in an MPS® combination.
Electrical drives
The latest drive technology for
a challenging lesson: with the
MTR-DCI, the motor, gear, power
electronics and positioning controller
form a compact unit for optimum
positioning of the rotation axis. The
electrical mini slide SLTE with motor
controller SFC-DC ensures a correctly
regulated drive for horizontal
positioning.
Colour-friendly!
The tiny colour sensor detects the
workpieces using an integrated
[X] white light source. It learns new
colours easily by means of teach-
in and activates one of the three
switching outputs when one of these
is detected.

Storing station 541113 Training aims for project work PLC:

The station is also available as a kit for project work (Order no. 548673) Mechanical: – I/O actuation of drive controllers
– Mechanical set-up of a station Commissioning:
Additional equipment, also order: Sensor technology: – Commissioning of electrical axes
Trolley 120856 – Application of colour sensors
Control console SysLink 195764 – Application of limit switches Recommended training media
PLC board ➔ Pages 244 – 249 Pneumatics: – Mechatronics Assistant
– Installation of tubing for – Design and simulation program
Recommended accessories pneumatic components FluidSIM® Pneumatics
Simulation box, digital/analogue 526863 – Pneumatic grippers
Workpiece set “Cylinder bodies” 167021 – Pneumatic linear drives Technical data
Tabletop power supply unit ➔ Page 253 Drive technology: – Operating pressure 600 kPa (6 bar)
– Configuration and parameter- – Power supply 24 V DC
isation of electrical drives – 8 digital inputs
– Application of drive controllers – 8 digital outputs
– Reference travel
– Adjustment of speed and
acceleration profiles
– Teaching of positions
Electrical mini slide SLTE Motor controller SFC-DC Servo motor MTR-DCI Colour sensor
Supplied complete with DC motor Positioning controller for electrical Compact DC motor with integrated Three independent channels with
with integrated encoder, stroke 150 mini slide SLTE, with control inter- controller and control interface (7 teach-in capability, sensing range 12
mm. The motor controller SFC-DC is face (7 digital inputs, 4 digital out- digital inputs, 4 digital outputs), 24 V – 32 mm, 24 V DC operating voltage,
required for activation. puts), 24 V DC load and logic power DC power supply, RS232 interface for 3 outputs (PNP, N, O).
supply, RS232 interface for commis- commissioning, FCT software, dis-
sioning, FCT software, display with play with four buttons so that all set-
four buttons so that all settings for tings for commissioning and diagno-
commissioning and diagnosis can sis can also be made directly.
also be made directly.
Also order: Also order: Also order:

– 538914 Supply cable – 537931 Supply cable – 525616 Connecting cable
– 538919 Control cable – 537923 Control cable
– 538917 Motor cable – 537926 RS232 cable
– 537926 RS232 cable
Mechatronics and factory automation MPS® MPS® 200 Complete systems
MPS® 200 complete systems

With blended learning package and modular expansion options
Complete from A to Z The new interface concept offers

MPS® 200 systems come with all the many possibilities for direct
required accessories, guaranteeing combination of individual stations.
effective training from the very start. Various aspects determine the
They range from small complete decision for this combination or that:
systems to entire mechatronic labo- – Training content
ratory outfits. – Supplementation of existing
stations
– MPS® stations – Budget
– All necessary accessories such
as trolleys, power supply units,
control console, workpiece set, etc.
– Control package with programming
software and cable MPS® 202-Mechatronics MPS® 203-Fieldbus
– Visualisation and simulation Small but complete Mechatronics and fieldbus
software Distributing, Sorting technology
Distributing with AS-interface,
Testing, Sorting with Profibus DP
Flexibly expandable Blended learning package

Of course you can also gradually included
expand your MPS® 200 system with Each MPS® 200 system
stations, modules and components includes a package of web-
or with additional web-based based training programs as well
training programs. as FluidSIM® Pneumatic and
Mechatronics Assistant, the
tool for professional training.
Some packages include CIROS®
Robotics, CIROS® Programming
and CIROS® Mechatronics.
MPS® 203-IT MPS® 205-Mechatronics MPS® 202-Robotics MPS® 210-Mechatronics

Remote maintenance, remote Everything you need for Handling and assembly The all-rounder
diagnosis project work Assembly with robots Distributing, Testing, Processing,
Distributing, Testing, Sorting Distributing, Testing, Pick & Place, Handling, Buffering, Assembly with
Fluidic Muscle Press, Sorting robots, Punching, Sorting
MPS® 202 Mechatronics – Small but complete ...
Simple communication Alternatively enhanced I/O Controlling, simulating and Then there‘s FluidSIM®
A station can only pass on a work- communication programming with EasyPort Simply start FluidSIM® and the
piece to the next station if it is ready The stations can also be networked No matter which control package integrated Soft Logo! takes over
to process it. In the MPS®, this via I/Os. We have routed the you choose the scope of delivery control of a station or the entire
“OK” signal is provided via optical necessary input and output always includes EasyPort, the system. Getting started with
sensors. This makes it very easy to signals to 4 mm safety sockets universal interface for getting programming has never been so
combine stations. to facilitate this communication. started with blended learning. easy.
The corresponding exercises and
worksheets can be found in the
Mechatronics Assistant.
... with blended learning package FluidSIM®,

Mechatronics Assistant and web-based training programs
Complete MPS 202 system with SIMATIC S7-300 541161 Mechatronics Assistant
Complete MPS 202 system with Festo FEC Standard 541162 Professional Training –
Complete MPS 202 system with Allen Bradley ML 1500 541163 Successful training with MPS®
Complete MPS 202 system with Mitsubishi MELSEC 541164 With more than 2,000 pages of
lesson material on the two stations,
PLC control packages include: the system can be used in lessons
SIMATIC S7-300 straight from the box. Also provided
– 2x PLC board with SIMATIC S7-313C, 1x programming cable are exercises on modules, stations
– 1x programming software STEP 7 Professional for Training and all related topics such as circuit
Festo FEC® Standard diagram creation, PLC programming
– 2x Festo FEC® Standard PLC board with FEC® 640 FST and a full set of documentation for
– 1x programming cable the trainer.
– 1x programming software FST
Allen Bradley ML 1500 All the exercises can be modified,
– 2x Rockwell PLC board with Micro Logix 1500 extended and archived, making the
– 1x programming cable Mechatronics Assistant the tool for
– 1x programming software RS-Logix 500 Starter professional training methods.
Mitsubishi MELSEC
– 2x PLC board with FX1N 1500 Getting started with MPS® 202 –
– 1x programming cable a multi-media experience
– 1x programming software GX IEC Developer FX The Discover MPS® 200 web-based
training program takes your trainees
The MPS® 202-Mechatronics system contains everything you need for training: on a voyage of discovery – in their
Stations: Distributing, Sorting own home, in the laboratory or in
Accessories: 2x trolley, 2x power supply unit, 2x control console, 1x workpiece set, any other location that suits them.
1x SimuBox
Control technology: 1x PLC control package, 1x EasyPort
Software: 1x FluidSIM® P, 1x Mechatronics Assistant, 1x Discover MPS® 200 web-based
training program, 1x LOGO! Training web-based training program
Function – Correct application of limit

The Stacking magazine module switches
separates workpieces. The Changer – Mode of operation and
module transports the individual applications of optical and
workpieces to the sorting conveyor inductive sensors
by means of its vacuum gripper. – Logic programming
Optical and inductive sensors – Programming and application of
differentiate the workpieces based a PLC
on material and colour. Pneumatic – Structure of a PLC program
branching gates then sort the – Programming of alternative
workpieces onto three different branches
slides. – Programming of an operating
mode part
Training aims – Set-up and optimisation of
– Mechanical set-up of a station material flow
– Installation of tubing for pneumatic – Optimisation of setting-up times
components – Linking of stations
– Vacuum technology – Simple communication
– Pneumatic linear and rotary drives – Material flow control
– Application of simulation tools – Enhanced I/O communication
– Correct wiring of electrical – Commissioning of complex
components systems
MPS® 203 Fieldbus – Mechatronics and fieldbus technology ...
Innovative valve technology: Topic: Profibus DP Visualisation Professional tool: SIMATIC WinCC
AS-interface CP valve terminal The Sorting station features a Profi- A complete visualisation application The professional control and
The Distributing station with AS- bus DP valve terminal. All the for the Distributing, Testing and monitoring system for planning
interface uses a wide range of AS- sensors are connected to the input Sorting stations as well as guided and realising visualisation. This
interface slaves. A typical example module of the valve terminal via plug exercises on autonomous creation renders the exchange of data with
of an AS-interface component is the connectors. of visualisation applications can be the SIMATIC controllers of the MPS®
optical sensor with integrated AS- used in lessons without any advance stations particularly effective.
interface. preparation.
... with visualisation package and the Mechatronics Assistant
Complete MPS 203-Fieldbus system 541165 Project exercises on fieldbus and

visualisation technology
PLC control package includes: The Mechatronics Assistant comes
SIMATIC S7-300 with more than 500 pages of
– 3x PLC board with SIMATIC S7-313C-2DP exercises and solutions for lessons
– 1x AS-interface expansion for S7-300 board on fieldbus technology.
– 1x programming cable
– 1x programming software STEP 7 Professional for Training The web-based training program
– 1x AS-interface addressing device on the system
– 1x AS-interface addressing cable The multi-media web-based training
program provides students with a
The MPS® 203-Fieldbus system contains everything you need for training: quick introduction to the special
Stations: Distributing with AS-interface, Testing, Sorting with Profibus DP features of the MPS® 203-Fieldbus
Accessories: 3x trolley, 3x power supply unit, 2x control console, 1x control console with system. This makes preparation
AS-interface, 1x workpiece set, 1x SimuBox extremely convenient since it can
Control technology: 1x PLC control package be carried out anywhere and also
Software: 1x WinCC Trainer Package for visualisation software, 1x Mechatronics Assistant, extremely efficient since students
1x Discover MPS® 200 web-based training program, 1x Fieldbus technology web-based can complete the various chapters of
training program the training program as it suits them
and their personal rate of learning.
Function – Planning, configuration and

The Distributing station separates programming of AS-i networks
workpieces from the Stacking – Testing, integration and
magazine and moves them to the commissioning of Profibus DP
Testing station. The Testing station components in an automated
checks the workpiece height. The system
Sorting station then sorts the – Planning, configuration and
workpieces according to material programming of Profibus DP
and colour onto three slides. networks
– Linking of stations
Training aims – Simple communication
– Mechanical set-up of a station – Enhanced I/O communication
– Installation of tubing for pneumatic – Networking of stations with
components Profibus DP
– Vacuum technology – Planning, engineering, im-
– Pneumatic linear and rotary drives plementation, commissioning
– Fieldbus technology and execution of a visualisation
– Information technology application
– Testing, integration and
commissioning of AS-i components
in an automated system
MPS® 203-IT Remote maintenance and diagnosis ...
Easy remote diagnosis and Control via the world wide web Remote programming Professional visualisation
maintenance via SMS The Festo FEC® Standard represents Every controller within a network can The scope of delivery includes
The controller will report operating the merging of the Internet and be programmed from any desired the InTouch software package for
data in response to an SMS request automation, since the contoller FST network interface. visualising systems and a complete
to the machine. This means that now has a web server built in. Every InTouch visualisation application
process data can be accessed any controller with Ethernet can send for the stations Distributing, Testing
time, anywhere – provided GSM is and receive data from every other and Sorting as well as guided
available. The modem requires an controller within a network – no exercises for autonomous creation
enabled SIM card. matter whether this data relates to of visualisation applications. This
inputs, outputs, flags or registers. package can be used straight from
the box and the knowledge learned
can be immediately applied in
industrial practice.
... with visualisation package and Mechatronics Assistant
Complete MPS 203-IT system 541166 Remote GSM, HTML programming,

Ethernet networking and
PLC control package includes: visualisation
FEC® Standard The Mechatronics Assistant contains
– 3x PLC board with FEC® full instructions on programming,
– 4x Ethernet cable, parallel web page design and IP addressing.
– 1x Ethernet cable, crossover Up-to-date IT projects are provided
– 1x programming cable so you can keep abreast of progress
– 1x programming software FST in your training laboratory.
– 1x Ethernet Switch
Knowledge re-packaged
The MPS® 203-IT system contains everything you need for training: Web-based training programs help
Stations: Distributing, Testing, Sorting to guarantee a successful outcome
Accessories: 3x trolley, 3x power supply unit, 3x control console, 1x workpiece set, for even complex projects. This
1x SimuBox motivates students to tackle even
Control technology: 1x PLC control package, 1x Easy GSM entirely new topics with the MPS®
Software: 1x InTouch visualisation software, 1x Mechatronics Assistant, 1x Discover 203-IT system.
MPS® 200 web-based training program
Function – Networking
The Distributing station separates – Information technology
workpieces from the Stacking – Planning, configuration and
magazine and moves them to the programming of Ethernet TCP/IP
Testing station. The Testing station networks
checks the workpiece height. The – Programming of web (html) pages
Sorting station then sorts the – Remote maintenance
workpieces according to material – Remote diagnosis
and colour onto three slides. – Visualisation technology
– Planning, engineering,
Training aims implementation, commissioning
– Mechanical set-up of a station and execution of a visualisation
– Installation of tubing for pneumatic application
components – Control, remote maintenance and
– Vacuum technology remote operation via Ethernet and
– Pneumatic linear and rotary drives GSM radio network
MPS® 205-Mechatronics – Everything you need for project work ...
State-of-the-art Central EMERGENCY STOP board EMERGENCY STOP pushbuttons Control, simulation and
automation technology correctly positioned in a system are programming
The latest handling components, essential. The MPS® therefore comes The introduction to programming is
pneumatic muscle, a wide range with an EMERGENCY STOP board provided by FluidSIM® and EasyPort.
of cylinders, proportional pressure which you can connect anywhere. FluidSIM® can be used to realise
regulators, numerous valve types, You decide where to attach the simple logic or relay control systems.
inductive sensors, optical sensors, EMERGENCY STOP pushbuttons in Start FluidSIM® and the integrated
pressure sensors, etc. – the MPS® the system. Soft Logo! takes over control of a
205-Mechatronics system offers station or the entire system. More
a seemingly endless variety of complex programs are realised using
components. the PLC boards. Worked examples
providing extensive sample
programs for all the stations are
included.
... with FluidSIM®, Mechatronics Assistant and

web-based training programs
Complete MPS 205 system with SIMATIC S-300 541167 Project work
Complete MPS 205 system with Festo FEC Standard 541168 The Mechatronics Assistant contains
Complete MPS 205 system with Allen Bradley ML 1500 541169 project exercises with assembly
Complete MPS 205 system with Mitsubishi MELSEC 541170 instructions for lessons on handling
applications. These project exercises
PLC control packages include: help you to prepare your students
SIMATIC S7-300 for all the demands of mechatronics.
– 5x PLC board with SIMATIC S7-313C, 5x programming cable
– 1x programming software STEP 7 Trainer Package The web-based training program for
Festo FEC® Standard greater efficiency
– 5x PLC board with FEC® 640 FST, 5x programming cable The Discover MPS® 200 web-based
– 5x programming software FST training program enables your
Allen Bradley ML 1500 students to prepare for working
– 5x PLC board with Micro Logix 1500, 5x programming cable with the system – in their own
– 5x programming software RS-Logix 500 Professional home, in the laboratory or in any
Mitsubishi other location that suits them. This
– 5x PLC board with FX1N, 5x programming cable facilitates a dramatic increase in
– 1x programming software GX IEC Developer FX Trainer package learning efficiency. Use blended
learning to exploit the benefits of a
The MPS® 205-Mechatronics system contains everything you need for training: wide range of media in your lesson.
Stations: Distributing, Testing, Pick&Place, Fluidic Muscle Press, Sorting
Accessories: 5x trolley, 5x power supply unit, 1x workpiece set, 5x SimuBox
Control technology: 1x PLC control package, 1x EMERGENCY-STOP board, 2x EMERGENCY-
STOP control panel, 5x EasyPort
Software: FluidSIM® P licence for 6 users, 1x Mechatronics Assistant, 1x Discover MPS®
200 web-based training program, 1x Project Management web-based training program,
1x LOGO! Training web-based training program
Function – Application of simulation tools

The Distributing station separates – Application of limit switches
workpieces from the Stacking – Mode of operation and
magazine and moves them to the applications of optical and
Testing station. The Testing station inductive sensors
checks the workpiece height. The – Application of pressure sensors
Pick&Place station places the – Logic programming
workpiece insert on the body and the – Programming and application of
Fluidic Muscle Press station presses a PLC
it in. The Sorting station then sorts – Structure of a PLC program
the workpieces according to material – Programming of operating modes
and colour onto three slides.
Project work
Training aims – Set-up and optimisation of
– Mechanical set-up of a station material flow
– Vacuum technology – Optimisation of setting-up times
– Pneumatic linear and rotary drives – Linking of stations
– Application of proportional – Simple communication
pressure regulators – Material flow control
– Application of the pneumatic – Enhanced I/O communication
muscle – Safety engineering
MPS® 202-Robotics – Handling and assembly ...
Commissioning robot systems The robot performs precision The robot controller performs All I/Os protected by design
Robot systems are far from easy to assembly of pistons and springs the control function The I/Os of the robot controller are
assemble and dismantle, transport The RV-2AJ performs more than just The new Drive Unit for the RV-2AJ is connected with SysLink connectors
and commission, but represent simple handling tasks in the MPS® – small, powerful and lightweight – via the interface unit of the robot
a highly interesting topic when it it also assembles small cylinders and and fits into the MPS® trolley. With to guarantee protection against
comes to training. all that entails. Drive Unit and Teachbox, the system short circuits and polarity reversal.
is completely equipped straight The LEDs on the interface unit also
from the box. Digital I/Os already permit easy and clear diagnosis.
contained in the system are used to
control all the modules such as the
cap and spring magazines.
... with CIROS® Robotics
Complete MPS 202-Robotics system 541171 Programming and simulation

with CIROS®
The MPS® 202-Robotics system contains everything you need for training: CIROS® is a professional training
Stations: Robot, Assembly tool that makes programming and
Accessories: 2x trolley, 1x power supply unit, 1x control console, 1x workpiece set simulation of a precision robot
Control technology: 1x robot interface unit extremely easy and safe.
Software: CIROS® Robotics licence for 6 users, 1x CIROS® Programming, 1x Mechatronics
Assistant Plus comprehensive documentation
The Mechatronics Assistant contains
exercises, sample programs and
assembly instructions. A multimedia
tool for training at school and at
work.
Function Special training aims

The bodies of the pneumatic – Integration of an industrial robot
cylinders to be assembled are in an assembly process
fed to the robot via a slide. The – Teaching of robots in complex
robot determines the orientation assembly environments
of the bodies and places them in – Commissioning of complex
the assembly holder in the correct systems
orientation. The robot takes the – Maintenance, servicing and
piston from the pallet and assembles troubleshooting of complex
it in the body. The piston springs and systems
the cylinder cap are fed to the robot – Programming of industrial robots
from controlled magazines. The fully
assembled pneumatic cylinder is
then placed on a slide.
MPS® 210-Mechatronics – the all-rounder ...
Complete Exploit the full flexibility of MPS® Successful realisation of WBT support:
From mechanics, pneumatics, PLC The combination of multiple MPS® project ideas The web-based training programs
technology, handling technology, stations offers training aims for The MPS® 210 system contains all contained in the MPS® 210 system
electrical engineering, electronics to many levels of experience and many the components needed to realise a will help trainers prepare their
robotics and hydraulics, each station different fields. The project kits wide range of projects – giving your students for project work. They deal
facilitates interesting exercises on of the MPS® 210 system facilitate students a free hand in creativity! with topics such as project planning,
automation and mechatronics. The the realisation of a wide range of information acquisition or getting
MPS® 210 system is particularly different systems. Conveyor belts, started with the MPS® 210 system.
suited to the areas of handling, PLC integrated between the MPS®
and robot technology due to its close stations, facilitate a multitude of
industrial orientation. solutions for material flow.
... with an all-inclusive media package
Complete MPS 210 system with SIMATIC S7-300 541172 Simulating stations
Complete MPS 210 system with FEC Standard 541173 CIROS® Mechatronics offers optimum
Complete MPS 210 system with Allen Bradley ML 1500 541174 preparation for a hands-on lesson.
Complete MPS 210 system with Mitsubishi MELSEC 541175 All the stations can be tested and
programmed in simulation. Bugs
PLC control packages include: can even be built into the model to
SIMATIC S7-300 permit an optimum, practical starting
– 8x PLC board with SIMATIC S7-313C, 8x programming cable point for lessons.
– 1x programming software STEP 7 Trainer Package
Festo FEC® Standard CIROS® Robotics und CIROS®
– 8x PLC board with FEC® 640, 8x programming cable, 8x programming software FST Programming facilitates full or
Allen Bradley ML 1500 partial instruction in the use of robot
– 8x PLC board with Micro Logix 1500, 8x programming cable stations through simulation. The
– 1x programming software RS-Logix 500 Starter simulation also offers robot cells
Mitsubishi MELSEC featuring other robots such as Kuka
– 8x PLC board with FX1N, 8x programming cable and ABB for comprehensive robot
– 2x programming software GX IEC Developer FX Trainer Package training.
Also order: Hydraulic power unit
The MPS® 210-Mechatronics system contains everything you need for training:
Stations: Distributing, Testing, Processing, Handling, Buffer, Robot, Assembly, Punching,
Sorting
Project kits: 5x Distributing, 5x Conveyor
Accessories: 10x trolley, 8x control console, 5x SimuBox, 9x power supply unit, 5x work-
piece set
Control technology: 1x PLC control package, 1x EMERGENCY-STOP board, 4x EMERGENCY-
STOP control console, 5x EasyPort
Software: CIROS® Robotics licence 6 users, CIROS® Mechatronics licence 6 users, Fluid-
SIM® P licence for 6 users, 6x Mechatronics Assistant, 1x CIROS® Programming, web-based
training programs: 1x Discover MPS® 200, 1x LOGO! Training, 1x Project Management
Function Special training aims

The complete assembly line – The system enables 15 – 30
produces a pneumatic cylinder made students to be trained in
up of body, piston, springs and cap. mechatronics.
– The Distributing and Conveyor
project kits (5 of each are included)
provide an introduction to the
project work.
– Actuation is performed via
FluidSIM® and EasyPort or using a
programmable logic controller.
– The system layout can be changed
using the project kits. More than
30 different combinations can be
created using the system.
– Production planning, reduction of
set-up times, FMEA and TPM – the
system offers solutions for the hot
topics of production optimisation.
Mechatronics and factory automation MPS® MPS® 500-FMS Flexible production
MPS® 500-FMS
Flexible production – compatible, modular and versatile
Thought and action in MPS® 500-FMS forms the basis

networked systems for general technological training
It is becoming more and more using practical problems from
common for specialists and actual operational applications.
engineers to be responsible for It provides the perfect platform
operation and maintenance of for analysing, understanding
complex automated production and mastering the interaction of
systems. This requires the seamless mechanics, pneumatics, electrical
interaction of all the technologies engineering, control technology and
involved. communication interfaces –
all absolutely critical for proper
and successful management of
networked systems.
The transport system The warehouse
The transport facilities are a central Indispensable and technically
component of automated production challenging from a logistical point
systems. The rectangular conveyor of view – automated warehouses
configuration of the FMF–F series facilitate flexible logistical concepts
offers all the characteristics of and short delivery times. The HRL20
professional industrial systems: offers all the functions of a full-size
– 6 working positions warehouse in a smaller format:
– Pallet identification – Shelf with 5 x 4 locations
– Valve terminal technology – Precision storage and retrieval
– AS-i fieldbus technology robot – linear, X/Y/Z (DC/pn/DC)
– PLC control cabinet – Positioning controller
– S7-300 PLC controller – Gripper for workpieces
– Frequency converter – S7-300 PLC controller
– AC drive motors – Control panel
– EMERGENCY-STOP – Teach-in positions
– I/O port for station – Interface to the conveyor system
– Dimensions: 3000 x 500 mm – Dimensions: 700 x 900 x 1800 mm
Networked system operation – The tools of the trade –

communication is key simulation for robots and
Modern production systems are of systems
modular design, with the modules The use of simulation tools
or subsystems featuring powerful for programming systems and
communication interfaces. The MPS® analysing system behaviour
500-FMS uses interfaces such as the before or during construction
I/O coupling, fieldbus and Ethernet saves time and money. The
similar to those used in typical electrical, mechanical and
practical applications. physical behaviour of the models
is the same as that of actual
From the sensor to the web: The stations and is programmed
optional software packages are an using the same programming
easy way of practicing displaying languages (MELFA BASIC and
system data on the Internet. STEP 7). This enables the
students to work safely on
virtual systems before the tested
programs are tried out on the
actual system.
The process Assembly

The system is a factory comprising An industrial robot in the Robot
six areas linked via a transport assembly station performs
system that produces the tried-and- automated assembly.
tested short-stroke cylinders from
the MPS®. Warehouse
Parts are stored in the Automatic
Incoming goods warehouse station prior to shipping.
Cylinder bodies are delivered to the
Distributing station and forwarded to Outgoing goods
the Testing station after inspection. The Handling station transfers
products from the conveyor to the
Processing Sorting station, where the products
The Vision system 10 stations – learn the basics The Processing station, which are sorted and made available for
Camera systems are ideal for use in in small groups simulates a drilling process, repre- shipping.
production and quality assurance MPS® 500-FMS provides up to 10 sents the machining stage. The
thanks to their versatility and individual stations for working in Handling station transports the
reliability. The universally successful small groups of students – providing material.
industrial system DVT is integrated invaluable benefits for the practical
in the MPS® 500-FMS system: side of training. Each station focuses Quality assurance
– Intelligent compact camera on something different and offers The camera system checks the
– CMOS (colour on request) various levels of complexity. The workpiece.
– Resolution 640 x 480 pixels stations can be gradually brought
– Incident light and transmitted light together once the station-specific
– Computer link training aims have been achieved.
– Evaluation software for PC
Information on customer projects: www.festo-didactic.com 239

MPS® 516-FMS
The complete package for demanding training scenarios
The system The system comprises 9 stations: The training aims – Construction of pneumatic
MPS® 516-FMS system is a complete The multitude of stations and the and electropneumatic circuits
package comprising hardware and Incoming goods technologies contained in them – Learning about various sensors
software that can be used straight Distributing and Testing station permit an investigation of almost and actuators
from the box. Processing all relevant areas of control and – Application and programming
Handling and Processing station automation technology. of PLCs
Assembly – Application of various handling
Robot assembly station devices and grippers
Warehouse – Application of vacuum technology
Automatic warehouse station – Application of various electrical
Outgoing goods drives (DC, AC)
Handling and Sorting station – Application of frequency converters
Transport – Construction of a positioning
Transport system station control with incremental shaft
encoder
The system can be flexibly expanded – Networking of sensors and
using the optional packages. actuators via AS-interface
– Application of industrial robots
for assembly tasks
– Programming and simulation
of robots
– Set-up and mode of operation
of transport systems
– Mode of operation and purpose
of pallet identification
MPS 516-FMS On request Optional packages
MPS® 516 FMS range of packages Optional package Vision (V1)

Consisting of: Industrial CMOS compact camera
Stations with integrated illumination and
– 1x pallet transport system FMF-F Ethernet interface, mounted on a
– 1x automated warehouse mobile trolley. The station can be
– 1x robot station with Magazine station* integrated or used on its own for
– 1x Distributing station* basic training. It is used to determine
– 1x Testing station* gripper parameters in connection
– 2x Handling station* with the robot assembly station.
– 1x Processing station* Professional image processing
– 1x Sorting station* software is included.
Software and media
– Programming package STEP 7 Trainer Package Optional package Visualisation
– CIROS® Automation Suite System visualisation and opera-
– Mechatronics Assistant with 12 licences tion on the basis of industrial SCADA
Service software. Communication between
Commissioning and initial training in Germany with delivery, installation and commission- SCADA and controllers takes place
ing of the system at the destination. Two days of initial training for up to 4 persons. via fieldbus or Ethernet. Choose from
the following options:
* includes mobile base frame, MPS® control panel and S7-300 PLC board. – WinCC and Profibus DP (L21)
Technical data ➔ MPS® stations. – WinCC and Ethernet (L22)
– InTouch and Ethernet with FEC®
(L23)
– InTouch and DeviceNet with Allen
Bradley (L24)
Optional package CNC

Upgrade the system with a small
PC-controlled CNC machine. The
The control concept so popular – it facilitates quick and machine is placed beside the
Each station is equipped with its own easy combination of the individual assembly robot and looks after
PLC. The only exception to this is the stations into a networked system. automatic loading and unloading.
robot station; in this case the robot The AS-interface fieldbus is used The optional package includes all
controller also controls the magazine within the transport system. the software necessary for operation.
and communicates with the trans- Further additional bus systems can – MILL 55 (C1)
port system via I/Os. Communication optionally be integrated. – TURN 55 (C2)
between the transport system and
the PLCs of the stations also takes
place via a straightforward I/O inter-
face. This simple and clear structure
is one of the reasons this system is
PLC
I/O
PLC PLC Robot
I/O I/O I/O
AS-i AS-i AS-i
PLC
AS-i AS-i AS-i
I/O I/O I/O
PLC PLC Camera

I/O I/O Option
PLC PLC

MPS® 501-505 FMS

The entry-level systems
MPS® 501-FMS MPS® 502-FMS
MPS® 503-FMS MPS® 504-FMS
Even the smaller systems offer

a complete sequence with all
the essential components of an
interlinked production system.
Why not call us?

We will be happy to advise you.
MPS® 505-FMS
MPS® 512-FMS
Get started right away with a complete and customised package
MPS 512-FMS On request
MPS® 512 FMS range of packages

Consisting of:
Stations
1x pallet transport system FMF-F
– 1x Distributing station
– 1x Testing station
– 2x Handling station
– 1x Processing station
– 1x Sorting station
Software and media
– Programming package STEP 7 Trainer package
– CIROS® Automation Suite
– Mechatronics Assistant with 12 licences
Service
Commissioning and initial training in Germany
It is becoming more and more MPS® 512-FMS is a complete

common for specialists and package comprising hardware and
engineers to be responsible for software that can be used straight
operation and maintenance of from the box. The system comprises
complex automated production 7 stations:
systems. This requires the seamless
interaction of all the technologies Incoming goods
involved. Distributing and Testing station
Processing
MPS® 500-FMS forms the basis for Handling and Processing station
general technological training using Outgoing goods
practical problems from actual Handling and sorting station
operational applications. Transport
Transport system station
It provides the perfect platform
for analysing, understanding The system can be flexibly expanded
and mastering the interaction of using the optional packages.
mechanics, pneumatics, electrical
engineering, control technology Special requirements in the area of
and communication interfaces control technology?
– all absolutely critical for proper
and successful management of We look forward to talking to you.
networked systems. Our project advisors will be happy to
find the ideal solution for you.

Mechatronics and factory automation MPS® Accessories and optional components/topics Control/Networking
Controlling and networking just as it is in industrial practice
As realistic as you can get

As in the real world of production
systems, controllers take on the
task of signal processing in MPS®.
The signals from the system can be
transferred from the station to the
controller or between controllers
directly via I/Os or via various
fieldbus systems.
The MPS® is based on industrial

standards. The MPS® concept
is based on marker leaders‘
automation solutions and trends. Connecting the station All binary signals are connected to an
Up to 8 binary inputs and 8 binary I/O terminal with a SysLink socket.
– Programmable logic controllers outputs are required to control an
from the marker leaders MPS® station.
– IEC61131-compliant design and
programming tools
– The most commonly used
fieldbuses: PROFINET, PROFIBUS,
AS-Interface, Ethernet
Optimised for training Plug-in and go

Fully equipped and wired PLC boards The station, the control console
can be mounted or suspended and the PLC boards are equipped
directly in the trolley. The PLC board with standardised SysLink inter-
can be simply removed from the faces. No wiring is required – the
trolley and placed on any table when boards simply plug in.
working on the PLC board or for
demonstration purposes.
Analogue signals are passed to a Connecting the control console

special analogue terminal with a The control console is generally
15-pin Sub-D socket. connected to the PLC via a SysLink
socket with 8 binary inputs and 8
binary outputs. A second SysLink
socket allows expansion to up to 16
inputs and 16 outputs.
PLC board with FEC®

The robust minicontroller with integrated Ethernet interface
When you choose the FEC® Standard, Accessories

you not only choose a minicontroller,
but also a concept: – Programming cable TTL-RS232
RS232 level converter in Sub-D
Optimised technology for housing for use with all products
optimised systems with TTL-RS232 interfaces. The
enclosed programming cable
The FEC® Standard is especially allows direct connection to a PC.
suitable for small, simple appli- – FST for FEC®
cations. Optimised for everyday FST for FEC® contains convenient
automation, so that projects can be functions for programming, testing,
realised quickly and successfully. commissioning and servicing of
automation projects. The reliable
Programming environment: FST – programming languages statement
for quick and easy program develop- list (STL) or ladder diagram (LDR)
ment, including a web server. are available for programming.
Includes user and training
The PLC board with the modern manuals. Software and training
minicontroller and the programming manual on CD-ROM (DE/EN).
environment FST. System requirements:
– Power supply: PC with Win 95/98/NT4.0/2000/XP
24 V DC CD-ROM drive
– Digital inputs: – Sensor-actuator connector, 10-pin,
32, of which 2 are fast counters 1-row, with LEDs
(max. 2 kHz) Sensor-actuator connector with
– Outputs: tension-spring technology, single-
16 (24 V DC, max. 400 mA) row version, with signal LEDs. The
– SysLink interfaces: LEDs integrated into the connector
1 x cable for connection to station, show the status of the signal LEDs
1 x cable for connection to console, and the supply voltage.
1 x strap for connection to
EMERGENCY-STOP
– Serial interfaces:
1 x RS232 programming interface,
1 x universal
– Ethernet interfaces:
1 x TCP/IP, 10 Mbit/s
Order no. 526875
Programming cable TTL-RS232 188935
FST for FEC DE 537927
FST for FEC EN 537928
Sensor-actuator connector, 10-pin, 1-row, with LEDs 197160
PLC board with SIMATIC S7-300

The industry standard
The modular concept of the SIMATIC Board

S7-300 offers professional PLC – Power supply:
technology from the market leader, 24 V DC
Siemens. With various CPUs, CPs and – SysLink interfaces:
I/O modules, the S7-300 meets all 1 x cable for connection to station,
automation requirements. 1 x cable for connection to console,
The S7-300 facilitates the use of a EMERGENCY-STOP
wide range of fieldbuses such as AS-
interface, Profibus DP and Ethernet. Accessories
The STEP 7 programming environ- – PC adapter

ment makes all industrially used PLC Cable for the SIMATIC S7. With
programming languages available: RS232 cable or USB cable for Win
STL, LDR, FCH, STEP 7-SCL, STEP 7- 2000/XP.
GRAPH, STEP 7-HiGraph. – Programming software Siemens
STEP 7
CPUs with integrated I/Os: ➔ Page 44
– Digital I/O module SM323 8I/8O
CPU 313C – Front-panel connector
– 32 KB RAM for program and data – Analogue I/O module S7-SM334-
– Interfaces: MPI 4E/2A
– I/Os: – Analogue terminal
24 digital inputs (24 V DC), – Analogue cable, parallel
16 digital outputs (24 V DC, – Analogue cable, crossover
400 mA), – AS-interface upgrade S7-300 CP
4 analogue inputs, 11 bit, 20 ms 343-2 AS-i Master
(±10 V, 0 – 10 V, ±20 mA, 0/4 – 20 AS-i filter including wiring material.
mA), 1 Pt100 input, – Trainer Package, Internet link
2 analogue outputs (±10 V, 0 – 10 S7-300, CP343-1 Advanced with
V, ±20 mA, 0/4 – 20 mA) CD-ROM
➔ Page 135
CPU 313C-2DP
– 32 KB RAM for program and data
– Interfaces:
MPI, Profibus DP
– I/Os:
16 digital inputs (24 V DC)
16 digital outputs (24 V DC,
400 mA)
PLC board with S7-313C 533526

PLC board with S7-313C-2DP 533527
Accessories
Digital I/O module SM323 8I/8O 184550
Front-panel connector Screwed contacts 184554
Analogue I/O module S7-SM334-4E/2A 184804
Analogue terminal 526213
Analogue cable, crossover 533039
AS-interface upgrade S7-300 CP 343-2 AS-i Master 533028
Trainer Package, Internet link S7-300 533027
Allen-Bradley ML 1500
The standard for North America
The modular concept of the Micro Accessories

Logix from Allen Bradley offers
professional PLC technology – Programming cable ML 1500
– RSLogix 500 Starter
With various CPUs and modules, The programming software for the
the ML series meets all automation Micro Logix controller type by
requirements. Allen-Bradley contains the RSLogix
500 Starter as well as RS Linx Lite
The ML 1500 facilitates the use of for programming LDR. The CD-ROM
a wide range of fieldbuses such as (EN) manual incorporates Getting
DeviceNet and Ethernet. The RSLogix Results with RSLogix 500.
500 programming software makes System requirements:
the PLC programming language LDR PC with Win NT/2000/XP, At least
available. Pentium II 500 MHz, 128 MB RAM,
45 MB free space on hard disc,
PLC board 3.5“ floppy disc drive
with Allan-Bradley ML 1500 – Digital upgrade ML 1500
Digital I/O module 1769-IQ6X0W4-
PLC ML 1500 + compact 4I/O (6 IN/4 OUT)
IN/OUT module – Analogue upgrade ML 1500
– Program memory: 7K + 8k Analogue I/O module 1769-
– Interfaces: RS-232-C IF4XOF2 (4 IN/2 OUT)
– I/Os: – Ethernet upgrade ML 1500
22 digital inputs (24 V DC), of ENI Ethernet interface 1761-NET-
which 8 are high-speed counters ENI
by configuration,
16 digital outputs (24 V DC, 1 A),
of which 2 are high-speed outputs
by configuration
2 integrated analogue potentio-
meters
– Programmable PID controller
Digital board
– Power supply:
24 V DC
– SysLink interfaces:
1 x cable for connection to station,
1 x cable for connection to console,
EMERGENCY-STOP
Analogue board
– Same as digital board but with
additional analogue terminal and
analogue expansion.
PLC board with ML 1500, digital 535820

PLC board with ML 1500, analogue 544300
Accessories
Programming cable ML 1500 535827
RSLogix 500 Starter EN 535829
Digital upgrade ML 1500 535822
Analogue upgrade ML 1500 541126
Ethernet upgrade ML 1500 541127
Mitsubishi MELSEC FX1N

The small controller with the big range of functions
The modular concept of the MELSEC Accessories

FX1N from Mitsubishi offers
professional PLC technology from – Programming cable FX1N
a high-tech company. – Mitsubishi GX Trainer Package
The standard programming
The FX1N with its various upgrades software for controller type FX
provides all of the functions required from Mitsubishi includes GX
of a minicontroller for automation Developer for the programming
technology. The FX1N facilitates the of AWL, FUP, KOP, as well as
use of a wide range of fieldbuses GX IEC Developer, the powerful
such as AS-interface, Profibus development environment to IEC
DP and Ethernet. The MELSOFT 61131 (AWL, FBS, KOP, AS, ST).
GX IEC Developer programming The Trainer Package consists of
environment makes industry-related six full licences and six student
and IEC 1131.3-compliant PLC versions on separate CD-ROMs for
programming languages such as STL, doing homework.
LDR, FBD, AS and ST available. Scope of delivery:
GX IEC Developer (DE/EN)
PLC board with GX IEC Developer for students
MELSEC FX1N-40MT-DSS (DE/EN)
PLC with integrated I/Os: GX Developer (DE/EN)
GX Developer for students (EN)
FX1N: Manual on CD-ROM (DE/EN)
– 8 k program memory System requirements:
– Interfaces: RS 232 PC with Win 98/ME/NT/2000/XP,
– I/Os: at least PentiumII 450 MHz, 64 MB
24 digital inputs (24 V DC), RAM, 150 MB free space on hard
16 digital outputs (24 V DC, 500 disk.
mA) The Trainer package is intended
exclusively for basic and further
Digital board training.
– Power supply: – Analogue upgrade FX1N
12 – 24 V DC Analogue I/O module FX0N-3A
– SysLink interfaces: (2 IN/1 OUT)
1 x cable for connection to station, – AS-interface upgrade FX1N
1 x cable for connection to console, AS-i master FX2N-32ASI-M
1 x strap for connection to – Ethernet upgrade FX1N
EMERGENCY-STOP Ethernet FX2NC-ENET-ADP + FX1N-
CNV-BD
Analogue board
– Same as digital board but with
additional analogue terminal and
analogue expansion.
PLC board with MELSEC FX1N, digital 540681

PLC board with MELSEC FX1N, analogue 544301
Accessories
Programming cable FX1N 540683
Mitsubishi GX Trainer Package DE/EN 541149
Analogue upgrade FX1N 541128
AS-interface upgrade FX1N 541129
Ethernet upgrade FX1N 541131

Mechatronics and factory automation MPS® Accessories and optional components/topics Operating/Observing
Operating and observing
1 Knowing what‘s going on – and 1 Control console 3 19“ Communication panels

responding accordingly. That‘s the If the control console is used
simple idea on which the technology MPS® control console for SysLink for several combined stations,
for the automation of whole pro- The MPS® control console allows communication panels allow simple
duction processes has been based. simpler operation of the MPS® and transparent exchange of
station. SysLink or AS-interface – additional signals and information
Operating and observing various interfaces ensure versatility between the stations. 4 inputs and 4
means mastering the process. of use. Fully assembled with outputs are available at 4 mm safety
It means keeping machines and operating panel, communication sockets.
systems running at their optimal panels, spare panel and mounting Order no. 195767
levels. And it means high availability frame with SysLink connector.
and productivity. 4 19“ Spare panel
Membrane keyboard: Start push- For the integration of additional
2 Visualisation in the Net button with LED, Stop pushbutton, control components.
Visualise and operate your MPS® Reset pushbutton with LED, 2 Order no. 195765
stations and systems using the latest flexibly assignable control lamps
visualisation software from the (see also Order no. 195766). 4 5 19“ Mounting frame
market leaders. Learn the application mm safety sockets with LED status 19“ frame for mounting of control
of visualisation software, connection display for simple I/O connection panels. The frame can be mounted
to the production process, the (see also Order no. 195767). Syslink on the MPS® trolley.
creation of your own process and Sub-D sockets for connection – Width: 310 mm
images – and even connection to the to PLC of choice are available on the – Height: 132 mm
3 Internet. rear panel. Order no. 526206
Expandable MPS® control console for

If additional control or display AS-interface
elements are required for custom- Fully assembled with AS-interface
ised design of the information flow, control console, communication
ready-to-use terminal strips on the panels, spare panel and mounting
rear of the control console allow frame with AS-interface connector.
quick and easy expansion. SysLink 195764
AS-Interface 535814
4
2 19“ Control panel
The control panel is connected to a
controller via SysLink. The control
panel allows up to 16 operating in-
puts and 16 operating outputs to be
connected. The signals from push-
buttons, switches, signal lamps, free
inputs and free outputs are available
at additional terminals.
5
Pushbutton (switch):
– Start (normally open)
– Stop (normally closed)
– Reset (normally open)
– Auto/Man (normally open)
LED displays:
– Start LED
– Reset LED
– Indicator lamp Q1
– Indicator lamp Q2
Order no. 195766
Mechatronics and factory automation MPS® Accessories and optional components/topics Operating/Observing
The right solution for every operating task
1 Touch Panel TP177B 2 Operator Panel OP177B 1

Equipped with practical functions Equipped with practical functions
and a large user memory, the Sie- and a large user memory, the Sie-
mens Touch Panel TP177B Color mens Touch and Button Panel
PN/DP can be used wherever the op- OP177B Color PN/DP can be used
eration and monitoring of machines wherever the operation and monitor-
and systems directly on-site is called ing of machines and systems directly
for – whether in production, process on-site is called for – whether in pro-
or configuring automation. duction, process or configuring au-
tomation.
A touch panel therefore provides you 2
with an advanced method of operat- An operating panel provides you
ing and monitoring MPS® stations. with a method of controlling MPS®
Learn how simple it is to configure stations. Learn how simple it is to de-
graphics and switching buttons us- sign graphics and switching buttons
ing design tools. Use state-of-the-art using design tools. Use state-of-the-
distributed communication technolo- art distributed communication tech-
gy to connect the touch panel to your nology to connect the touch panel to
controller. your controller.
Consisting of: Consisting of:

– Siemens Touch Panel Trainer – Siemens Touch and Button
Package TP177B Color PN/DP with Panel Trainer Package OP177B
256 colours, ProfiNet, Profibus Color PN/DP with 256 colours,
and USB interface, non-volatile ProfiNet, Profibus and USB inter-
message buffer that permanently face, non-volatile message buffer
stores the messages without bat- that permanently stores the mes-
tery backup sages without battery backup
– S7 MPI cable, 5 m – S7 MPI cable, 5 m
– Ethernet cable, 2 m – Ethernet cable, 2 m
– WinCC flexible Advanced – WinCC flexible Advanced
– WinCC flexible/Sm@rtAccess for – WinCC flexible/Sm@rtAccess for
SIMATIC Panel SIMATIC Panel
– MC documentation supplied on – MC documentation supplied on
CD-ROM CD-ROM
– Interfaces: – Interfaces:
ProfiNet and Profibus DP ProfiNet und Profibus DP
– Dimensions (W x H x D): – Dimensions (W x H x D):
212 x 156 x 46 mm 243 x 212,5 x 48 mm
For industrial colleges and training For industrial colleges and training
centres. centres.
System requirements System requirements

– PC with Windows 2000 Profes – PC with Windows 2000 Profes
sional/XP Professional sional/XP Professional
Mounting frame/housing on request. Mounting frame/housing on request.
Mechatronics and factory automation MPS® Accessories and optional components/topics Safety engineering
Safety engineering
EMERGENCY-STOP board 19“ EMERGENCY STOP panel 19“ Blank panel for the control Other safety components, such as
The flexible safety concept for the The EMERGENCY STOP panel allows panel protection circuits and light curtains,
MPS® provides an easy method of integration of the EMERGENCY STOP Order no. 534630 on request.
switching off components – whether pushbutton into the control panel.
the entire system or parts thereof. The pushbutton is connected to a
The central EMERGENCY-STOP board PLC board or an EMERGENCY STOP
is part of the safety concept in the board via a 2.5m cable with 2-pin
Modular Production System and al- screw-terminal plug.
lows you to integrate up to ten MPS®
stations into a safety circuit. When The EMERGENCY OFF panel can be
combined with EMERGENCY-STOP integrated into the control panel or-
pushbuttons and/or position switch- der no. 195764. A blank panel order
es, it provides a high level of safety. no. 534630 is required for installa-
The central EMERGENCY-STOP board tion into the control panel. The blank
can be mounted in the trolley of a panel is not included.
station along with a PLC board. Order no. 534631
A 4-pin cable (order no. 535245) is

required for each station for connec-
tion. This cable is not included in the
scope of delivery. The connected sta-
tions can be switched off via max. 6
EMERGENCY-STOP switches. These
EMERGENCY-STOP switches are not
included in the scope of delivery.
– Inputs (EMERGENCY-STOP switch)

1–6
– Outputs (stations) 1 – 10
Order no. 195769
Also order:
Connecting cable, 4-pin, for connect-
ing an MPS® station (PLC board) to
the EMERGENCY-STOP board.
Order no. 535245
Mechatronics and factory automation MPS® Accessories and optional components/topics Accessories
Accessories
1 Profile plate 350/700 3 Profile plate connector 6 Tabletop power supply unit 1
The anodised aluminium profile For connecting two profile plates – Input voltage:
plates are used for mounting all (e.g. when combining two MPS® sta- 230/115 V AC (47 – 63 Hz)
components of the MPS® stations. tions to build a system). – Output voltage:
Both sides are slotted, so if neces- – Length: 45 mm 24 V DC, short-circuit-proof
sary parts can be mounted on both – Mounting method: Bolt with rotat- – Output current: max. 4.5 A
sides. The slots are compatible with ing head and M5 hammer-head nut – Dimensions: 115 x 155 x 200 mm
the ITEM profile system. The board is Order no. 162228 Without power cable
supplied with caps for the sides. Fits Order no. 162416
2
on trolley (order no. 120856). 4 Trolley With power cable, 1.3 m, suitable for:
– Height: 32 mm The trolley makes an MPS® station DE, FR, NO, SE, FI, PT, ES, AT, NL, BE, GR,
– Grid spacing (from slot to slot): a compact and mobile unit. The sta- TR, IT, DK, IR, ID
50 mm tion is easy to mount on the trolley. Order no. 162417
– Width: 350 mm The PLC board can also be fitted. Ap- US, CA, Central America, BR, CO, YU, EC,
– Length: 700 mm propriate through-holes in the side KR, TW, TH, PH, JP
3
Order no. 162386 panels enable orderly routing of ca- Order no. 162418
bles. The front side is equipped with GB, IE, MY, SG, UA, HK
The profile plate 350/700 has a hole mountings for the control panel. The Order no. 162419
with a diameter of approx. 5 cm for trolley is supplied complete with AU, NZ, CN, AR
the I/O cable that connects the PLC castors. Order no. 162380
board to the station (not shown). – Height (incl. castors, to bottom CH 4
Order no. 170395 edge of profile plate): 750 mm Order no. 162381
– Width: 350 mm ZA, IN, PT, SG, AE, HK, (GB)
2 Rubber feet – Depth: 700 mm Order no. 162382
For non-slip, protective mounting Order no. 120856
of profile plates on tabletops of any 7 Robot interface box
type. 5 Tool set Supplement to Robot station
Set (4 pieces) 158343 The tool set is an aid to easy working
on MPS® stations. A practical mini- The Robot interface box allows the
systainer includes: robot controller to undertake addi-
– 200 mm steel rule tional PLC functions. Up to 16 robot
– Open-jawed spanners size 7, 8, controller I/Os can be distributed to
9, 10 4 SysLink sockets with the Robot in- 5
– Adjustable spanner terface box. The Robot interface box
– Side cutter is connected to the robot control-
– Insulation-stripping pliers ler’s I/O card via a 50-pin Centron-
– Wire end sleeve pliers ics connector. On the front panel are
– Screwdriver set, hex, 1.5 – 6 LEDs to display the status of the ro-
– Screwdriver, hex, 0.9; 1.3 bot I/Os. On the rear panel are 4 Sys-
– Screwdriver, cross-head, Link sockets for connection to pe-
PZ02 – short ripherals.
– Screwdriver, flat, 2.5 x 75; Order no. 534364
4.0 x 100
– Screwdriver, flat, 1.2 – 1.6 6
– Tubing cutter
– Fibre-optic cable cutter
– Workpiece, red, black, silver
– 100 x cable binders 2.5 x 100
– 100 x wire end sleeves 0.25
Order no. 539767
7
Mechatronics and factory automation MPS® Accessories and optional components/topics Accessories
Accessories
1 1 Workpiece insert “Clock” 6 Workpiece set “Reject bodies” 8 Workpiece set “Housings”
Quartz clock insert for mounting in The workpiece set comprises 2 black The workpiece set comprises 4 black
housing. and 2 red plastic cylinder bodies and and 4 red plastic housings and
– External diameter: 40 mm 2 aluminium cylinder bodies. 4 aluminium housings. The “Clock”,
– Mounting diameter: 30 mm – External diameter: 40 mm “Thermometer” and “Hygrometer”
Order no. 534621 – Height: Each colour: 1 x 23 mm and inserts can be mounted in the bod-
1 x 24 mm ies.
2 Workpiece insert “Thermometer” Order no. 534368 – External diameter: 40 mm
Thermometer insert for mounting in – Internal diameter: 30 mm
2 housing. 7 Parts set “Cylinder end caps” – Height: 23 mm
– External diameter: 40 mm Parts set consisting of 50 end caps Order no. 534619
– Mounting diameter: 30 mm for cylinder assembly. The end caps
Order no. 534622 do not yet have a hole for the cylin- 9 Workpiece set “Reject housings”
der piston rod. This hole is punched The workpiece set comprises 3 black
3 Workpiece insert “Hygrometer” by the hydraulic press station. The and 3 red plastic housings and 3 alu-
Hygrometer insert for mounting in hydraulic press station can, however, minium housings.
housing. also be operated with end caps that – External diameter: 40 mm
– External diameter: 40 mm already have a hole. Black workpieces:
3 – Mounting diameter: 30 mm – Number of end caps: 50 – Internal diameter: 30 mm
Order no. 534623 Order no. 162240 – Heights: 22/24/25 mm
Red workpieces:
4 Workpiece set – Internal diameter: 30 mm
“For cylinder assembly” – Heights: 26/27/28 mm
The workpiece set consisting of cyl- Aluminium workpieces:
inder components for full assembly – Internal diameter:
(body, piston, spring, cover). The 30.2/30.4/30.6 mm
cylinders can be assembled and dis- – Height: 23 mm
mantled many times. This kit allows Order no. 534620
for the complete assembly of 7 black
and 7 red plastic cylinders and 7 alu-
4 minium cylinders.
Order no. 162239
5 Workpiece set
“Cylinder bodies”
The workpiece set comprises 4 black
5
and 4 red plastic cylinder bodies and
4 aluminium cylinder bodies.
– External diameter: 40 mm
– Height (black): 22.5 mm
– Height (red and aluminium): 25
mm
6 Order no. 167021
MicroFMS
An introduction to the world

of flexible manufacturing and
integrated systems
All of the essential procedures for a

fully automated, flexible manufactur-
ing system – FMS – can be shown:
– Buffer of unmachined parts
– Separation
– CNC machine loading using robots
– CNC machining processes
– Buffer of finished parts
– SCADA/DNC options
The CNC machines used are PC-con-

trolled, bench-mounted lathes and/
or bench-mounted milling machines
which correspond to an industrial
standard in their structure and func-
tion. Industrial robots with power-
ful controllers (multi-tasking, path
control) are used for loading and un-
loading. Owing to the modularity and
the clearly defined interfaces, the
MicroFMS systems can be combined
both with one another and with
MPS® stations.
255
Mechatronics and production automation MicroFMS CNC and robot technology similar to industry
MicroFMS:
CNC and robot technology similar to industry
The control concept

Every CNC machine in MicroFMS has
its own PC control system. On the
PC, various industrial control sys-
tems such as the Siemens 810/820,
810D/840D, Heidenhain TNC 426 or
the CAMConceptCAD/CAM system
can be installed. Via an optional con-
trol panel, the user interface for the
corresponding control system can be
displayed.
For automated use, the CNC ma-

chines are equipped with an auto-
matic door, pneumatic chuck and/or
an electromagnetic vice and an I/O
communication interface.
Spectrum of workpieces
The illustrated turned and milled
parts can be manufactured for exam-
ple from unmachined parts with a
diameter of 30 or 40 mm.
Control, simulation and Individual solutions

programming: Do you need a special solution or
The software solution for MicroFMS controller set-up? Call us – we have
– Simple CAD/CAM system for the solution for all your needs.
turning and milling
– 3D simulating for turning and An impressive training concept that
milling already has many loyal users. Dis-
– CIROS® Automation Suite cover for yourself the flexibility of
MultiFMS. You will find numerous
references with contact data for our
customers on our website:
Under the heading
Services ➔ References
Mechatronics and factory automation MicroFMS CNC and robot technology similar to industry
MicroFMS –
Simple I/O communication or SCADA system
Level 1: Level 2:
Automated buffer operation via I/O Flexible buffer operation with a Robot CNC
communication between robotand SCADA system controller I/O cable, 50-pin controller
CNC machine
Robots, CNC and cell computers as XMR
Central control of the automated well as an optional CAD/CAM labo- Robotics interface
buffer operation is provided by the ratory are all networked together, Robot
robot controller. Buffer operation is via Ethernet. The DNC commands interface box
started and stopped via the MPS® are transmitted from the cell compu- Parts buffer
XMB XMA
control desk at the station robot. ter to the CNC machine via whatever station
DNC interface is available (RS232 or
Level 1 enables the automated TCP/IP).
processing of a buffer of unmachined
parts. If different work-pieces are to Level 2 corresponds to the full func-
be made, then the corresponding tionality of flexible industrial manu-
program must be manually prese- facturing systems (FMS). Every un-
lected at the CNC machine. Commu- machined partput in the buffer is
nication between a robot and a CNC assigned to a specific process plan. SCADA
machine, such as starting and stop- This means that differing workpieces system
ping the CNC machining, reporting can be manufactured in the system.
completion, opening and closing the Using DNC, the appropriate CNC pro- TCP/IP DNC
door, is controlled by the robot con- grams for the workpiece are loaded
troller by setting and reading the I/O into the machine via the cell compu-
lines of the CNC machine robotics ter. Optionally, a CAD/CAM laborato-
interface. ry can be networked with the system. DNC interface
Parts buffer Robot
station controller CNC
controller
Robotics interface
TR5 – Turned parts with robot loading
TURN 55 is an industry-compatible TURN 55

inclined-bed lathe that facilitates all Lathe, mounted on table with pro-
machining possibilities of a modern file plate:
CNC lathe: turning, plunge cutting, – 8-way tool turner
cropping and drilling. – Clockwise/anticlockwise rotating
spindle
– Infinitely variable main drive
(0.75 kW)
– Constant cutting speed
– Automatic motion to reference
point
– Pneumatic chuck
– Automatic door and robotics in-
terface
– Travel X/Z: 48/236 mm
– Rapid traverse: 2 m/min
– Maximum width/maximum turning
diameter: 335/52 mm
– Speed range 120 – 4000 rpm
– PC control with selectable CNC con-
troller interface
Parts buffer station

2 conveyor belts, mounted on trolley
with profile plate:
– Conveyor 1 for buffering and sepa-
ration of cylindrical unmachined
parts size 30 or 40 mm
– Conveyor 2 for buffering and/or
separation of cylindrical finished
Robot cell Controlling, programming, parts with a base area of at least
The automatic control and loading/ simulating: 30 mm diameter
unloading of the CNC machine is un- the software solutions for MicroFMS
dertaken by the 5-axis RV-2AJ indus- – Simple CAD/CAM system for RV-2AJ
trial robot used in the MPS®. In the turning and milling 5-axis industrial robot, mounted on
Parts buffer station cylindrical unma- – 3D simulation for turning and trolley with profile plate:
chined parts are buffered and sep- milling – Reach/payload: 410 mm/2 kg
arately fed to a robot for removal. – CIROS® Automation Suite – Axis drive: AC servo motors with
After CNC machining, the robot re- harmonic drive gear
moves the finished part and places it – Repetition accuracy: ±0.02 mm
on the station‘s other conveyor belt, – Maximum speed: 2100 mm/s
where it is either buffered or separat- – Gripper: Pneumatic finger gripper
ed for further transport. for cylindrical parts with a diameter
of 8 – 40 mm
– Controller: 64-bit RISC processor
with multitasking real-time operat-
ing system, PTP linear and circular
interpolation
– Teachpanel: dead-man‘s switch,
EMERGENCY-STOP button, robot
motion in joint, cartesian and tool
coordinates
MicroFMS TR5 On request

MR5 – Milling cell with robot loading
MILL 55 is a 3-axis milling machine of MILL 55

industry-compatible design that fa- 3-axis milling machine, mounted on
cilitates all machining possibilities of suitable base frame:
a modern CNC milling machine: mill- – Clockwise/anticlockwise rotating
ing, cutting and drilling/boring. spindle
– Infinitely variable main drive
(0.75 kW)
– Automatic motion to reference
point
– Electromechanical vice
– Automatic door and robotics in-
terface
– Travel X/Y/Z: 190/125/190 mm
– Milling machine table clamping ar-
ea: 420 x 125 mm
– Speed range 150 – 3500 rpm
– PC control with selectable CNC con-
troller interface
– 8-station tool drum (option)

2 conveyor belts, mounted on trolley
with profile plate:
– Conveyor 1 for buffering and sepa-
ration of cylindrical unmachined
parts size 30 or 40 mm
– Conveyor 2 for buffering and/or
separation of cylindrical finished
parts with a base area of at least
30 mm diameter Robot cell Controlling, programming,
The automatic control and loading/ simulating:
RV-2AJ unloading of the CNC machine is un- the software solutions for MicroFMS
5-axis industrial robot, mounted on dertaken by the 5-axis RV-2AJ indus- – Simple CAD/CAM system for
trolley with profile plate: trial robot used in the MPS®. In the turning and milling
– Reach/payload: 410 mm/2 kg Parts buffer station cylindrical unma- – 3D simulation for turning and
– Axis drive: AC servo motors with chined parts are buffered and sep- milling
harmonic drive gear arately fed to a robot for removal. – CIROS® Automation Suite
– Repetition accuracy: ±0.02 mm After CNC machining, the robot re-
– Maximum speed: 2100 mm/s moves the finished part and places it
– Gripper: Pneumatic finger gripper on the station‘s other conveyor belt,
for cylindrical parts with a diameter where it is either buffered or separat-
of 8 – 40 mm ed for further transport.
– Controller: 64-bit RISC processor
with multitasking real-time operat-
ing system, PTP linear and circular
interpolation
– Teachpanel: dead-man‘s switch,
EMERGENCY-STOP button, robot
motion in joint, cartesian and tool
coordinates
MicroFMS MR5 On request
MTLR5 – Turning and milling with robot on linear axis
This combination of TURN 105 and MILL 105

MILL 105 facilitates an efficient im- 3-axis milling machine with auto-
plementation of a CNC machine pro- matic door and robotics interface,
duction line for turning and milling mounted on table with profile plate.
operations. PC with selectable CNC control-
ler interface for milling machine, on
bench.
Optional:
Industrial control panel.
TURN 105
Lathe with automatic door and ro-
botics interface, mounted on table
with profile plate. PC with selecta-
ble CNC controller interface for lathe,
on bench.
Optional:
Industrial control panel.

1 station with three conveyor belt
buffers, mounted on trolley with pro-
file plate. Conveyor 1 and 2 for buff-
ering and separation of cylindrical
unmachined parts size 30 or 40 mm.
Conveyor 3 for buffering and/or sep-
aration of cylindrical finished parts
with a base area of at least 30 mm
Robot cell Controlling, programming, diameter.
Automatic control and loading/un- simulating:
loading of the CNC machine is un- the software solutions for MicroFMS RV-1A
dertaken by a 6-axis RV-1A industrial – Simple CAD/CAM system for 6-axis industrial robot with pneumat-
robot that travels on a linear axis. turning and milling ic finger grippers mounted on trolley
Unmachined parts are fed to the first – 3D simulation for turning and with profile plate.
production process via 2 conveyors. milling
This facilitates feeding of two differ- – CIROS® Automation Suite Linear axis with toothed belt drive
ent unmachined parts, for example – Stroke length: typically 2000 mm,
aluminium and brass. The workpiec- dependent on layout
es undergo turning and milling in se- – Precise and firm guidance through
quence and are then placed on the linear ball bearing
third conveyor. – Drive motor: AC servo motor
– Output: 0.2 kW
– No-load speed: 3000 rpm
– Positioning: Incremental rotary
transducer
For further technical details, see MR5

and TR5
MicroFMS MTLR5 On request
MultiFMS
The name says it all – MultiFMS

really is multifunctional.
The combination of three successful

concepts in MultiFMS produces
an extremely comprehensive
training environment specifically for
mechatronics engineers.
The subsystems MPS®, MPS® 500-

FMS and MicroFMS can be operated
both individually and in a network,
meaning you get a wealth of
combination possibilities precisely
tailored to your training situation.
System complexity is kept to a
minimum thanks to the fact that the
interface design is geared toward
standardisation as part of the design
process.
261
Mechatronics and factory automation MultiFMS Learning platform with MPS®, transport system, CNC
Multifunctional: MultiFMS
MPS® stations MPS®500-FMS MicroFMS
MultiFMS contains a series of MPS® The pallet transport system is a MicroFMS brings CNC technology
stations that are formed around central part of the MPS® 500-FMS into play. One or two machines with
the transport system. These MPS® system solution. It integrates the a loading robot handle production
stations can be easily isolated from MPS® stations, warehouse and of cylinder bodies in networked
the transport system and used either camera into a production system operation before these are trans-
individually or as an MPS® line for with logistics components that ferred to the assembly line. The
your training purposes. Each MPS® exhibit excellent flexibility in terms of straightforward database-supported
station has its own PLC controller, material flow. order administration system on the
which means that a sizeable number PC (optional) makes getting started
of students can be trained on the 9 with flexible production easy. Of
stations (full configuration). Each course you can also operate the CNC
station also focuses on a single machines individually in order to
topic, for example testing, rotary train students in the fundamentals
indexing table, handling, robot of CNC.
assembly, positioning drives,
conveyor, enabling many topics of
relevance to automation technology
to be addressed.
The mechatronics learning platform that integrates MPS®,

a transport system and CNC
Robots and CNC (1) Handling and processing (3)
Up to two industrial robots Actuating cylinders, detecting

perform typical tasks such as sensors, moving axes – the daily
assembly and loading/unloading bread of the PLC programmer. The
of machines in MultiFMS. This most important thing in this context
provides an ideal opportunity of is the application of the correct
illustrating the advantages offered programming methodology – a skill
by modern industrial robots in itself. MultiFMS offers an excellent
thanks to their flexibility, precision training environment in this regard
and dynamism. The problems thanks to the numerous MPS®
of controller coupling between stations.
robots and CNC controllers can be 1
addressed in combination with the Of no less importance is effective
CNC machines. troubleshooting – after all, faults
in production systems have to be
The CNC machines and the eliminated quickly. This can also be
accompanying software are ideally systematically practised using
suited to teaching mechatronics MultiFMS.
engineers about CNC. All stages
of product development can be
reconstructed, from CAD design to
machining.
Logistics and material flow (2)

2
There aren‘t many production
facilities that can manage
without the logistics functions of
transportation and warehousing.
What is a warehouse? In its simplest

form a shelf. More exciting is the
shelf robot – in our case a 3-axis
cartesian robot with two positioning
axes and one pneumatic axis,
controlled using a PLC.
The transport system addresses 3

the topics of frequency converters,
fieldbus, pallet identification and
PLC programming using examples. A
good foundation for the challenges
of the career.

MultiFMS: decentralised control technology
Makes even large systems

Control layer easy to master
PC1 PC2
Each station has its own controller,
which means that each station
Communication L2
can also be used on its own.
Synchronisation of the individual
stations is performed via digital I/O
Communication L1 at level 1 (L1).
A second communication level

Distributed PLC RC CNC RC (L2) for transferring data to the
control level two computers at the control level
can be installed in addition to and
independently of level 1. Profibus or
Ethernet is used here. Level 2 is not
I/O connection area required for operation of the system,
Field bus/AS-i however it does increase its ease
of use.
Sensors/Actuators
Processes
Subprocess Subprocess Subprocess Subprocess
Overall process MultiFMS
The control level in MultiFMS: for maximum ease of use
PC1: For visualising and operating In practice, almost all large pro- PC2: Order input and visualisation The cell computer (PC2) of the CNC
the MPS® system duction systems are equipped with of the CNC cell cell facilitates input of a number
a system visualisation feature. of different CNC orders in one
We offer system visualisation and order batch. Each order can start
operation of the assembly line on its own CNC program via DNC. You
the basis of WinCC or InTouch, can also define whether an order
depending on the PLC used in the should involve turning or milling or
system, as an optional extra for turning and milling. In addition to
MultiFMS. order input, the CNC is dynamically
visualised using a 3D representation.
Individual solutions
Do you need a special solution or CNC manufacturing as required:

controller set-up? Call us – we have The material flow in MultiFMS
the solution for all your needs.
The two conveyor belt buffers stock
An impressive training concept two different cylinder bodies (1).
that already has many loyal users.
Discover for yourself the flexibility These are removed by the loading
of MultiFMS. You will find numerous robot, fed to the CNC machining
references with contact data for our centre and then inserted in the
customers on our website: magazine buffer (2).
www.festo-didactic.com If the workpiece buffer is full, the

under the heading Services ➔ CNC cell is notified and production 1 2
References of the workpieces is suspended until
the buffer can accept more pieces
(3).
The workpiece is then drilled

(simulation) in the processing cell
and tested (4).
Next the workpiece is transferred to

the Vision system station for quality
inspection (5).
The robot then transfers the 3 4

workpiece to the Sorting station (6).
If this is full or out of order, the

workpieces are buffered in the
warehouse (7).
Finally they are transferred once

more to the Sorting station when it
is ready (8).
5 6
7 8

Professional software for MultiFMS
The full range of software and CIROS® Mechatronics (4)

teachware for MultiFMS is also CIROS® Mechatronics for safe
available to order: experimentation with PLC programs.
You can use the integrated Soft PLC
Mechatronics Assistant (1) S7 PLC or any real PLC.
A virtually inexhaustible source
of useful information for trainers CAD/CAM system – CAMConcept (5)
and trainees. This wealth of pro- CAMConcept from EMCO is a
fessionally prepared information CAD/CAM system for turning
1 2 is only available from the market and milling applications. Design
leader. Free updates are all part of simple parts with the integrated
the deal. In this way you stay up to CAD functionality. Thanks to the
date. user-friendly operation, you can
then create your CNC program
CIROS® Robotics (2) without any controller-specific CNC
The virtual learning environment for knowledge.
robotics offering a comprehensive
online tutorial on robotics and 3D simulation (6)
numerous ready-made robot work- This useful program is part of the
3 4 cells. WinNC machine controller installed
on every EMCO CNC machine. The
CIROS® Studio (3) package can also be installed on
Model and simulate any type of other computers so that the process
complex robot cell using CIROS® can be visualised.
Studio. This package provides a
user-friendly program editor, many
online functions as well as a teach-in
function for robot programming.
5 6

iCIM –
Professional CIM training
iCIM – The platform for research

and training
iCIM systems play an important role

in illustrating complex topics such as
production logistics and sequence
planning in flexible manufacturing
systems (FMS):
– Material supply and disposal
– Planning algorithms for automated
production lines
– and much more.
The exclusive use of open standards

for communication and databases
as well as the modular structure of
the software provides numerous
possibilities for realising your own
ideas.
The interface between iCIM-ERP and

iCIM-MES has been published. With
suitable programming skills you
can link the iCIM system into your
existing PPS or ERP system.
A world of possibilities awaits –

why not find out more?
Interdisciplinary with iCIM
Future technicians and engineers,

but also sales staff and manage-
ment, benefit from interdisciplinary
training on iCIM systems. From the
fundamentals of mechatronics to
complex networked processes, the
relationships between individual
processes are illustrated in a clear
and comprehensible way.
267
Mechatronics and factory automation iCIM Professional CIM training/EMCO CNC technology
iCIM –
The platform for professional interdisciplinary CIM training.
MES Programming tools

Planning is one thing – production We offer practical programming
is another. The MES in iCIM brings tools for each iCIM system for
planning and production together. programming and setting the para-
Using the CIROS® integration tool meters for PLCs and robots. Cost-
as a basis, we create and supply an effective multiple licences for
open and modular MES solutionfor classroom scenarios are available
your system which you can modify for almost all packages.
if necessary. The wide range of
standard interfaces means that
virtually all automation devices can PPS/ERP Virtual reality and 3D simulation
be integrated, which is an important How does a company function? Creating and testing manufacturing
consideration for those system Every company is certainly unique, processes on a PC – this is easy
components you already own. but there are common aspects: in the CIROS® Production virtual
Entering and managing customer factory environment. Assemble a
data, entering and maintaining production line from the module
basic data, defining machines library, create the matching MES
with their costs as manufacturing project with one mouse click, enter
resources, maintaining parts lists. the process parameters and start
This gets really interesting when the process. The 3D simulation now
manufacturing orders are placed. clearly illustrates the procedure, with
How does the material availability real robot programmes running in
look? Can the delivery dates be the simulated robots.
met? iCIM ERP is an industrial ERP
system, which is optimised for iCIM Just like a real system, the virtual
systems and offers all commonly systems can also be connected with
used functions and reports. iCIM ERP.
With perfectly matched software.

For effective planning and engineering.
The fascination of CIM made available in databases.

Computer-integrated manufacturing Just about every process is
(CIM) provides an impressive display „integrated“, which means
of what can be achieved with current individual processes can no
technology: longer be considered in isolation.
This requires all those involved
PCs, robots, programmable logic in the production process to have
controllers and CNC machines an in depth understanding of
communicate via networks. Pro- the relationships between these
cesses are optimised through individual processes.
simulation, a whole host of pro-
duction data is administered and
ERP
CAD/CAM CAQ
MES
CNC ROB PLC FTS 3D
CAD/CAM Quality assurance

CAMConcept from EMCO isa CAD/ Industrial vision systems are in-
CAM system for turning and milling creasingly becoming as important
applications with integrated 3D as verniers and probes. However,
graphic simulation. Design simple a sound knowledge of image
parts using the integrated CAD processing and in particular lighting
functionality and then create your technology is required to design a
CNC program – you don‘t even vision application. Our intelligent
need any controller-specific CNC compact camera provides all of the
knowledge. functions of a modern vision system
and is ideal for both beginners and
professional users.

iCIM 3000 –
The complete training system with potential
iCIM 3000 system description Control technology and Training included Training aims:
Automatic warehouse, assembly communication With iCIM 3000 you are not just – Industrial communication and
station, testing station and CNC Each individual station has its own purchasing an excellent training networks
machines are combined into a controller and can therefore also platform – you are also purchasing – Cell control and process planning
flexible production system using be used on its own for training qualified training by our experts, the – System and robot simulation
a pallet transport system. Each purposes. In accordance with purpose of which is to equip you for – PLC and fieldbus technology
station removes its designated pallet the latest technological trends, the continued use of the system. – Positioning technology and servo
from the conveyor, processes the networking of the system is The step-by-step training introduces drives
materials upon it and then replaces performed using Ethernet to ensure the subsystems and their interfaces. – Handling and robot technology
it on the conveyor. The cell computer open interfaces and extendability. Once you get to that stage, – CNC programming and simulation
coordinates control of the pallets integrating them into a complete – CAD/CAM and DNC
to the workstations and their start Flexible system design system is virtually child‘s play. – Pneumatic and electropneumatic
in accordance with the planned The unique object-oriented approach components
process. of the iCIM systems facilitates
maximum flexibility when it comes
to designing systems. The stations
are positioned along the conveyor
based on the space available – you
decide the configuration. We also
optionally supply transport systems
in special sizes or with sorting gates
and alternative tracks.
iCIM 3000 complete package: Software: Upgrades and optional packages (not
included in the scope of delivery):
iCIM stations CIROS® Automation Suite
Upgrades/modifications
Pallet transport system Cell control Whether further stations, modified
– Dimensions LxW: 3000 x 1000 mm Powerful MES software comprising system layouts or integration of
– Transport height/track width: the modules Visualisation, Process existing system parts – we are happy
788 mm/160 mm control, Process connection, Data- to address any special requests
– Working positions: base and Simulation. you have in the area of control
4, can be extended later technology. Why not benefit from our
– Controller: S7-300 3D system simulation experts‘ many years of experience?
For simulation of the iCIM systems
Automatic warehouse in a virtual reality environment. iCIM
– Dimensions LxWxH: station library. User-friendly layout Robot Vision optional package (V1)
2380 x 1300 x 1800 mm editor. Fully compatible with the non- Industrial CMOS compact camera
– Number of stock locations: 80 virtual iCIM system. with integrated illumination and
– Shelf robot: linear, X/Y/Z, DC servo Ethernet interface. Resolution 640
– Controller: S7-300 3D robot simulation x 480 pixels. Stable stand with tilt
For programming robots in a virtual adjustment. The camera determines
Robot assembly cell cell environment. Ideal for offline the gripper parameters for the
– Dimensions LxW: 1100 x 700 mm robot training. Extensive cell library. robot assembly station. Includes
– Pallet buffer/magazine: 4/3 Realistic sequence simulation. professional image processing
– Robot type/payload: 5-axis, 3 kg Sensor simulation. software.
Loading robot for CNC machines Robot programming

– Robot type/payload: 6-axis, 3 kg Programming package for Mitsubishi CNC option
– Linear axis (7th axis): robots. We are happy to offer you iCIM 3000
2500 mm travel with alternative robots and CNC
– Pallet buffer/magazine: 4/3 CAMConcept CAD/CAM software machines:
package, multiple licence – (C1) CNC machine, series 55
CNC processing centre, series 155 Simple CAD/CAM system for turn- – (C2) CNC machine, series 105
– Travel X/Y/Z: 300/200/300 mm ing and milling applications with 3D
– Output: 2.5 kW graphic simulation.
– Tool drum: 10-station
– Controller type (PC controller): Commissioning/training package
SINUMERIK 810/840 D Commissioning and initial training
(in Germany), delivery of the system.
CNC lathe, series 250 Set-up and commissioning at the
– Travel X/Z: 100/300 mm delivery location. Expert initial
– Output: 5.5 kW training (4 days) for up to 4 persons. Robot option
– Tool drum VDI 16: 12-station – (A1) 6-axis assembly robot, 1 kg
– Controller type (PC controller): – (A2) 6-axis assembly robot, 3 kg
SINUMERIK 810/840D – (A3) SCARA assembly robot, 6 kg
– (F1) 5-axis loading robot, 2 kg
Quality station with handling device – (F2) 6-axis loading robot, 1 kg
– Travel X/Z: 450/80 mm
– Measuring principle: tactile/
analogue/linear variable differen-
tial transformer
– Measuring range/accuracy:
28 – 32 mm/± 0.1 mm
– Controller: S7-300
iCIM engineering service
Requirements analysis Engineering service – ERP/PPS

Off-the-peg solutions might seem Our experienced technicians and – MES
better value at first glance, however engineers are specialists in the – Communication
here at Festo we focus on long-term planning and equipping of training – Robotics, simulation
benefits for our customers. That‘s systems and have at their disposal – Vision system
why each iCIM quotation always powerful tools that represent the – CAD/CAM, CNC
starts with a qualified requirements state of the art. PLC and robot – PLC programming
analysis. Experienced project programming systems, simulation – Fieldbus
advisors discuss with you your systems, EPLAN and CAD programs – System simulation
expectations for the new training are effective tools for translating
equipment and share with your customer requirements into reality. Upgrade
their experiences of using it on a We will help you to implement your Festo offers planning reliability and
day-to-day basis, thus avoiding ideas quickly, reliably and cost- continuity. Systems can be gradually
unsatisfactory investments. effectively. extended and updated over a num-
ber of years. Give us a call – we‘re
Advice System integration happy to assist you with your stage-
You will then receive competent Existing system parts can often be by-stage project planning.
advice on the training equipment integrated as subsystems, provided
for you based on the requirements suitable interfaces are available. This We are a solution partner to Siemens
analysis. Our primary objective here protects earlier investments. Automation.
is to fulfil your goals, irrespective of
our product range. Our cooperation Customised training
with a number of renowned partners You know your strengths – and
means that we will always design the weaknesses. We give you the oppor-
right solution for you. tunity of defining your training
profile with us. The result? A training
course tailored to your exact per-
sonal requirements:
Individual solutions – Systematic variety
iCIM is as varied as factory

automation itself
Hundreds of installations across the
globe have given rise to a range of
solutions that are ideally suited to
interdisciplinary basic and further
training in the area of factory auto-
mation and CIM:
Transport systems
– Double-track system
– Single-track system
Automatic warehouse
– With 20 stock locations
Robot assembly
– With 5-axis robot, 2 kg load
Cartesian assembly system,

Robot Vision, CNC machines,
loading robots for CNC machines
Quality assurance
– Via analogue sensor
– Via digital vernier caliper
– 3D measuring machine
Driverless transport systems
Robot welding
Power screwdriver station
Worldwide references
Universities, colleges and vocational
training schools around the world
are benefiting from the unique iCIM
system concept. Detailed informa-
tion on these projects can be found
on the Internet:
under the heading Services ➔
References
Why not call us?

We‘re happy to advise you!

CNC training: An investment in the future
The training program EMCO software – Modular software

for greater investment protection
Festo Didactic has incorporated CNC
training into its learning system, CNC machines from EMCO are
thereby satisfying requirements for ideally suited to training. Standard
basic and further training for the CNC machines are normally
area of metal working. permanently connected with the
machine controller. If your controller
CNC programming and machining, requirements change, switching to
critical tasks in many metal-working a new controller will almost always
factories, place high demands on mean buying a new machine. With
students. EMCO, however, you can emulate
all common industrial controllers on
The machine manufacturer EMCO just one machine:
offers a unique training concept – SINUMERIK 810/820
comprising high-quality machines, – SINUMERIK 810/840D
modular software and accompanying – Fanuc Series 0
courseware to meet these demands. – Fanuc Series 21
– Heidenhain TNC 426
EMCO is the leading machine – EMCOTronic TM02
manufacturer in Austria with sales – PAL
of around one million machines and
has been the market leader in CNC The concept of the
training for many years. interchangeable controller
EMCO CNC machines – The CNC is controlled by a con-

By industry, for industry! ventional PC on which the required
controller software is installed.
EMCO machines for basic and further A number of controllers can be
technical training are characterised installed on one PC. Switching
by: between controllers is done by
– Design and quality that meet simply exchanging the controller-
current industrial standards specific key module and takes less
– Long service life and consistently than a minute. All that remains is
high precision of the parts to start the controller software and
produced away you go!
– Functionality similar to that offered
by modern industrial machines EMCO courseware
– All the machines are tailored
to the specific requirements Multimedia and interactive teaching
of the training scenario: safety and learning materials provide all
engineering in accordance with the technical information you need.
CE guidelines, range of controllers, The combination of aesthetics, in-
space, price. formation and practical application
encourages motivation and atten-
tion.
Festo Didactic is the exclusive

sales and service partner for
EMCO CNC training systems
in Germany.
274 Information on customer projects: www.festo-didactic.com

A small milling machine for high requirements: CONCEPT MILL 55
EMCO‘s smallest CNC milling Options and accessories

machine offers the functionality of – NC dividing head as 4th axis (1)
a machining centre, yet fits on any – 8-station tool drum (2)
training workstation! – WINNC Sinumerik 840D control
software (3)
– 3-axis milling machine in an – 3D graphic simulation for
industry-compatible design improved process reliability and
– Clockwise/anticlockwise rotating easier troubleshooting (4)
spindle – PC
– Infinitely variable main drive – Control keyboard with TFT display
– Automatic motion to reference and interchangeable, controller-
point specific keyboard module
– Full coverage of the application – Controller of choice 1 2
area – Machine base
– Machine lighting
– Complies with CE safety
regulations
Technical data
– Travel X/Y/Z: 190/140/260 mm
– Milling machine table clamping
area: 420 x 125 mm 3 4
– Main drive: 0.75 kW
– Speed range: 150 – 3500 rpm
CONCEPT MILL 55 538395
CNC turning or milling?

Not sure about the controller and
accessories you need?
Why not call us?

We‘re happy to advise you.
Mechatronics and factory automation iFactory Innovative training factory for industrial engineering
iFactory
Training factory for production planning and factory organisation
New!
Innovation inspired by challenges
Need to convert an entire production

line during lunch?
Reacting to new market demands at
short notice – is it even possible?
What‘s the best way to construct a

flexible production line ...
... so that you can react quickly to
market turbulence?
Realising dreams
The iFactory is the convertible Convertible and modular Variable production
training factory everyone dreams of, The adaptability of the iFactory The iFactory training factory pro-
not just production planners. The makes modification simple and duces different table sets according
iFactory has a systematic modular enables you to create completely to each individual customer order.
construction, enabling you to try out new production layouts in just a RFID technology in the workpiece
new ideas immediately realistically. few moments. Simple and clear holders enables each stage of the
interfaces make for intuitive hand- production process to be tracked.
ling and operation – the key to
creative production planning and Many different variants of the
engineering. product can be produced by varying
the material and the mounting
position used. This means you can
use the iFactory training factory to
examine and train the complexity of
a modern production process – right
down to batch 1.
Pathfinder Intelligent network

All production cells are equipped The SCADA system includes a
with topology feedback so that the PC with a control cabinet and
master computer – an SQL server – its own control system. All
automatically recognises the cells are networked using the
constructed production line. SCADA system. In addition to
order input, it allows complete
All system settings and configu- operation and monitoring of the
rations are generated automatically entire production line.
while arranging and connecting the
iFactory cells.
Industrial quality without Quality tested

compromises It‘s not just the products produced
All production cells are constructed using the training factory that are
professionally and to industrial subjected to constant quality testing.
standards, with no compromises. All iFactory production cells are also
Training in the factory reflects assembled, wired, programmed and
industrial reality, whether at thoroughly tested before use.
a manual workstation, in the
warehouse or at a fully automatic
robot work cell.
The modules
New!
The convertible training factory

Production cells such as conveyors,
deflectors and a wide variety of
assembly and quality inspection cells
make up the modules in the iFactory
convertible factory. The modules
contain the latest automation
technology such as a range of
different drives, assembly robots
and handling and image processing
systems.
By simply combining these ele-

ments you can create any type
of production line and expand it
whenever you wish.
References: University of Stuttgart, IFF
The Institute for Industrial Manu- „If a company wants to ensure its The need to be able to continually
facturing and Management or IFF survival and its competitiveness, optimise factories and production
(Institut für Industrielle Fertigung it is absolutely essential that systems for the future is massive.
und Fabrikbetrieb) and Festo production planners and those However, the range of options
Didactic have developed an responsible for factory organisation currently available for further trai-
innovative learning environment learn how they can react to market ning which focuses on aIE and is
for advanced Industrial Engineering turbulence without interfering with practice-oriented is no longer
(aIE). This forms the foundation of existing production runs,“ states sufficient. That is why Professor
an excellent post-academic, basic Professor Engelbert Westkämper, Westkämper initiated the innovative
and further training programme head of the IFF at the University training factory. It uses a unique and
for industrial engineers already of Stuttgart and the Frauhofer novel combination of methods to
working in the industry, i.e. technical Institute for Manufacturing Tech- convey knowledge: a physical model
managers, planners and designers of nology and Automation (Institut factory, a digital learning island and
production processes. für Produktionstechnik und Auto- theoretical modules.
matisierung, IPA).
The area referred to until now as

„industrial engineering“ – essentially
work and process planning – must
be linked in the future with the
tools of the digital factory and
modular production systems in
order to improve adaptability.
The use of innovative technology
within the digital and virtual factory
can further increase the potential
for optimisation. This is what the
Stuttgart production researchers call
„advanced Industrial Engineering“.
Process automation and closed-loop control technology
280
MPS® PA – The Modular Production System................................................ 282
System description........................................................................................283
MPS® EduKit PA/Project kits..........................................................................288
MPS® PA Compact Workstation......................................................................292
MPS® PA Stations and MPS® PA 200 Complete systems................................296
Accessories and optional components...........................................................310
281
MPS® PA –
The Modular Production System
With MPS® PA, you determine the

degree of complexity:
– Task-based projects with the
EduKit PA project kit
– Complex problem definitions with
MPS® PA stations or the MPS® PA
Compact Workstation
– Multi-layered projects with the
PA 204 complete MPS® system or
the hybrid AFB training factory
282
Process automation and closed-loop control technology MPS® PA System description
Filtering, mixing, tempering Train efficiently

and bottling as in industry
Modular Training for many areas of Festo – The partner to the Why stop production to
application and careers process industry facilitate training?
The modularity of the learning
system enables you to realise a – Electronic engineers Festo is fast becoming a key partner It is prohibitively expensive to
diverse range of configurations – Mechatronics engineers to the process industry. It is only shut down an industrial system to
for typical production processes – Systems engineers logical that the process automation facilitate training. Comprehensive
from very different industries in a – Microtechnologists learning system benefits from training in the individual areas
safe learning environment. – Process technicians for plastic this know-how and is tailored of process automation requires
and rubber technology, glass to the requirements of different industry-oriented model systems or
and coating technology industries through its consistent training installations. „Learning by
– Experts in food, confectionery modularisation: doing“ and „process orientation“
and fruit juice technology – Water supply and disposal industry are two principles that are central to
– Experts in water supply, sewage – Food industry the successful imparting of the many
technology, pipe, canal and – Bulk goods industry detailed training aims in process
industrial services – Chemical and petrochemical technology. Simulation of a process
– Chemical engineers industries engineering system on a PC provides
– Pharmaceutical engineers – Biotechnology/pharmaceutical the opportunity of using a simulation
– Biotechnicians industries as an actual training system.
– Paper technicians – Paper industry
– Systems engineers for sanitary,
heating and air conditioning
technology
From the kit to the training factory

Application and process-oriented learning systems
Industry-oriented basic and

further training
As practical training on actual

production and industrial systems
is seldom possible, project kits,
stations, systems and training
factories from Festo Didactic prepare
trainees for the demands of their
profession in the best possible way.
Measuring and controlling as in industry
The closest thing to reality Components Operation and configuration Advantages

The MPS® PA learning system is
based on industrial standards.
The MPS® PA concept is based
on a market leaders‘ automation
solutions and trends.
SimuBox – Simple commissioning of an

MPS® PA station
– Testing and commissioning of
process components or system
components of a station
Fluid Lab®-PA – Commissioning and testing

of an MPS® PA station
– Analysis of process components
and control processes of an
MPS® PA station
– Monitoring and analysis of the
process sequences of a station
– Testing, configuration and
optimisation of control processes
(2-point, P, PI or PID controllers)
– Analysis of the control response
PLC – Programming of process

sequences and recipe controllers
– Analogue signal processing
– Operation and monitoring using
the touch panel
– Programming of PID controllers
– Configuration and para-
meterisation of P, PI or PID
controllers
PLC with external industrial Same as PLC, plus:

controller – Operation of an industrial
controller (manual operation,
automatic operation)
– Parameterisation of industrial
controllers (P, PI or PID control
algorithm)
– Configuration of measuring
ranges, setpoint value limits
and alarm limits
– Self-optimisation with oscillation
or step response method
Understanding process automation –

Through seminars and workshops
Valves and fittings – Specific customer training, e.g.

Process control valves the basic principles of control
This course provides detailed in- engineering
sights into valve and fitting techno- Customised training for employees
logy and shows how they are used from the areas of maintenance,
in the process industry. Participants service and operational support.
gain basic knowledge of the indivi- With the professional training
dual valve and fitting types and equipment from Festo Didactic, the
components. In addition, selecting following course topics are covered
materials and operating conditions/ by the training systems on the basis
limitations are described in detail. of „learning by doing“:
The various types of actuators are – Cross section of all controller types
also explained with regard to the (P, I, D, PI, PD, PID)
individual fitting and valve types and – Control technologies
all relevant standards are discussed. (Fluid Lab®-PA, industrial
controllers and modern PLCs)
Basic principles and mode of
operation of industrial measuring Do you need anything else?
technology and instrumentation Workshop with more complex tasks
This course provides detailed for practical operational support and
and sound insights into process maintenance. For example:
engineering. The various measuring – Exchange and new use of sensors
types, as well as the different and their integration in a controlled
principles, such as pressure, system
flow rate, temperature and filling – Troubleshooting with control
level control are treated in detail. characteristic diagnostics
Furthermore, control engineering is – Controlled system with reaction
taught in-depth based on P, I and time (on request)
PID controllers, along with their
advantages and disadvantages.
Further training, with the objective We have high standards. In our cour- Closed-loop control circuits
of supporting people in companies ses you will realise the difference Participants gain detailed and
to deal with current as well as future between us and other providers: sound insights into process control
problems and provide them with we provide new answers to old technology based on P, I and PID
new answers – that is the purpose of questions – answers that help you controllers and their advantages and
Festo Didactic. get that critical step ahead with your disadvantages. Practical exercises
operational plans. with the PA EduKit and the Fluid
Festo is developing itself to become Lab®-PA software ensure that the
an important partner to the process Give us a call; we‘ll be happy to help. knowledge acquired is transferred
industry. The close coordination with into practice.
our parent company, Festo AG &
Co. KG, ensures that state-of-the-art
devices and systems are used in our
learning systems. And our trainers
have first-hand expert knowledge.
Our orientation and methods set us

apart. Our trainers and consultants
are practicians. They are familiar
with the tasks of their participants,
even those that go beyond technical
requirements.
Fluid Lab®-PA
Fluid Lab®-PA can be used to teach Actual process or simulation „Measuring and Control“ „Analysis“ menu item
and demonstrate the fundamentals All exercises and experiments can menu item Analyses of a wide range of process
of control technology. The main be performed online on the actual All the functions of the MPS® PA components can be directly per-
components required for actuating process in conjunction with the station can be clearly and directly formed using predefined exercises,
the MPS® PA stations using a PC are station or offline using the pre- controlled. The states of the proc- for example:
the „EasyPort D/A“ and the Fluid integrated simulation. ess valves, pumps and sensors are – Recording of sensor characteristics
Lab®-PA software. graphically recorded, which means – Recording of pump characteristics
„Settings“ menu item they can be directly evaluated. The – Recording of heating character-
Fluid Lab®-PA can be easily installed The following parameters can be following functions are provided for istics
on any Microsoft Windows operating set here for the four analogue input recording the sensor characteristics
system. channels and the sensors connected and determining the step response: This permits a fast and thorough
to them: – Selection of measuring channels understanding of the typical process
Key features – Factor – Factor for physical scale components.
Three main functions are integrated – Offset – Adaptation of the time scale
in Fluid Lab®-PA in combination with – Filter – Display of the input signals „2-Point Controller“ and
the EasyPort D/A: – Inversion – Setting of output signals, switching „Continuous Controller“ menu item
on/off of the manipulated variable For easy parameterisation of
M as in measurement The analogue and binary output – Printing of the measured value dis- the required controller with an
For detection and evaluation of signals can also be switched and the play or saving as a .jpg file immediate effect on the process.
measured variables from 8 digital/ signal states of the inputs read off. One click of the mouse starts various
4 analogue input signals. General PC system settings can also controller functions for the selected
be made here. control system. Documentation of
C as in open-loop control the controller parameters is also
For binary or continuous control of „Process Sequence“ menu item straightforward. The measured
8 digital/2 analogue outputs. The process sequence of each values and characteristic curve
station can be easily started from profiles can be easily printed out.
R as in closed-loop (regulated) Fluid Lab®-PA. All of the process
control steps are visualised and can be DE/EN/ES/FR 544304
For freely selectable closed-loop monitored on the flow chart.
control functions such as 2-point, P,
I, PI and PID.
Project kits for
task-based training
The significance of control tech-

nology is increasing constantly in
all areas as energy and resources
can be saved using this technology.
To achieve efficient production,
individual steps must be planned,
sequences understood and double-
checked.
With the EduKit PA project kit, the

introduction to process and control
technology is easy and safe.
288
Process automation and closed-loop control technology MPS® PA MPS® EduKit PA/Project kits
EduKit PA
The new project kits for process and control technology
New!
The inexpensive introduction to

process and control technology
The project kits are modular, can be

expanded flexibly and are therefore
ideally suited for exciting and prac-
tical lessons in technology. Links can
be made with industrial project work,
filling level control, flow rate control
and pressure control.
The didactic concept of EduKit PA

both supports experimental learning
as well as a structured procedure,
thanks to extensive optional training
materials with project exercises and
a lot of additional documentation on
CD ROM. EduKit PA is therefore the
inexpensive way to become familiar
with process and control technology,
both in vocation-oriented lessons
as well as for use at colleges and
universities.
EduKit PA
Unpack and away you go
New!
EduKit PA Basic
Teaches the basic principles of Learning content for project work Presentation and documentation: The EduKit PA Basic and EduKit PA
project work and the fundamen- – Creating assembly instructions Advanced modular product systems
tals of closed-loop control – manual Planning a project: – Documenting measured values are each supplied in a Systainer.
measurement, open and closed-loop – Allocating tasks in teams – Graphical analysis
control – without a PC and without – Creating a project plan with – Presenting project process
sophisticated control technology. different steps
The benefits to you Construction, assembly, connection: V101

B102
– Handy, easy to transport and sim- – Creating sketches for the pipe
ple to set up connection system V103 V102
– Step by step construction of a func- – Producing an assembly diagram

tional system: start with a small – Mechanical assembly
setup – a tank – and finish the – Electrical connection of pump to FI
101
project with a level control system 24 V supply PI B101
– Training documents available – Checking activities

103
– Easy to use and expandable for use – Creating test logs P101
V105
with other topic areas
– Water acts as a non-hazardous Commissioning and measured data M
teaching medium ideally suited for acquisition:

closed-loop control – System start-up As well as electrical pneumatic dia-
– Consistent with existing Festo – Recording measured values with grams, you will also learn how to un-
Didactic systems changed valve position, changed derstand and describe a PI diagram.
voltage on the pump or different
fill heights
– Observation of level, pressure and
flow, as well as time response

EduKit PA Basic in the Systainer 549822 Recommended learning media
The most important components at a glance: Workbook with project tasks and Arbeitsbuch
EduKit PA
solutions for EduKit PA Basic and

Projektbaukasten
1 1x Pump 170712
Prozessautomation
Mit CD-ROM
2 2x Tank, round On request Advanced on:

3 1x Flow meter 548604 – Technological issues
– Mathematics
Accessories, also order: – Open-loop control
Tabletop power supply unit ➔ Page 253 – Closed-loop control
Tubing cutter 7658 – Work scheduling
Festo Didactic
Includes CD-ROM containing:

563969 DE
– Parts lists and data sheets

– RI flowcharts and circuit diagrams DE 563969
– Assembly instructions for mechani- EN 563971
cal construction ES 563973
– Checklists for commissioning FR 563975
– Acceptance logs
– Worksheets for recording charac-
teristic curves
– Process automation WBT
EduKit PA Advanced
Supplements the EduKit PA Basic modular product system with the topics of 1 2 3
automated measurement, open and closed-loop control, sensors and electrical
interfaces. The EduKit PA Basic is required when using the components of the
EduKit PA Advanced.
EduKit PA Advanced in the Systainer 564631
The most important components at a glance: 4 5 6

1 1x I/O board for EduKit PA 549823
2 2x Sensor, capacitive 549824
3 1x Sensor, ultrasound 548689
4 1x Flow sensor for EduKit PA incl. transducer 549825
5 1x Pressure sensor 0 – 400 mbar 549826
Recommended accessories for control

EasyPort USB 548687
Fluid Lab-PA DE/EN/ES/FR 544304
Analogue cable, parallel 2 m 529141
The open interface provides various actuation options, e.g. controllers from Siemens,
Festo, Allen Bradley and Mitsubishi.
Extension options:
– Two-way ball valve for EduKit PA with quarter-turn actuator DAPS, double acting
(order no. 549828)
– Float switch sensor, top (order no. 548597)
Additional components ➔ Internet
Compact Workstation
Optimisation relative to your space

requirement
Maybe you‘re restricted in the

amount of space you have available
but you want each of your training
workstations to offer a high level of
complexity.
If so then the Compact Workstation

with four integrated closed-loop con-
trol systems is the solution for you.
As shown in the flow chart, the in-
dividual control systems can be ac-
tivated by simply repositioning the
ball valves. The flexible piping sys-
tem enables you to change the flow
scheme or integrate other compo-
nents quickly and easily.
292
Process automation and closed-loop control technology MPS® PA MPS® PA Compact Workstation
Compact Workstation
Level, flow rate, pressure and temperature closed-loop control systems
Function
The four control systems in the Com-

pact Workstation can be operated
individually.
The level and flow rate control sys-

tems can be structured as a cascade
control system through the addition
of an appropriate controller.
The layout of the sensors and servo

drives permits experimentation with
both continuous (e.g. P, I, PI, PID)
and discontinuous action control-
ler types (e.g. 2-point controllers).
The pump can either be controlled
directly or operated in controlled-
speed mode.
The manipulated variable of the con-

troller in the flow rate and pressure
control systems can alternatively act
upon a proportional directional con-
trol valve. A ball valve with pneu-
matic drive is built into the return
between the high-level container
and the lower reservoir. The pneu-
matic drive can be used to simulate
a “load” for switching on a distur-
bance in the level control system
or as an on-off valve for emergency
switch-off.
Compact Workstation
Level, flow rate, pressure and temperature closed-loop control systems
Piping and instrument flow chart (1) Scope of delivery of the Compact
An important part of project work Workstation
in process engineering is develop- Basic version including manual with-
ing a piping and instrument flow out actuation components
chart. A piping and instrument flow
chart explains the electrical, meas- Mechanical components, fully
uring and control technology func- assembled
tions using measuring points and – 2 containers
final control elements. The measure- – Reservoir
ment variable or another input vari- – Plug-in piping system
able, its processing, its direction of – Aluminium profile benches
action and directional specifications – Mounting frame
1 and positions should follow from – Profile plate 700 x 700 x 32 mm
the chart.
Sensors
Mounting frame (2) – 2 capacitive sensors
Can be equipped with accessories – 2 float switches
for controllers, control unit and/or – 1 process drive signal box
touchpanel. The activation and/or – Ultrasound sensor
control devices can be replaced in – Flow sensor
just seconds. – Pressure sensor
– PT100 temperature sensor
Pneumatic drive (3)
With ball valve and signal box. Train- Actuation components
ing aims: Design and application ar- – Pump
2 eas of various metering and shut-off – Proportional directional control
devices when controlling the flow of valve
liquids. – Ball valve with pneumatic drive
– Heater
Intelligent in the field – closed-
loop control with the CPX/FEC Electrical components
valve terminal and the FED 120 – I/O connection board with measur-
touchpanel (4) ing transducer
The Festo Front End Controller with – Motor controller with relay
integrated web server and Ethernet – I/O terminal, SysLink, 8 I/8 O
interface is ideally suited to current – Analogue terminal, SysLink,15-pin
communication tasks.
Compact Workstation On request
3
Commissioning and training on-site
upon request.
Accessories
– Trolley
– Power supply unit for the mount-
ing frame
– Control kit
Recommended training media:

– Fluid Lab®-PA including EasyPort
– Web-based training program, Fun-
4 damentals of open and closed-loop
control
Control variants of the Compact Workstation
Control kit S1: Control kit F2: Control kit PC2: Visualisation with WinCC or InTouch
Siemens SIMATIC EduTrainer® Festo CPX-FEC® valve terminal Fluid Lab®-PA software licence with on request.
Compact with S7-313C/314C-2DP – 1 x Festo CPX-FEC® EasyPort
– 1 x EduTrainer Compact S7- – 1 x control unit – 1 x Fluid Lab®-PA, individual licence
313C/314C-2DP – 1 x Ethernet cable, crossover – 1 x EasyPort
– 1 x control unit – 2 x I/O data cable – 1 x RS232 data cable
– 2 x I/O data cable – 1 x analogue cable – 1 x mains cable
– 1 x analogue cable – 1 x I/O data cable
Note: – 1 x analogue cable
Note: FST software and programming
STEP 7 software and MPI cable must cable must be ordered separately if
be ordered separately if required. required.
Control kit S2: Control kit F3: I/O simulation box, digital/
Siemens SIPART DR19 controller Festo CPX-FEC® with FED analogue
– 1 x SIPART DR19 with serial inter- – 1 x Festo CPX-FEC® – 1 x simulation box incl. mains cable
face integrated in ER frame – 1 x Ethernet cable, crossover – 1 x I/O data cable, crossover
– 1 x PDM software for parameterisa- – 1 x FED-120 touchpanel – 1 x analogue cable, crossover
tion and configuration of the DR19 – 1 x I/O data cable
controller – 1 x analogue cable
– 1 x serial data cable
– 1 x I/O data cable Note:
– 1 x analogue cable FST software and programming
cable must be ordered separately if
required.
Control Kit S1: EduTrainer Compact S7-313C On request Control Kit PC2: Fluid Lab-PA + EasyPort On request
Control Kit S1-DP: EduTrainer Compact S7-314C-2DP On request I/O simulation box, digital/analogue On request
Control Kit S2: Siemens controller SIPART DR19 On request
Control Kit F2: Festo CPX-FEC On request
Control Kit F3: Festo CPX-FEC + FED On request
MPS® PA Stations and
Complete systems
Teaching today using the

technology of tomorrow
MPS® PA, an innovative learning

system equipped with the most
modern technical features and
products from market leaders.
296
Process automation and closed-loop control technology MPS® PA MPS® PA Stations and MPS® PA 200 Complete systems
The new learning system for process automation
Practical training Slide, flap or ball valve Investment protection Boundless variety
The exclusive use of industrial The correct valve in use. A well thought-out modular design It is only logical that the MPS® PA
components underlines the with clear-cut interfaces facilitates stations can be combined with
necessary practicality and ensures Sensors adaptation to future developments stations from the greater MPS®
a speedy transfer of knowledge Typical process engineering sensors in components as well as open-loop family. After all, it is this possibility
from a training scenario to practical assume control of temperature, and closed-loop control systems. of combination with MPS® stations
application. level, flow rate and pressure in the This means that the system can be that makes the MPS® PA an
MPS® PA. adapted to new requirements. interesting proposition for basic and
further training in many industries
which are dominated by process
automation but still require elements
from production automation.
Either: Or:
Simply build it yourself MPS® PA commissioning service
Every MPS® PA station comes Simply commission it ... and you‘re To ensure that your training projects And if you wish ...
completely assembled and tested ready to go! run smoothly right from the start,
on the profile plate with MPS® PA we offer: 3. Useful tips on how to get the
trolley, touch panel and 24 V power On request, we can also commission most from the MPS® PA:
pack. systems for you – particularly in the 1. Complete technical – Applications
case of larger systems. commissioning of your new system: – Enhancements
A controller board with analogue – Seminars
inputs and outputs is required The range of applications of the
additionally. system and the station programs Are you planning a commissioning
and documentation are presented. and training session?
For efficient operation in the lesson, Depending on the equipment, We recommend:
we also recommend: commisioning is performed for the Per Station: 1.5 days
– EasyPort following products:
– Fluid Lab®-PA – Station Order no. 555647
– PID industrial controller – PID industrial controller
– Workbook with tasks and solutions – EasyPort and Fluid Lab®-PA
2. Training:
You will learn how to operate
stations and how to use them in
your lesson. Depending on the
equipment, training is provided on
the following products:
– Station
– PID industrial controller
– Soft PID in the PLC
– EasyPort and Fluid Lab®-PA
The commissioning and training can

thus be adapted to suit your needs.
Combining stations
The new interface concept offers

many possibilities for direct
combination of individual MPS® PA
stations.
Various aspects determine the

decision as to which combination
is required:
– Training aims
– Supplementation of existing
stations
– Budget
The MPS® 204 Complete system

section shows a fully configured
system.
MPS® PA stations can be combined

as follows:
Stations Possible direct downstream station
Filtration Mixing Reactor Bottling
Filtration + + +
Mixing + + +
Reactor + + +

Filtration station
Function
The Filtration station filters liquids.
The filtrate is pumped from the first
tank into the second tank through
the filter using a knife gate valve. The
filtered liquid reaches the second
tank via the flap with pneumatic
semi-rotary drive. The filtered liquid
can be pumped onwards to the next
station using a separate pump. The
filter can be rinsed using a rinse
program. Regulated compressed air
is additionally blown through the
filter to loosen deposits.
Measurement and control

Sensors detect the filling level of
the container in the Filtering station.
This permits lessons on simple
control exercises for monitoring
the pumps right up to complete
control projects involving complex
processes. Pressure control ensures
constantly high filter quality during
flushing. The pressure sensor with
LCD display, analogue output and
switching output always supplies the
correct measurement variable. The
controller with P, PI or PID control
algorithm ensures constantly high
filter quality during rinsing via the
proportional pressure regulator.
Control technology is clearly and
practically explained in this way.
Shutting off, opening, closing

The right selection of process valve,
drive, drive accessories and control
valve plays an important role in
complex process sequences. The
Filtering station uses an extremely
wide range of process components.
All the valve actuators are actuated
via a directly connected NAMUR
valve.
Knife gate valve with COPAC linear

actuator.
Butterfly valve with sturdy rack and

pinion COPAR rotary actuator and
large visual display.
Three-way ball valve with SYPAR

scotch yoke rotary actuator and large
visual display.
Filtration station 544253 Training aims for project work Recommended training media
(with trolley, colour touch panel, mounting frame and power supply unit) – Set-up, wiring and commissioning
of a system for process technology
Also order: – Selection, application and
Open-loop and closed-loop control with PLC: actuation of process valves
PLC board with SIMATIC S7-313C 533526 – Measurement of electrical and
SIMATIC S7 connecting cable set 544296 process-related variables such as
PLC board with CPX-FEC 541187 level and pressure
Festo CPX connecting cable set 544297 – Set-up and commissioning of
PLC board with Allen Bradley MicroLogix 1500 544300 control circuits
Allen Bradley MicroLogix connecting cable set 544298 – Analysis of control processes and
PLC board with Mitsubishi MELSEC 544301 control circuits
Mitsubishi MELSEC connecting cable set 544299 – Parameterisation and optimisation – Fluid Lab®-PA
Or alternative: of P, PI or PID controllers – WBT Fundamentals of open and
SIMATIC S7 EduTrainer Compact 313C 533018 – Drafting of open-loop and closed- closed-loop control
SIMATIC S7 connecting cable set 544296 loop control programs – Design and simulation program
For working with Fluid Lab®-PA: – Process operation and monitoring FluidSIM® Pneumatics
Fluid Lab-PA DE/EN/ES/FR 544304 – Inspection, maintenance and
EasyPort USB 548687 servicing Also order:
PC data cable RS232 male-female 162305 Workbook MPS® PA
RS232 USB adapter 540699
I/O data cable with SysLink connectors (IEEE 488) at both ends 34031
For simple commissioning, simulation and display using the simulation box: MPS® PA
Arbeitsbuch
Simulation box, digital/analogue 526863

For professional control using industrial controllers:
PID industrial closed-loop controller 544293
Replacement filter cartridge 544303
548590 DE
Power cable for power supply unit ➔ Page 146
DE 548590
EN 548591
ES 548582
FR 548593
Mixing station
Function
The mixing station mixes different
recipes from three reservoir tanks.
The liquid from one of the three
reservoir tanks is pumped into the
main tank in a controlled manner
by opening the respective two-way
ball valve. The finished mixture can
be pumped to the next station via a
second pump – or pumped back to
the reservoir tank.

Using a constant flow rate, the
three raw materials are mixed to
a recipe in the mixing station. The
flow rate is recorded by means
of an electronic flow sensor with
impeller and additionally displayed
using a variable-area flowmeter. The
output signal from the flow sensor is
converted to a standard signal from
0 – 10 V. The mixing station can also
be actuated through binary means
using the integrated comparator.
The controller adjusts the necessary
flow rate via the pump with analogue
control – using a simple two-point
controller or various dynamic
controllers such as P, PI or PID. This
permits a clear explanation of control
technology on various levels.
Always the right mixture

The component mix of the mixing
station offers a wide selection of
typical components from process
engineering. Pumps and process
valves, various sensors for signal
detection as well as electronic mo-
dules for signal conversion permit
the right ‚training mix‘.
Sensors for detecting the filling level

of containers.
Signal converters convert all

analogue signals from the station to
standard signals from 0 – 10 V.
Two-way ball valve with SYPAR

scotch yoke rotary actuator,
large optical display and directly
connected NAMUR valve.
Mixing station 544254 Training aims for project work Recommended training media
(with trolley, colour touch panel, mounting frame and power supply unit) – Construction, wiring and
commissioning of a system for
Also order: process technology
Open-loop and closed-loop control with PLC: – Selection, application and
PLC board with SIMATIC S7-313C 533526 connection of various flow sensors
SIMATIC S7 connecting cable set 544296 – Measurement of electrical and
PLC board with CPX-FEC 541187 process-related variables such as
Festo CPX connecting cable set 544297 level and flow rate
PLC board with Allen Bradley MicroLogix 1500 544300 – Design and commissioning of
Allen Bradley MicroLogix connecting cable set 544298 control circuits
PLC board with Mitsubishi MELSEC 544301 – Analysis of control processes and
Mitsubishi MELSEC connecting cable set 544299 control circuits – Fluid Lab®-PA
Or alternative: – Parameterisation and optimisation – Web-based training program,
SIMATIC S7 EduTrainer Compact 313C 533018 of P, PI or PID controllers Fundamentals of open and closed-
SIMATIC S7 connecting cable set 544296 – Drafting of open-loop and closed- loop control
For working with Fluid Lab®-PA: loop control programs – Design and simulation program
Fluid Lab-PA DE/EN/ES/FR 544304 – Process operation and monitoring FluidSIM® Pneumatics
EasyPort USB 548687 – Inspection, maintenance and
PC data cable RS232 male-female 162305 servicing Also order:
RS232 USB adapter 540699 Workbook MPS® PA
For simple commissioning, simulation and display using the simulation box:
Simulation box, digital/analogue 526863 MPS® PA
Arbeitsbuch
548590 DE
DE 548590
EN 548591
ES 548582
FR 548593
Reactor station
Function
The reactor station brings liquid to
the right temperature. Depending
on the recipe selected, different
temperature profiles with different
stirring times are activated. A cooling
pump is activated to cool the liquid.
The tempered liquid can be pumped
onwards to the next station using a
separate pump.

Sensors detect the filling level of the
reservoir in the reactor station. This
facilitates lessons on simple control
exercises for monitoring the pumps
right up to complete control projects
involving complex processes.
Exact adherence to the various

temperature profiles when acti-
vating the recipes is achieved by
means of temperature control.
The temperature sensor (PT100
resistance thermometer) supplies
a unit signal of 0 – 10 V via the
measuring transducer. The con-
troller with P, PI or PID control
algorithm can approach the set-
point temperature values via the
dynamically controlled heating
unit and keep the values constant.
Simple control exercises, for ex-
ample control using the two-point
controller, can be realised using the
reactor station. Control technology
is clearly and practically explained in
this way.
Heating and stirring

Key basic operations in many
process engineering systems
involve heating and stirring. The
components of the reactor station
are designed to permit a wide range
of experiments in this area.
Infinitely adjustable heating with

control signal from 0 – 10 V.
Stirrer with DC motor.
Signal converters convert all

analogue signals from the station
to standard signals from 0 – 10 V.
Practical for the purpose of experi-
mentation: integrated comparators
also supply purely binary signals.
Reactor station 544255 Training aims for project work Recommended training media
Open-loop and closed-loop control with PLC: – Selection, application and
PLC board with SIMATIC S7-313C 533526 connection of temperature sensors
Festo CPX connecting cable set 544297 level and temperature
PLC board with Allen Bradley MicroLogix 1500 544300 – Use and connection of measuring
Allen Bradley MicroLogix connecting cable set 544298 transducers
PLC board with Mitsubishi MELSEC 544301 – Design and commissioning of
Or alternative: – Analysis of control processes and – Web-based training program open
SIMATIC S7 EduTrainer Compact 313C 533018 control circuits and closed-loop control
SIMATIC S7 connecting cable set 544296 – Parameterisation and optimisation
For working with Fluid Lab®-PA: of P, PI or PID controllers Also order:
Fluid Lab-PA DE/EN/ES/FR 544304 – Drafting of open-loop and closed- Workbook MPS® PA
EasyPort USB 548687 loop control programs
PC data cable RS232 male-female 162305 – Process operation and monitoring
RS232 USB adapter 540699 – Inspection, maintenance and
I/O data cable with SysLink connectors (IEEE 488) at both ends 34031 servicing MPS® PA
Arbeitsbuch

Simulation box, digital/analogue 526863
548590 DE
DE 548590
EN 548591
ES 548582
FR 548593
Bottling station
Function
The bottling station fills bottles with
liquid. The liquid is pumped into
the dosing tank from the reservoir.
These bottles are transported to
the filling position via conveyors. A
pneumatic separator separates the
bottles. The bottles are filled with
different filling quantities from the
dosing tank in accordance with the
recipe selected.

The filling level of the dosing tank is
detected in the filling station using
an analogue filling level sensor. The
controller regulates the filling level
to the required setpoint value via the
dynamically controlled pump (0 – 10
V). The filling level in the dosing tank
is kept constant during filling, which
optimises the quality of the filling
process. Various control algorithms
such as P, PI or PID can be applied
and optimised during experiments.
The characteristics of the control
process can be modified using hand
valves already integrated. Control
technology is clearly and practically
explained in this way.
Transporting, separating, filling

Few segments of the diversified
process industry are associated with
such a wide range of end products
as the food industry. All foodstuffs,
whether dairy products, baked
goods, juice, beer or wine have their
own requirements with regard to the
handling and production of the cor-
responding end products. Transport-
ing, separating, proportioning and
filling play an important role here.
Optical sensors, adjustable using

background suppression, monitor
transportation on the conveyors of
the bottling station.
The pneumatic separator ensures

that there is never more than one
bottle at the filling position.
The filling quantity can be easily

adjusted by selecting different
recipes.
Bottling station 544256 Training aims for project work Recommended training media
Open-loop and closed-loop control with PLC: – Selection and application of filling
PLC board with SIMATIC S7-313C 533526 level sensors
Festo CPX connecting cable set 544297 level
PLC board with Allen Bradley MicroLogix 1500 544300 – Design and commissioning of
Allen Bradley MicroLogix connecting cable set 544298 control circuits
PLC board with Mitsubishi MELSEC 544301 – Analysis of control processes and
Or alternative: – Parameterisation and optimisation – Design and simulation program
SIMATIC S7 EduTrainer Compact 313C 533018 of P, PI or PID controllers FluidSIM® Pneumatics
SIMATIC S7 connecting cable set 544296 – Drafting of open-loop and closed- – Web-based training program,
For working with Fluid Lab®-PA: loop control programs Fundamentals of open and closed-
Fluid Lab-PA DE/EN/ES/FR 544304 – Process operation and monitoring loop control
EasyPort USB 548687 – Inspection, maintenance and
PC data cable RS232 male-female 162305 servicing Also order:
RS232 USB adapter 540699 Workbook MPS® PA
Simulation box, digital/analogue 526863 MPS® PA
Arbeitsbuch
Bottle set 544302
548590 DE
DE 548590
EN 548591
ES 548582
FR 548593
MPS® PA 204 Complete system
With a P, PI or PID control algorithm, At a constant flow rate, the three The pressure regulation ensures In the Filling station the level of the
(closed-loop) control technology input materials are mixed into a a constant high filtering quality dosing tank is recorded with an
is taught in a demonstrative and recipe on the Mixing station. The by means of back-flushing. The analogue level sensor. By way of the
practical manner. The temperature flow rate is recorded by an electronic pressure sensor features an LCD continuously controllable pump the
sensor – for the Reactor station a flow sensor with an impeller, and is display, analogue output and controller regulates the level to the
PT100 resistance thermometer is additionally displayed with a float- switching output, always delivering appropriate nominal value. During
used – delivers a uniform signal of 0 type flow meter. The controller sets the correct value. A constant high filling, the level in the dosing tank
– 10 V via the measuring transducer. the required flow rate by way of the quality is maintained by means of is kept constant, thereby optimising
By way of the continuously con- analogue controlled pump. the proportional-pressure regulator. the filling quality.
trollable heater the controller sets
the nominal temperatures and keeps
them constant.
MPS PA 204 SIMATIC S7-300 544248 Included in the scope of delivery:

MPS PA 204 Festo CPX-FEC 544249 Various facilities for measuring,
MPS PA 204 Allen Bradley ML 1500 544250 controlling and regulating
MPS PA 204 Mitsubishi MELSEC FX1N 544251
– Simplifies commissioning,
PLC control packages include: simulation and display using
SIMATIC S7-300 the simulation box
– 4 x PLC board with SIMATIC S7-313C, 1 x programming cable – Multi-media measuring, con-
– 1 x STEP 7 Professional for Training programming software trolling, regulating, operating,
– 4 x SIMATIC S7 connecting cable set monitoring and commissioning
Festo CPX-FEC® using Fluid Lab® PA.
– 4 x Festo CPX-FEC® PLC board, 1 x programming cable – Start processes in the PLC or
– 1 x FST programming software, 4 x Festo CPX connecting cable set monitor them with the touch panel
Allen Bradley ML 1500 – The control task can be handled
– 4 x Allen Bradley PLC board with Micro Logix 1500, 1 x programming cable by the PLC or by the industrial
– 1 x RS-Logix 500 Starter programming software, 4 x Allen Bradley connecting cable set controller also provided for each
Mitsubishi MELSEC station. The controller parameters
– 4 x PLC board with FX1N, 1 x programming cable are then set on the touch panel or
– 1 x GX IEC Developer FX Trainer Package programming software directly on the industrial controller.
– 4 x Mitsubishi connecting cable set All process variables are displayed
in a user-friendly way – including
The MPS® PA 204 system contains everything you need for training: trend graphs – both on the touch
Stations: Filtering, mixing, reactor, filling (with trolley), colour touch panel, mounting frame panel and on the industrial
and power supply unit controller.
Accessories: 4 x simulation box digital/analogue, 1 x bottle set
Control technology: 1 x PLC control package, 1 x EMERGENCY-STOP board, 2 x EMERGENCY- The PA complete system MPS®
STOP control panel, 4 x EasyPort, 4 x PID industrial controller provides everything needed for an
Software: 4 x FluidLab® PA training software efficientstart in measurement and
control technology.
Successful project work based on

Function Special training aims Also order: modular construction
The system consists of the Filtering, – Set-up, wiring and commissioning Workbook MPS® PA
Mixing, Reactor and Filling stations. of a system for process technology Learning by doing – the MPS® PA
The Filtering station filters a fluid. – Measurement of electrical and system offers accessible, hands-on
The filtrate is pumped out of the process engineering variables such processtechnology. Some project
firsttank via different process valves as level, flow rate, pressure and MPS® PA
Arbeitsbuch ideas can be implemented in a flash,
through the filter into the second temperature and risk-free.
tank. Thefiltered fluid is added to – Set-up and commissioning of
the first tank in the Mixing station. control circuits
The Mixingstation mixes different – Assessment of control response
recipes from three storage tanks. – Networking of process engineering
The finished mixtureis pumped to systems
the Reactor station. The Reactor – Process operation and monitoring,
station regulates the temperatureof system management
the fluid. Different temperature – Selection, deployment and control
548590 DE
profiles, with different mixing times, of process fittings

arerun depending on the selected – Analysis of controlled systems and DE 548590
recipe. The Filling station bottles control circuits EN 548591
the fluid.The bottles are carried on – Parameter setting and optimisation ES 548592
conveyor belts to the filling position. of P, PI or PID controllers FR 548593
A pneumaticseparator marshals the – Writing open-loop and closed-loop
bottles. The bottles are filled with control programs
differentquantities from the dosing – Process operation and monitoring
tank, depending on the selected – Inspection, maintenance and
recipe. servicing
Process automation and closed-loop control technology MPS® PA Accessories and optional components
1 1 PID industrial closed-loop 2 PLC board with CPX-FEC® 3 Set of bottles

controller PLC board with modular controller For the filling of fluids in MPS® PA
The MPS® PA closed-loop controller and FST programming environment. Bottling station. The set comprises
with P, PI or PID control algorithm 20 bottles with the diameter of 40
permits the control of dynamic – Power supply: 24 V DC mm, height of 22 mm and capacity
processes in MPS® PA stations. – Digital inputs: 16 (24 V DC) of 50 ml.
The controller is a universal multi- – Digital outputs: 16 (24 V DC, Order no. 544302
channel process and program maximum 500 mA)
controller with a registration function – Analogue inputs: 2 (12 Bit, 4 PA workpiece set
for monitoring signal curves. The 0 – 10 V, 0/4 – 20 mA) To fill liquids into the MPS® PA
setpoint specification is transferred – Analogue outputs: 2 (12 Bit, Bottling station. The workpieces
2 to the controller via a 15-pin Sub-D 0 – 10 V, 0/4 – 20 mA) are compatible with the MPS®
interface. A further 15-pin Sub-D – SysLink interfaces: stations. For example, the pot
interface senses the actual value 1x cable for connection to station, in the Pick&Place station can
and an actuator is controlled 1x cable for connection to console, be sealed with the lid. The set
using the manipulated variable. 1x lead for connection to comprises 6 x housing black, 6 x
Parameterisation and configuration EMERGENCY-STOP housing red, 6 x housing silver,
of the controller is possible using – Serial interfaces: 6 x housing transparent, 24 x lid
the controller itself or using a setup 1x RS232 programming interface black. Dimensions: Height H = 25
program. – Ethernet interfaces: mm, Diameter, outside D = 40 mm,
1x TCP/IP, 10 Mbit/s Volume V = 15 ml.
Consisting of: – Integrated web server Order no. 554301
– Device with dimensions 144 mm x Order no. 541187
130 mm for a DIN control panel cut- Operator unit
out measuring 92 mm x 92 mm and RS232 programming cable Touch screen for the adjustable
an installation depth of 170 mm The RS232 programming cable display of processes and data.
– Installed in a 19“ control panel for the CPX-FEC® enables direct
– Interface for RS232 and Profibus connection to a PC. Scope of delivery:
DP, effected via a 9-pin Sub-D plug Order no. 151915 – Festo 5.6“ 256 colour FED-500
3 connection display
– 4 mm safety sockets for the 24 V FST for FEC® – Programming software FED
voltage supply FST for FEC® contains convenient Designer (multilingual)
– CD-ROM with setup program and functions for programming, testing, – RS232 programming cable for
programming cable for convenient commissioning and servicing of loading projects
configuration using a PC automation projects. The reliable – Angled plate for mounting onto a
– The device can be integrated in a programming languages statement slotted profile plate
data network using the PROFIBUS list (STL) or ladder diagram (LDR) are Order no. 541146
DP interface available for programming.
4 – Modules can be retrofitted by the
user Includes user and training manuals.
– UL certification Software and training manual on CD-
ROM (DE/EN).
– System requirement
for the setup program: System requirements
– PC with Win95, 98, NT4.0, WIN – PC with Win 95/98/NT4.0/2000/XP
2000, WIN ME, WIN XP – CD-ROM drive
– At least Pentium 100 DE 537927
– 32 MB RAM EN 537928
– 15 MB space on hard disk
– CD-ROM drive
Order no. 544293
Process automation and closed-loop control technology MPS® PA Accessories and optional components
1 Profile plate 700/700 2 Trolley 3 Tool set 1

This board is twice as wide as the The trolley makes an MPS® station The tool set is an aid to easy working
above-mentioned board; this allows a compact and mobile unit. The sta- on MPS® stations.
two MPS® stations to be set up on tion is easy to mount on the trolley.
one profile plate. Both sides have The PLC board can also be fitted. Ap- A practical mini-systainer includes:
slots, so if necessary parts can be propriate through-holes in the side – 200 mm steel rule
mounted on both sides. The slots panels enable orderly routing of ca- – Open-jawed spanners size 7, 8,
are compatible with the ITEM profile bles. The front side is equipped with 9, 10
system. mountings for the control panel. The – Adjustable spanner
trolley is supplied complete with – Side cutter
The plate is supplied with caps for castors. – Insulation-stripping pliers 2
the sides. – Wire end sleeve pliers
– Height: 32 mm – Height (incl. castors, to bottom – Screwdriver set, hex, 1.5 – 6
– Grid spacing (from slot to slot): edge of profile plate): 750 mm – Screwdriver, hex, 0.9; 1.3
50 mm – Width: 700 mm – Screwdriver, cross-head,
– Width: 700 mm – Depth: 700 mm PZ02 – short
– Length: 700 mm Order no. 541139 – Screwdriver, flat, 2.5 x 75;
4.0 x 100
We recommend the use of the appro- – Screwdriver, flat, 1.2 – 1.6
priate rubber feet for mounting on – Tubing cutter
tables, order no. 158343. – Fibre-optic cable cutter
Order no. 159410 – Workpiece, red, black, silver
– 100 x cable binders 2.5 x 100
– 100 x wire end sleeves 0.25 3
Order no. 539767
Hybrid training factories
312
AFB factory hybrid production...................................................................... 314
313
Hybrid training factories AFB factory Training factories for hybrid production processes
AFB factory hybrid production
Megatrend: Hybrid automation Hybrid industries are the industries

It’s a fact that production and which require systems and solutions
process automation have be- for both process and production
come inseparable in almost all engineering. The most striking ex-
manufacturing environments. amples are the food, confectionery
Hybrid automation represents the and tobacco industries and the
convergence of production and pharmaceutical industry.
process automation which is more
than logical, given the trend towards Whether process and production
convergence of the two automation oriented, or hybrid production, Festo
techniques in the so-called hybrid Didactic training factories offer a
industries. unique range of facilities for training
in automation for all industries –
from incoming goods, through
process and production engineering
departments, to outgoing goods.
The mix is the key Flexibility

Mechatronics is also making its mark Making processes more flexible,
outside production automation. systemising product quality,
Intelligent drive solutions, featuring responding faster to new market
high-precision mechanical com- trends – the drinks industry has
ponents, a range ofdifferent drives, much more to do in this dayand
measured data acquisition and age than merely quenching our
evaluation as well as integrated thirst. On the one hand there is
communications interfaces, ensure a need to establishand maintain
safe, optimised process automation a broad product spectrum and
too. introduce new products in
order to generate new demand,
while on the other, legislation is
increasingly demanding greater
transparency of manufacturing
processes.
Innovative technology and innovative learning
Innovative technology
Pneumatic and electric drive
technology from Festo is a by-
word for innovationin industrial
and process automation – from
the single product through to the
turnkey solution. With the AFB
training factory we are for the
first time delivering a learning
environment which consciously
incorporates trends and innovations
from all areas of automation
technology:
– Electric and pneumatic linear
drive units
– Semi-rotary drives and grippers
– Valves and valve terminals
– Sensors
– Vision and control systems
The AFB training factory is designed

and equipped like a state-of-
the-artindustrial plant, based on
the automation know-how and
engineering experience of Festo.
Innovative learning
Only by engaging in innovative
learning using innovative technology
can trainees be optimally prepared
for their future work. Comprehensive
documentation, software tools for
simulation and visualisation and a
variety of WBTs complete the AFB
range of facilities.
In focus: the production process for six-packs
Six-packs are produced in four zones

of the hybrid training factory. The
following processes are mapped:
– Production of the liquid
– Production and feed of the caps
– Bottle feed
– Transport
– Packaging
– Storage
– Order compilation
– Logistics
Zone 4
Transport and logistics
Zone 3 Zone 1
Production automation Process automation
Zone 2
Filling
and
packing
The production zones
Zone 1 Specialist knowledge of pro- Zone 2 In the training factory, for example,
Process automation gramming, such as recipe pre- Filling and packing the position and fill level of each
paration, or of plant documentation, bottle and the state of completion
Filtering, mixing, temperature such as reading and drafting R-I flow- Not only dosing, filling, capping and of each lot is recorded by various
control; recording, evaluating and charts or EMSR location diagrams packing, but also the acquisition, optical sensors and a high-speed
controlling typical process variables are key focus areas in the training. storage and reliable management camera. The production data can
such as temperature, level, pressure Control technology plays a key role of product and quality data are key be fully tracked by means of RFID
or flow rate; pumping fluids; in process automation, in order to tasks in this section of the training tags in the bottle caps. A range of
shutting off pipelines; installing, ensure high product quality. The factory. automation components, such as
commissioning or maintaining processes selected for the training belts with electric drives, various
butterfly valves, slide valves or factory and the transparent design Technologies such as RFID are handling units, programmable logic
ball valves. These are just some of the stations enables control becoming ever more prevalent in controllers and the latest operator
examples of the wide variety of technology to be taught in a practical the production environment, in control and monitoring tools,
possibilities in this section of the and visual manner. order to cope with the continually trainees are provided with an ideal
training factory. increasing number of product platform to learn these key aspects.
variants and to comply with the
more stringent legal requirements
in terms of product quality in the
food or pharmaceuticals sector.
Full recording of all ingredients or
components used and the factors
influencing the manufacture of a
product must be ensured. Vision and
sensor systems also play a key role
in improving product quality and
production flexibility.
Zone 3 In the training factory in this Zone 4 Chaotic or systematic warehousing,

Production automation section the caps are produced, Transport and logistics optimisation of the material flow,
tested and fed to the bottles by the planning and prioritisation of orders
Fast cycle times, part gripping, filling station. Programmable logic Almost all production facilities need are the key areas of focus in this
handling, detection, differentiation, controllers monitor and control logistics functions such as materials section of the factory.
separation and mounting are the production process. Various transportation or warehousing. At
characteristic features of production sensors record the end positions the AFB training factory, too, this Particular demands are placed on
automation – the classic world of the actuators or identify and is a key aspect: Empty six-packs line automation in this section too,
of the mechatronics engineer. differentiate between the work- have to be conveyed to the order however:
Programming controllers, adjusting pieces. Typical actuators used in compilation station or placed in – Signals from the transport systems
sensors, operating, maintaining and production automation, such as storage. Completed six-packs are must be sent over long distances
servicing individual lines in a plant linear cylinders, swivel cylinders, delivered just in time, or stored in an to the transport controller.
are typical activities. motors, parallel grippers or vacuum interim facility. – High-performance drive units and
suction cups ensure fast, precise positioning systems ensure fast,
movement. precise movement in the automatic
warehouse.
– The communications required for
this are based on systems such as
the AS interface or CAN.
AFB training factory
Optimum operator control Everything in hand Tried and proven New

Whether via touch panel, visua- Whether bottle or six-pack, the The MPS® stations, which have Automation technology is taught
lisation system or control panel, professional handling units in the been deployed for training pur- using state-of-the-art equipment;
all the stations and the entire AFB training factory ensure a safe, poses thousands of times all over not just the new MPS® PA stations,
training factory can be operated and precise, fast material flow. the world, supply the caps in but also the automatic warehouse,
monitored in a highly user-friendly the training factory. The stations the filling station and the order
way. particularly enable an optimum level compilation station.
of highly sophisticated training in
mechatronics.

AFB-FMRQ-BP-DSPB On request Visualisation

Either an overview of the complete
Package plant or access to each individual
Comprising: station is available; the visualisation
Stations system at the AFB training factory
Zone 1: MPS® PA filtering*, mixing*, reactor*, filling (quality sampling)* stations permits monitoring of all signals
Zone 2: AFB filling and order compilation stations and provides trend graphs of the
Zone 3: MPS® distribution**, separation**, processing**, buffering** and handling analogue process variables, with
stations** remote access to the various
Zone 4: AFB pallet transport system, AFB automatic warehouse and AFB incoming goods functions and monitoring of all
and outgoing goods stations. processes. All stations communicate
Software and media via TCP-IP with the visualisation
STEP 7 Trainer Package programming software, CIROS® Automation Suite, Fluid Lab®-PA, computer.
Mechatronics Assistant, WinCC
RFID option
* Including mobile base frame, touch panel and S7-300 PLC board. Full tracking and documentation
** Including mobile base frame, MPS® control panel and S7-300 PLC board. of the entire production process is
demanded in more and more areas
of industry. The AFB training factory
also makes this possible: Production
data such as the recipe or batch
identifier are stored on the mobile
data carriers fixed to each individual
bottle and can be checked prior to
shipping. This means that state-of-
the-art RFID technology can now be
integrated highly demonstratively
into automation training.
Function completed six-packs can be placed – Application of frequency converters

The AFB training factory produces in interim storage via the belt – Use of multi-axis handling systems
complete six-packs. All the produc- rotation system or delivered for for handling and palletising
tion steps involved are covered, from shipping. Empty six-packs can be – Networking sensors and actuators
production of the liquid through to conveyed back into the system on via AS-interface
packing of the containers and storage roller conveyors and either placed – Use and commissioning of a CAN
and shipping of the finished product. in storage or fed directly into the network
production process. – Networking automated systems
The process automation section with Ethernet TCP-IP
of the plant is where the liquid Training content – Measurement and control of
is produced: Raw materials are The multitude of stations and the electrical and process engineering
filtered, mixed together with other technologies embedded in them variables such as level, flow rate,
ingredients according to different permit an investigation of almost pressure and temperature
recipes, temperature-controlled and all relevant areas of control and – Process operation and monitoring,
stored ready for use. In-line samples automation technology. system management
can be taken from the ongoing – Use of RFID technology – Selection, deployment and control
process before the liquid reaches – Vision systems and camera of process fittings
the filling station. Bottles from a belt inspection
conveyor are filled and capped on – Use and programming of PLCs
a rotary indexing table. The bottles – Application of various handling
are then sealed with machined and devices and grippers
tested caps and packed into six- – Application of various electrical
packs. Depending on the order, the drives (DC, AC)
AFB filling station
The filling station includes a large

number of functions typical to
the foodindustry: Bottle feed by
conveyor, dosing with a dosing
cylinder and filling and capping on a
rotary indexing table.
The station can be operated both as

a stand-alone unit orin conjunction
with other stations.
In stand-alone operation the caps

must be fed manually. When
operated inconjunction with other
stations, the caps can be fed by way
of a handlingstation (MPS®). Filled
and capped bottles are forwarded by
conveyor to the next station (order
compilation).
The liquid being filled is stored

in a tank on the station. The tank
can befilled manually or way of
additional process stations (e.g.
MPS® PA).
The station is controlled by a

PLC unit and operator control is
via touch panel. Individual step
and continuous cycle options are
available. Status and messagesare
indicated graphically on the panel.
Special training aims

– Set-up, wiring and commissioning
of an automated station
– Use of pneumatic linear units with
variable stroke
– Use of pneumatic linear swivel
units
– Controlling and monitoring
material flow on a conveyor and a
rotary indexing table
– Dosing and filling
– Process operation and monitoring
Order no. On request
AFB order compilation station
With a high-precision 2-axis

industrial handling system, 2 by 3
bottles are packed into each six-pack
on the order compilation station.
The bottles are carried on conveyor

belts to the handling station. A high-
speed camera checks the six-packs.
The camera features a built-in

controller which handles the
complete image evaluation process.

With its TCP-IP interface and the
additional CAN master interface,
the camera enables wide-ranging
communication options.
The station is controlled via a PLC

board. Different operation modes
can be selected on the control panel.
Specific training content

– Use of pneumatic handling unit
with gripper
material flow by conveyor
– Vision systems, quality and
process control with intelligent
cameras
AFB automatic warehouse station
The automatic warehouse can hold

up to 16 six-packs on 4 levels each
with 4 bays. A cartesian 3-axis
handling system is used for stock
movement. 2 toothed belt axes are
driven by intelligent servomotors
with an integrated servo amplifier,
controller and CAN bus interface.
The third axis is executed as a

rodless linear unit with precision
guides.
The station is controlled by a PLC

board with CAN master. The colour
touch panel of the automatic
warehouse provides user-friendly
operation and monitoring.
Items can be easily taught-in, and

stock levels clearly initialised and
modified.

– Use of pneumatic linear units
– Electric drive and control
technology
– Intelligent CAN bust technology
– Warehousing and logistics
– Process operation and monitoring

AFB incoming goods/outgoing goods station
Full six-packs awaiting shipping

are placed by the pneumatic 3-axis
handling unit on one of the two
outgoing goods ramps. The handling
unit features a pneumatic linear
gripper to grip the six-packs.
The axes used are pneumatic

linear axes developed specially for
industrial assembly and handling
systems.
Empty six-packs can be fed in by way

of the incoming goods conveyor.
The station is controlled by a PLC

board. Different operation modes
can be selected on the control panel.

– Use of pneumatic handling units
with gripper
– Handling technology
material flow by conveyor belt
and roller conveyor
AFB pallet transport system
The material flow within the AFB

lines is implemented by the pallet
transport system. The six-packs are
conveyed to the individual stations
on pallets which are equipped
with an identification system. The
transport system features 4 stop
points, and can be expanded at any
time.
The belt segments are driven by

4 AC motors.
The control is handled by a PLC with

frequency inverter – professionally
housed in the control cabinet.
Communication with the stop points
is via AS interface. The pneumatic
stoppers are controlled using in-
dustrial valve terminals.

– Use of AC motors
– Electrical drive technology
– Use of frequency inverters
– Pallet identification
– AS interface fieldbus technology
– Material flow and logistics
– Protection circuits
– Design of industrial control
cabinets
AFB factory, focus on bulk goods

New!
Found everywhere! Practical training Conveying of bulk goods or Everything under control
There is a worldwide market behind The handling of bulk goods requires complete production process? Stations are controlled using the
the term „bulk goods“. In almost special know-how. The exclusive use The stations are specially designed most modern automation and
every branch of production, bulk of typical industrial components in for training on bulk goods and can computer technology. With system
goods can be found as raw materials, the learning stations emphasises be used individually as well as in a visualisation the entire system can
semi-finished materials or finished the required hands-on experience network with the stations of the AFB be viewed or each individual station
parts. Whether building materials, and ensures the quick transfer of factory. This offers a training factory can be accessed; it enables the
such as sand, gravel and cement, knowledge from training to practice. that includes the complete process monitoring of signal statuses, the
or foodstuffs, such as grain and chain, from providing and preparing remote access of different functions
sugar – bulk goods must be stored, raw materials, to quality testing, and the monitoring of all processes,
dispensed, weighed, transported or packaging, storage and finally the directly on the system using a touch
packaged. processing of customer orders. panel or via the master computer.
AFB stations, dispensing/sorting bulk goods

New!
Different types of conveying

A wide range of processes are used
in production systems for handling
bulk goods. It therefore makes sense
that these can also be found in the
AFB training stations for dispensing
and sorting:
Conveying with a conveyor

In the dispensing station, the
conveyor acts as a pressure feed.
Corn is dispensed from its container
via the conveyor to a funnel and is
transported to the next station by
means of compressed air.
Screw conveyor
With the screw conveyor, the bulk
goods are carefully conveyed,
making optimal dispensing possible.
The dispensing screw is driven by a
servo motor with a built-in controller.
High-speed quality checking

and diagnostics
Imperfect grains are detected
during conveying and automatically
separated. This requires the quick
detection and reaction of the
actuators, which the human eye
can hardly follow. To support the
diagnostics and commissioning of
these fast motion sequences, an
intelligent compact camera system
with up to 2000 images per second
are used in the AFB factory. This
means that the latest diagnostic
techniques can be taught.
AFB station dispensing bulk goods

AFB station sorting bulk goods
One training factory – over 100 different training systems
More than 15 stations can be

integrated into the AFB training
factory. Inaddition to the new AFB
stations it also features stations from
the MPS® familyand stations from
the new MPS® PA product line.
The unique interface and commu-

nications concept enables quick
and easymodification of the factory
layout.
This means the stations can be

deployed at any time individually
or in smallgroups for teaching
purposes, and the AFB training
factory can be assembled indifferent
project stages.
Individual solutions
Need to meet special requirements?

Numerous installations worldwide
have resulted in a number of
solutions specially focussed on
hybrid automation.
Contact us with your requirements.

We will design your optimum
learning environment and implement
it in a way closely linked to the
actual process. We look forward
to designing solutions with you for
specific areas such as:
– Water treatment
– Cooling and refrigeration
technology
– pH value measurement
– Conductivity measurement
– Integration of process control
engineering
– Palletising
– Identification systems (RFID,
barcode)
With our know-how in project

planning, instrumentation,
design and selection of process
components, system integration and
programming, through to didactic
implementation, we will help you to
put your ideas into practice quickly,
reliably and cost-effectively.
330 Information on customer projects: www.festo-didactic.com

Index alphabetical
19“ Blank panel for the control panel.............................................................252 BIBB hydraulics equipment set:
19“ Communication panels............................................................................250 Suitable for BIBB hydraulics course lessons A-H.......................................118
19“ Control panel...........................................................................................250 BIBB electropneumatics equipment set:
19“ EMERGENCY STOP panel.........................................................................252 Suitable for BIBB electropneumatics course..............................................108
19“ Mounting frame.......................................................................................250 BIBB Hydraulics course Fundamentals and equipment,
19“ simulation module..................................................................................131 calculations and application examples........................................................57
19“ Spare panel.............................................................................................250 BIBB Hydraulics course, booklet for instructor.................................................57
3/2-way roller lever valve, normally open......................................................148 BIBB Hydraulics course, exercises and log sheets...........................................57
4/2-way double solenoid valve......................................................................152 BIBB Hydraulics course, exercises for students...............................................57
5-fold plug socket strip with switch................................................................146 BIBB Hydraulics equipment set, additional exercises....................................118
5-way distributor............................................................................................151 BIBB pneumatics equipment set: Suitable for BIBB pneumatics course........106
5-way distributor with pressure gauge...........................................................151 Book of solutions for the sample exercises from the CNC text book.................67
5S – Workstation organisation.........................................................................26 Bottle set.......................................................................................................310
Bottling station..............................................................................................306
A
A hydraulic power unit according to your specifications................................154 C
A small milling machine for high requirements: CONCEPT MILL 55................275 Cabinet systems...............................................................................................86
A4 ER mounting frame.....................................................................................81 Cable BNC – 4 mm..........................................................................................147
A4 mounting frame..........................................................................................79 Cable BNC – BNC............................................................................................147
A4 table mounting frame..................................................................................81 Cable duct set................................................................................................157
Accessory box................................................................................................148 Cable guide........................................................................................ 79, 81, 151
Accumulator filling device..............................................................................151 Cable set, universal with 4 mm safety plugs..................................................147
Actuators – DC motor.......................................................................................20 Case of cutaway pneumatic models.................................................................69
Adaptable Buffer station................................................................................204 Changer module.............................................................................................195
Add-on for the robot assembly station...........................................................208 Choose your process model...........................................................................126
AFB automatic warehouse station..................................................................324 CIROS® Mechatronics.......................................................................................38
AFB factory hybrid production........................................................................314 CIROS® Automation Suite..................................................................... 36, 39, 40
AFB factory, focus on bulk goods...................................................................327 CIROS® Automation Suite additional licences..................................................41
AFB filling station...........................................................................................322 CIROS® Robotics..............................................................................................38
AFB incoming goods/outgoing goods station................................................325 Clamping/ejecting module.............................................................................201
AFB order compilation station........................................................................323 Classroom Manager: Administration, Evaluation.............................................28
AFB pallet transport system...........................................................................326 Closed-loop hydraulics............................................................................. 56, 121
AFB stations, dispensing/sorting bulk goods.................................................328 Closed-loop pneumatics.......................................................................... 50, 109
AFB training factory........................................................................................320 CNC textbook...................................................................................................67
Allen-Bradley EduTrainer® Compact ML1200.................................................137 CNC training: An investment in the future......................................................274
Allen-Bradley ML 1500...................................................................................248 Colour sensor.................................................................................................223
Aluminium profile plate.............................................................. 79, 81, 146, 253 Combining stations................................................................................ 192, 299
Analogue cable, crossover.....................................................................155, 247 Communication-oriented approach to system malfunctions............................65
Analogue cable, parallel.........................................................................155, 247 Compact Workstation with level, flow rate, pressure and
Analogue I/O module S7-SM334-4E/2A.........................................................247 temperature closed-loop control systems..........................................293, 294
Analogue terminal..................................................................................217, 247 Compressor....................................................................................................147
Analogue upgrade FX1N.................................................................................249 Compressor accessories................................................................................147
Analogue upgrade ML 1500...........................................................................248 Connecting cable...........................................................................................252
Angled slide module......................................................................................207 Connecting cable for solenoid valves with M8 central plug............................150
AS-interface addressing cable........................................................................156 Connection unit, analogue.............................................................................156
AS-interface addressing device......................................................................156 Control and networking with all industrial standards.....................................174
AS-interface diffuse sensor............................................................................197 Control cabinet with S7-315F-2 PN/DP and SINAMICS G120
AS-interface master CP343-2.........................................................................135 frequency converter...................................................................................184
AS-interface upgrade FX1N............................................................................249 Control cabinet without PLC and frequency converter....................................184
AS-interface valve connector..........................................................................197 Control console..............................................................................................250
AS-interface valve terminal............................................................................197 Control systems and PLC modules.................................................................131
Assembly kit for cylinders..............................................................................152 Control variants of the Compact Workstation.................................................295
Automating with SIMATIC................................................................................63 Controlling and networking just as it is in industrial practice.........................244
Automation project work................................................................................184 Convert now from blue to silver. You can now have the slotted
Automation with STEP 7 in LAD and FBD..........................................................63 assembly board with unbeatable advantages on your
Automation with STEP 7 in STL and SCL...........................................................63 tried-and-tested laboratory furniture too...................................................159
Conveyor module 300 with DC motor.............................................................221
B Conveyor module 350 with DC motor.............................................................205
Basic mobile unit.............................................................................................78 Conveyor, unassembled.................................................................................185
Basic stationary unit........................................................................................78 COSIMIR® turns into CIROS® – Save on updates now.......................................41
Basic – the functional lab equipment system for electrical engineering...........86 Coupling nipple (nominal size 4)....................................................................151
Battery set for robot RV-2AJ...........................................................................207 Coupling socket (nominal size 4)...................................................................151
Index alphabetical
Courseware......................................................................................................37 Equipment set TP 1110: Sensors for object detection....................................122

CP input module.............................................................................................215 Equipment set TP 111: Basic closed-loop pneumatics training......................109
Cushioning cylinder.......................................................................................152 Equipment set TP 201 – Basic level: Basic electropneumatics training............96
Customer orientation.......................................................................................27 Equipment set TP 202 – Advanced level:
Advanced electropneumatics training..........................................................98
D Equipment set TP 210 – Advanced level: Measurement and control in
Decentralisation with PROFIBUS-DP................................................................63 pneumatics with Fluid Lab®-P Version 2.....................................................100
Dictionary of Automation Technology..............................................................68 Equipment set TP 220 – Advanced level: Drives in pneumatics......................102
Diffuse sensor........................................................................................ 203, 205 Equipment set TP 240 – Advanced level: Sensors in pneumatics...................104
Diffuse sensor, analogue...............................................................................221 Equipment set TP 301: Programmable logic controllers.................................139
Digital I/O module SM323 8I/8O...................................................................247 Equipment set TP 401-ASI: Fieldbus technology AS-interface........................141
Digital multimeter..........................................................................................147 Equipment set TP 402: Fieldbus technology Profibus-DP...............................142
Digital training programmes: Well-prepared knowledge..................................14 Equipment set TP 501 – Basic level: Basic hydraulics training.......................111
Digital upgrade ML 1500................................................................................248 Equipment set TP 502 – Advanced level: Advanced hydraulics training.........112
DIN H-rail set..................................................................................................157 Equipment set TP 511: Basis closed-loop hydraulics training........................121
Discover MPS® 200..........................................................................................22 Equipment set TP 601 – Basic level: Basic electrohydraulics training............113
Distributing station with AS interface: A single cable, many signals..............196 Equipment set TP 602 – Advanced level:
Distributing station: Getting started with MPS®.............................................194 Advanced electrohydraulics training..........................................................115
Double-acting cylinder 16/10/300.................................................................152 Equipment set TP 610 – Advanced level:
Double-acting cylinder 16/10/400.................................................................152 Measurement in hydraulics with Fluid Lab®-H............................................116
Double-acting cylinder 25/18/200.................................................................152 Equipment set TP 701 – Basic level:
Drawing template.............................................................................................69 Basic proportional hydraulics training.......................................................119
Drill hole monitoring module.........................................................................180 Equipment set TP 702 – Advanced level:
Drilling module...................................................................................... 181, 201 Advanced proportional hydraulics training................................................120
DVD Electropneumatics/Electrohydraulics, Basic level.............................. 52, 54 Equipment set TP 801: Basics of servo motor drive technology.....................144
Equipment set TP 802: Basics of stepper motor drive technology..................145
E Equipment sets for PLC and electronics training............................................127
EasyPort USB – An interface for measuring, open-loop control, ER mounting frame..........................................................................................79
closed-loop control. Connects the simulation to the real world...................30 Ethernet upgrade FX1N..................................................................................249
Edukit PA Advanced.......................................................................................291 Ethernet upgrade ML 1500.............................................................................248
EduKit PA: the new project kits for process and control technology...............289
EduKit PA: Unpack and away you go..............................................................290 F
EduTrainer® Universal A4 rack with analogue value processing.....................129 FC 100 EduTrainer®........................................................................................138
EduTrainer® Universal A4 rack without analogue value processing................129 FEC® EduTrainer® Compact FST/MWT with Ethernet interface........................137
EduTrainer® Compact.....................................................................................132 FEC® starter kit FST/MWT with Ethernet interface..........................................138
EduTrainer® Universal A4 with analogue value processing............................129 Fieldbus technology.........................................................................................21
EduTrainer® Universal: individual configuration of holders, Fieldbus technology AS-Interface/Profibus-DP................................ 61, 127, 128
modules and PLCs.....................................................................................128 Filtering, mixing, tempering and bottling as in industry.................................283
Either: Simply build it.....................................................................................298 Filtration station.............................................................................................300
Ejection module, pneumatic...........................................................................182 Final Sorting station.......................................................................................212
Electrical engineering 1....................................................................................17 Finding your way in the learning field jungle....................................................67
Electrical engineering 2....................................................................................17 Fixed drawer unit for installation in mobile workstations.................................78
Electrical mini slide SLTE................................................................................223 Flexibility – Separating station.......................................................................220
Electrical signal input/output.........................................................................157 Fluid Lab®-PA.................................................................................................287
Electrohydraulics.............................................................................................16 Fluidic Muscle Press module..........................................................................217
Electrohydraulics, Advanced level.............................................................. 55, 99 FluidSIM® 4.2 Hydraulics, individual and multiple licenses..............................32
Electrohydraulics, Basic level............................................................. 54, 55, 113 FluidSIM® 4.2 Pneumatics, individual and multiple licenses............................32
Electronics 1....................................................................................................18 Focus on sensors Testing station...................................................................198
Electronics 2....................................................................................................18 Frequency converter starter kit......................................................................138
Electropneumatic control technology...............................................................51 From a kit to a training factory:
Electropneumatics...........................................................................................15 Application and process-oriented learning systems...................................284
Electropneumatics, Advanced level............................................................ 49, 99 From training programme to knowledge portal................................................13
Electropneumatics, Basic level............................................................. 48, 49, 96 Front-panel connector............................................................................135, 247
EMERGENCY-STOP technology.......................................................................252 FST for FEC®..................................................................................... 43, 246, 310
Empty EduTrainer® ER housing......................................................................156 Function generator.........................................................................................147
EPLAN Education: Classroom licence...............................................................34 Fundamentals of electrohydraulics..................................................................58
EPLAN Education: Software Service package...................................................34 Fundamentals of electropneumatics................................................................52
Equipment set PneuPos: Configuration, programming and Fundamentals of hydraulics.............................................................................58
control of pneumatic axes..........................................................................110 Fundamentals of pneumatic control engineering.............................................48
Equipment set TP 101 – Basic level: Basic pneumatics training.......................92 Fundamentals of pneumatics...........................................................................52
Equipment set TP 102 – Advanced level: Fundamentals of proportional hydraulics.........................................................58
Advanced pneumatics training.....................................................................94 Funnel for filling various devices with oil.......................................................153
Index alphabetical
G Learntop-S.......................................................................................................80
Glossary of electrical drive technology.............................................................62 Lifting module................................................................................................199
GRAFCET..........................................................................................................22 Linear potentiometer.....................................................................................152
GRAFCET drawing template..............................................................................68 Linear potentiometer, 450 mm stroke............................................................152
Gripper, pneumatic........................................................................................207 Logistics Kit....................................................................................................166
LOGO! EduTrainer® Compact..........................................................................136
H LOGO! EduTrainer® Compact TP.....................................................................136
Handles for Systainer/container inserts A – F................................................158 LOGO! manual..................................................................................................64
Holder module...............................................................................................203 LOGO! PC cable set........................................................................................135
Holder systems..............................................................................................130 LOGO! programming cable.............................................................................155
Hose holder....................................................................................... 79, 81, 151 LOGO! Soft Comfort..........................................................................................45
Hose line with quick release couplings..........................................................151 LOGO! Trainer Package 230 V.........................................................................135
Hydraulic oil (DIN 51524)...............................................................................153 LOGO! Trainer Package 24 V..........................................................................135
Hydraulic power unit with single pump..........................................................154 LOGO! Training.................................................................................................21
Hydraulic power unit, double pump with one motor......................................154
Hydraulic power unit, with two individual pumps and two motors.................154 M
Hydraulic punch station.................................................................................211 Machine Vision................................................................................................23
Hydraulics........................................................................................................16 Magnetic symbol sets......................................................................................69
Hydraulics power the Punching station..........................................................210 Manual Siemens S7-300..................................................................................64
Hydraulics, Advanced level........................................................................ 55, 96 Measuring and controlling as in industry.......................................................285
Hydraulics, Basic level....................................................................... 54, 55, 111 Measuring case..............................................................................................153
Measuring container for hydraulics................................................................153
I Measuring module.........................................................................................199
I/O data cable with one SysLink connector as per IEEE 488 and Measuring module, analogue........................................................................181
bare cable-end sleeves..............................................................................155 Mechatronics...................................................................................................66
I/O data cable with SysLink connectors (IEEE 488) at both ends....................155 Mechatronics Assistant Update 1.0 – 2.0................................................. 46, 191
I/O data cable, analogue................................................................................155 Mechatronics Assistant version 2............................................................. 46, 191
I/O data cable, crossover, with terminal socket.............................................155 Micro Memory Card........................................................................................135
I/O terminal (SysLink)....................................................................................219 MicroFMS: CNC and robot technology similar to industry...................... 255, 256
iCIM 3000 – the complete training system with potential...............................270 Mitsubishi GX Trainer Package.................................................................43, 249
iCIM engineering service................................................................................272 Mitsubishi MELSEC FX1N – the small controller with
iCIM – The platform for professional interdisciplinary CIM training. the big range of functions..........................................................................249
With perfectly matched software. For effective planning and Mixing station................................................................................................302
engineering................................................................................................268 Motor controller SFC-DC.................................................................................223
Ideal interfaces..............................................................................................188 Mounting adapter..........................................................................................151
iFactory: Training factory for production planning and Mounting frame/mounting set for inclined mounting of the profile plate.........78
factory organisation...................................................................................276 Mounting frame/mounting set for vertical mounting of the profile plate.........78
In and out, electrically – Storing station.........................................................222 Mounting kit for hydraulic cylinder with weight...............................................81
In focus: the production process for six-packs...............................................317 Mounting profile............................................................................................151
Individual solutions AFB factory.....................................................................330 MPS® – The modular production system........................................................156
Individual solutions iCIM................................................................................273 MPS® 200 Complete systems with blended learning package and
Inductive sensor.............................................................................................213 modular expansion options.......................................................................224
Industrial quality in the Robot station............................................................206 MPS® 202 Mechatronics – Small but complete with
Innovative technology and innovative learning..............................................316 blended learning package, FluidSIM®, Mechatronics Assistant and
Innovative training packages with detailed practical functions........................90 web-based training programs....................................................................226
Inspection camera module.............................................................................183 MPS® 202-Robotics – Handling and assembly with CIROS® Robotics.............234
Instructional material for Siemens S7, STEP 7 and Festo valve terminals.........64 MPS® 203 Fieldbus – Mechatronics and fieldbus technology with
Interactive learning with Robotino® View.......................................................163 visualisation package and the Mechatronics Assistant..............................228
Internet search.................................................................................................25 MPS® 203-IT – Remote maintenance and diagnosis with
InTouch............................................................................................................45 visualisation package and Mechatronics Assistant....................................230
MPS® 205-Mechatronics – Everything you need for project work with
L FluidSIM®, Mechatronics Assistant and web-based training programs......232
LabCreator: the new, professional design programme for laboratories............87 MPS® 210-Mechatronics – The all-rounder with an all-inclusive
Laboratory furniture for electrical engineering: media package..........................................................................................236
Swing, Basic and cabinet systems...............................................................82 MPS® 500-FMS: Flexible production – compatible, modular and versatile.....238
learn2work Professional..................................................................................42 MPS® 501-505 FMS – The entry-level systems...............................................242
Learning fields 1-4 of metalworking professions..............................................67 MPS® 512-FMS – Get started right away with a complete and
Learnline laboratory trolley for transfer line...................................................183 customised package..................................................................................243
Learnline mobile: More versatile than ever!.....................................................74 MPS® 516-FMS – The complete package for demanding
Learntop – The low-cost desktop mounting system.........................................80 training scenarios......................................................................................240
Learntop-A.......................................................................................................80 MPS® commissioning service.........................................................................190
Learntop-L........................................................................................................80 MPS® PA 204 Complete system......................................................................308
Index alphabetical
MPS® PA commissioning Service....................................................................298 Poka Yoke........................................................................................................26

MPS® PA workbook..........................................................................................66 Power cable...................................................................................................146
MPS® PA – The Modular Production System...................................................282 Power supply unit for mounting frame...........................................................146
MPS® PA – The new learning system for process automation.........................297 Powerful – Fluidic Muscle Press station.........................................................216
MPS® Transfer system: Practical knowledge: Basic pneumatic controllers...........................................48
Get moving with mechatronics and electronics training.............................172 Practical knowledge: GRAFCET.........................................................................68
MR5 – Milling cell with robot loading.............................................................259 Pressure relief unit.........................................................................................151
MTLR5 – Turning and milling with robot on linear axis...................................260 Pressure sensor..................................................................................... 152, 217
MultiFMS: decentralised control technology..................................................264 Process automation.........................................................................................24
Multifunctional: MultiFMS. The mechatronics learning platform that Professional software for MultiFMS...............................................................266
integrates MPS®, a transport system and CNC...........................................263 Professional training in virtual learning environments.....................................36
Multimedia workstations.................................................................................86 Profibus cable................................................................................................155
Multiple tubing holder strip set......................................................................149 Profibus DP CP valve terminal........................................................................215
MULTIPROG for FEC® 3x...................................................................................43 Profile plate 350 x 700...................................................................................253
Multitalented Handling station......................................................................202 Profile plate 700 x 700...................................................................................311
Profile plate connector...................................................................................253
N Programmable logic controllers in practice......................................................61
NorthStar® navigation system........................................................................166 Programmable logic controllers, Basic level............................................. 61, 125
Programming cable FX1N...............................................................................249
O Programming cable ML 1500..........................................................................248
Offers for fieldbus training.............................................................................140 Programming cable TTL-RS232......................................................................246
Oil drip tray for Learntop-S workstation...........................................................81 Project management........................................................................................25
Oil spillage/protective mat...................................................................... 79, 153 Projects for teaching the topics of Automation, Operation technology,
On-off valve with filter regulating valve..........................................................195 Mechatronics, Part 1, Training topics 1 – 6..................................................65
On-off valve with filter/regulator, 5 µm..........................................................149 Projects for teaching the topics of Automation, Operation technology,
One training factory – over 100 different training systems.............................329 Mechatronics, Part 2, Training topics 7 – 13................................................65
One-way flow control valve............................................................................150 Proportional hydraulics, Advanced level..........................................................56
Online configurator (in preparation)..............................................................130 Proportional hydraulics, Basic level........................................................... 54, 56
Open- and closed-loop control.........................................................................20 Protective cover for weight............................................................................151
Operating and observing – the right solution for every operating task...........250 Proximity sensors: Textbook............................................................................60
Operating panel OP 177B...............................................................................251 Purely electrical Processing station................................................................200
Operator unit.................................................................................................310
Oscilloscope..................................................................................................147 Q
Quality with a certificate....................................................................................4
P
PA workpiece set............................................................................................310 R
PC adapter..................................................................................... 135, 155, 247 Reactor station...............................................................................................304
PC data cable RS232......................................................................................155 Recognition module.......................................................................................199
Personnel management...................................................................................27 References: University of Stuttgart, IFF..........................................................279
PicAlfa module...............................................................................................203 Relay, time-delay relay...................................................................................157
Pick&Place module........................................................................................219 Releasing tool................................................................................................148
PID industrial closed-loop controller..............................................................310 Retaining module...........................................................................................207
Piston pallet...................................................................................................209 Retro-reflective sensor...................................................................................213
Plastic tubing.................................................................................................148 RFID module...................................................................................................182
PLC board with CPX-FEC®...............................................................................310 Robot interface box................................................................................ 209, 253
PLC board with FEC® – The robust minicontroller with integrated Robot RV-2AJ..................................................................................................207
Ethernet interface......................................................................................246 Robotino® project ideas.................................................................................167
PLC board with SIMATIC S7-300 – The industry standard...............................247 Robotino® Workbook............................................................................... 62, 165
PLC starter kit.................................................................................................138 Robotino®: Experiencing, understanding and using technology.....................162
Plug-in adapter set................................................................................... 81, 146 Rotary indexing table module........................................................................201
Plug-in adapter, electrical..............................................................................155 Rotary/linear transfer module........................................................................217
Pneumatic control engineering, exercises and solutions..................................51 RS232 programming cable.............................................................................310
Pneumatic control technology, exercises for trainees......................................51 RSLogix 500 Starter.................................................................................43, 248
Pneumatic drives, TP 220......................................................................... 49, 102 Rubber feet...................................................................................... 81, 146, 253
Pneumatic positioning system SPC 200...........................................................64
Pneumatic slide module.................................................................................199 S
Pneumatics......................................................................................................15 S7 CP343-2 AS-interface master for the S7 300; up to 62 slaves can
Pneumatics, Advanced level.............................................................................49 be connected; supports all AS-i master functions as in the
Pneumatics, Basic level..............................................................................48, 49 extended V2.1 specification.......................................................................247
PneuPos 1: Pneumatic positioning with the SPC 200 axis controller..............110 Safety engineering...........................................................................................23
PneuPos 2: Pneumatic positioning with the SPC 200 axis controller..............110 Sensor technology 1........................................................................................19
PneuPos 3: Pneumatic positioning with the SPC 200 axis controller..............110 Sensor technology 2........................................................................................19
Index alphabetical
Sensor tester.................................................................................................156 Systainer/container insert F...........................................................................158

Sensor-actuator connector, 10-pin, 1-row, with LEDs....................................246 System overview Transfer system..................................................................176
Sensors for object detection: Workbook..........................................................60
Sensors in pneumatics: Workbook...................................................................60 T
Separating module (springs)..........................................................................209 T-connector (Quick Star quick push-in fitting)................................................148
Separator module, pneumatic........................................................................205 T-connector BNC............................................................................................147
Service with Value added...................................................................................6 T-head nut M5................................................................................................157
Servo motor MTR-DCI.....................................................................................223 Table extension................................................................................................79
Servopneumatic positioning.................................................................... 50, 110 Tabletop power supply unit...................................................................146, 253
Set of posters on hydraulics.............................................................................59 Tasks, log sheets, exercise circuits..................................................................51
Set of posters on pneumatics...........................................................................53 Team performance...........................................................................................27
Siemens AS-Interface master...........................................................................64 Temperature sensor.......................................................................................152
Siemens ET 200S Manual................................................................................64 Terminal strip.................................................................................................157
Silencer and sealing rings..............................................................................148 Testing module..............................................................................................201
SIMATIC S7 EduTrainer® Compact..................................................................133 The amazing world of pneumatics....................................................................50
SIMATIC S7 EduTrainer® ET 200S...................................................................134 The complete Robotino® package..................................................................164
SIMATIC S7 EduTrainer® Start........................................................................134 The fascination of technology..........................................................................24
Simple handling or complex assembly processes..........................................189 The modules..................................................................................................278
Simply build it yourself..................................................................................298 The new workbooks: project-oriented, with CD-ROM.......................................49
Simulation box, digital...................................................................................156 The production zones.....................................................................................318
Simulation box, digital/analogue...................................................................156 The stations in the Modular Production System at a glance...........................186
Slide module..................................................................................................203 The universal laboratory furniture: Learnline and Learntop.............................72
Slotted mounting plate............................................................................ 81, 146 Threaded coupling.........................................................................................151
Small is beautiful – Pick&Place station..........................................................218 Through beam sensor....................................................................................205
Soft Stop SPC 11..............................................................................................64 Time management...........................................................................................25
Software from Festo Didactic...........................................................................12 Tool set.................................................................................................. 253, 311
Solenoid valves with M8 central plug.............................................................150 Touch panel TP 177B.....................................................................................251
Solution sections..................................................................................... 61, 139 TP 400 component set...................................................................................143
Sorting gate module, electrical......................................................................181 TP 401 supplementary equipment set DP......................................................143
Sorting gate module, pneumatic............................................................ 182, 213 TR5 – Turned parts with robot loading...........................................................258
Sorting gate/separator module, electrical.....................................................219 Train efficiently..............................................................................................283
Sorting gate/separator module, pneumatic...................................................221 Trainer package CPU315F-2 PN/DP – Profinet................................................135
Sorting station with Profibus DP....................................................................214 Trainer package ET 200S – Profinet................................................................135
Special mounting adapters............................................................................149 Trainer package F technology ET 200S – Profinet...........................................135
Stacking magazine module.................................................................... 180, 195 Trainer package F technology S7-300 – Profinet............................................135
Stacking magazine module (end caps)................................................... 209, 211 Trainer Package, Internet link S7-300, CP343-1 Advanced with
Starting current limiter...................................................................................221 CD-ROM.............................................................................................135, 247
Stationary Learnline: Ergonomic and flexible...................................................76 Training and Consulting.....................................................................................8
STEP 7 Fundamentals.......................................................................................64 Training document – Process optimisation......................................................65
STEP 7 Professional for Training......................................................................44 Training documentation: MPS® Conveyor project kit........................................66
STEP 7 Software for Students..........................................................................44 Training documentation: MPS® Distribution Station........................................66
STEP 7 Trainer Package....................................................................................44 Training documentation: MPS® Sorting Station...............................................66
STEP 7 Trainer Package Upgrade.....................................................................44 Training project on presses, CD-ROM for students...........................................67
Stepper module, expansion...........................................................................149 Training project on presses, CD-ROM for trainers.............................................67
Stopper module.............................................................................................213 Training project on presses, student manual...................................................67
Storage plate...................................................................................................79 Training project on presses, trainer manual.....................................................67
Supplementary equipment set for servo motor drive.....................................145 Transfer line: Combine and expand................................................................178
Supplementary equipment set for stepper motor drive..................................144 Transparency set Fundamentals of PLC‘s.........................................................62
Supplementary equipment set from Hydraulics, Basic level TP 501 and Transparency set Sensors................................................................................60
Advanced level TP 502 to Electrohydraulics, Basic level TP 601.................114 Trolley.................................................................................................... 253, 311
Supplementary equipment set from TP 201 to TP 301...................................139 Tubing cutter..................................................................................................148
Supplementary equipment set to upgrade from Hydraulics, Turning module..............................................................................................180
Basic level TP 501 to Electrohydraulics, Basic level TP 601........................114
Supplementary equipment set to upgrade from Pneumatics, U
Basic level TP 101 to Electropneumatics, Basic level TP 201.......................97 Understanding process automation – through seminars and workshops.......286
Swing – Configuration example........................................................................84 Universal adapter...........................................................................................149
Systainer........................................................................................................158 Universal bracket..................................................................................... 79, 153
Systainer/container insert A..........................................................................158 Universal connection unit, digital (SysLink)...................................................156
Systainer/container insert B..........................................................................158
Systainer/container insert C..........................................................................158 V
Systainer/container insert D..........................................................................158 Vacuum switch...............................................................................................195
Systainer/container insert E...........................................................................158 Value stream analysis and mapping.................................................................26
Index alphabetical
Vernier caliper................................................................................................147 Workpiece insert “Clock”...............................................................................254

Workpiece insert “Hygrometer”.....................................................................254
W Workpiece insert “Thermometer”..................................................................254
Wheel set for mounting on the tank...............................................................154 Workpiece set “Cylinder end caps”................................................................254
Wheeled drawer unit for stationary workstations.............................................78 Workpiece set “Cylinder bodies”...................................................................254
WinCC..............................................................................................................45 Workpiece set “For cylinder assembly”..........................................................254
WinPisa for SPC 200.........................................................................................45 Workpiece set “Housings”.............................................................................254
Workbook for EduKit PA........................................................................... 66, 291 Workpiece set “Reject bodies”.......................................................................254
Workbook: BIBB Hydraulics course..................................................................57 Workpiece set “Reject housings”...................................................................254
Index numerical
Order no. Page Order no. Page Order no. Page Order no. Page
2307............................................ 148 94347.................................... 50, 109 152918........................................ 147 162386................................ 146, 253
4499............................................ 159 94348.................................... 56, 121 152919........................................ 147 162387........................................ 187
4645............................................ 148 94351.................................... 55, 113 152960........................................ 151 162405........................................ 209
7658............................................ 148 94352.................................... 56, 119 152962........................................ 154 162411........................................ 146
14572.......................................... 153 94368.................................... 56, 121 152963........................................ 148 162412........................................ 146
18959.......................................... 156 94377............................................ 54 152970........................................ 151 162413........................................ 146
18960.......................................... 156 94378............................................ 54 152971........................................ 151 162414........................................ 146
33840.......................................... 148 94384............................................ 48 152973........................................ 151 162415........................................ 146
34031.......................................... 155 94404.................................... 56, 119 153056........................................ 148 162416................................ 146, 253
34035.......................................... 219 94421............................................ 66 153128........................................ 148 162417................................ 146, 253
34634.......................................... 148 94427.................................... 61, 139 153251........................................ 148 162418................................ 146, 253
35653.......................................... 147 94428.................................... 55, 111 153267........................................ 148 162419................................ 146, 253
35681.......................................... 147 94429.................................... 55, 112 153291........................................ 148 167020........................................ 148
53977............................................ 50 94440.................................... 61, 139 153304........................................ 148 167021........................................ 254
54085............................................ 50 94450.................................... 56, 120 153327........................................ 159 167090........................................ 152
56975............................................ 68 94454.................................... 55, 111 153333........................................ 148 167091........................................ 147
80147.......................................... 118 94455.................................... 55, 113 153376........................................ 148 167101........................................ 139
80148.......................................... 118 94456.................................... 55, 115 158343.......................... 81, 146, 253 167102........................................ 139
80246.......................................... 111 94457.................................... 56, 119 158352........................................ 151 167104........................................ 114
80247.......................................... 112 94458.................................... 56, 120 158357........................................ 147 167105........................................ 114
90021............................................ 69 94459.................................... 50, 109 158419........................................ 148 167122........................................ 155
90022............................................ 69 94460.................................... 56, 121 158481........................................ 156 167132........................................ 137
90070.................................... 51, 106 94465.................................... 50, 109 158962................................ 150, 155 167186................................ 151, 159
90090.................................... 51, 106 94468.................................... 55, 111 159298........................................ 147 167197........................................ 155
90850............................................ 48 94469.................................... 56, 121 159328........................................ 154 167278........................................ 209
90851............................................ 48 94470.................................... 55, 113 159331.................................. 81, 146 170095.......................................... 45
90872............................................ 48 94471.................................... 55, 115 159333........................................ 146 170097.......................................... 45
90877............................................ 48 94472.................................... 56, 119 159339........................................ 149 170245.......................................... 64
91030.......................................... 147 94473.................................... 56, 120 159340................................ 149, 159 170246.......................................... 64
91180............................................ 48 94524.................................... 61, 139 159342................................ 149, 159 170395................................ 146, 253
91181............................................ 48 94536............................................ 66 159347................................ 149, 159 170643........................................ 156
92491.......................................... 151 94537.................................... 61, 139 159350................................ 149, 159 177468........................................ 153
93024............................................ 57 94558............................................ 57 159360................................ 149, 159 178410........................................ 148
93045............................................ 60 95000............................................ 52 159378................................ 149, 159 178417........................................ 148
93046............................................ 60 95001............................................ 52 159382........................................ 146 178424........................................ 148
93070.................................... 51, 108 95003............................................ 52 159386........................................ 151 184455........................................ 151
93080.................................... 51, 108 95010............................................ 52 159395........................................ 151 184462........................................ 108
93130............................................ 48 95011............................................ 52 159396........................................ 146 184463........................................ 113
93131............................................ 48 95021............................................ 62 159409.................................. 79, 146 184464........................................ 115
93132............................................ 48 95040............................................ 58 159410.......................... 79, 146, 311 184465........................................ 119
93280............................................ 54 95041............................................ 58 159411............................ 79, 81, 146 184466........................................ 120
93281............................................ 54 95043............................................ 58 159662........................................ 148 184467........................................ 109
93282............................................ 54 95050............................................ 58 159663........................................ 148 184471........................................ 121
93287............................................ 54 95051............................................ 58 160786........................................ 155 184488........................................ 152
93310............................................ 61 95060............................................ 58 162228........................................ 253 184489........................................ 152
93311............................................ 61 95061............................................ 58 162231........................................ 156 184490........................................ 152
93313.................................... 61, 139 95246............................................ 52 162239........................................ 254 184554........................................ 135
93314.................................... 61, 139 102725........................................ 147 162240........................................ 254 184555................................ 135, 155
93315.................................... 61, 139 119352........................................ 151 162247........................................ 156 184557.......................................... 64
93316.................................... 61, 139 120856........................................ 253 162267........................................ 148 184558.......................................... 64
93317............................................ 61 150768........................................ 221 162305........................................ 155 184563.......................................... 64
93610............................................ 54 151496........................................ 148 162340.......................................... 69 184564.......................................... 64
93611............................................ 54 151508.......................................... 48 162341.......................................... 69 184565.......................................... 64
93680............................................ 57 151915........................................ 310 162352........................................ 211 184566.......................................... 64
93685............................................ 57 152295........................................ 152 162353........................................ 211 185692........................................ 155
93690............................................ 57 152584........................................ 148 162360.......................... 81, 146, 159 186085........................................ 154
93960............................................ 60 152881........................................ 150 162380................................ 146, 253 186087........................................ 154
94014.................................... 55, 112 152885........................................ 149 162381................................ 146, 253 186095........................................ 148
94015.................................... 55, 112 152894........................................ 187 162382................................ 146, 253 186116........................................ 148
94342............................................ 60 152917........................................ 147 162385........................................ 187 186294........................................ 148
Index numerical
188935........................................ 218 197160........................................ 218 529141........................................ 155 535814........................................ 250

189551........................................ 155 247661........................................ 146 532200........................................ 159 535820........................................ 248
192108.......................................... 45 254490........................................ 157 532929........................................ 196 535822........................................ 248
192215........................................ 153 255851........................................ 148 532934........................................ 203 535827........................................ 248
192490........................................ 110 342046........................................ 151 532935........................................ 204 535829........................................ 248
192496........................................ 110 342047........................................ 151 532952........................................ 219 535832.......................................... 78
192502........................................ 110 350362........................................ 146 532954........................................ 199 535833.......................................... 78
192503.................................. 50, 110 350363........................................ 146 533014........................................ 158 535834.......................................... 78
192778........................................ 138 350364........................................ 146 533018........................................ 133 535835.......................................... 78
192883.......................................... 64 350366........................................ 146 533019........................................ 133 536200.......................................... 81
193129.......................................... 53 350367........................................ 146 533020........................................ 133 536582.......................................... 81
193130.......................................... 64 357283.......................................... 81 533021........................................ 133 536740........................................ 135
193131.......................................... 64 374038........................................ 153 533022........................................ 133 536905........................................ 133
193132.......................................... 64 376931........................................ 147 533023........................................ 133 536906........................................ 133
193133.......................................... 64 376932........................................ 147 533027........................................ 135 536907........................................ 133
193449.......................................... 61 376934........................................ 147 533029.......................................... 64 537000........................................ 207
193730........................................ 137 376935........................................ 147 533030........................................ 135 537465........................................ 223
194039.......................................... 63 376936........................................ 147 533031.......................................... 64 537927.................................. 43, 310
194040.......................................... 63 376937........................................ 147 533035........................................ 155 537928.................................. 43, 310
194041.......................................... 63 376938........................................ 147 533036........................................ 155 538236........................................ 223
194043.......................................... 63 376939........................................ 147 533039........................................ 155 538395........................................ 275
195224................................ 149, 159 376940........................................ 147 533498.................................. 50, 110 538487.................................... 52, 54
195225................................ 149, 159 376941........................................ 147 533499.................................. 50, 109 538913........................................ 223
195439.......................................... 45 380707........................................ 146 533520.......................................... 64 538957.......................................... 66
195442.......................................... 45 525951........................................ 152 533521.......................................... 64 539004........................................ 154
195760........................................ 196 525953........................................ 152 533526........................................ 247 539005.......................................... 43
195761........................................ 214 525954........................................ 152 533527........................................ 247 539006................................ 135, 155
195764........................................ 250 525963........................................ 152 533662........................................ 159 539007.......................................... 69
195765........................................ 250 525964........................................ 152 533663........................................ 159 539015........................................ 145
195766........................................ 250 526095.................................. 55, 111 534270.................................. 61, 141 539016........................................ 144
195767........................................ 250 526205........................................ 204 534271.................................. 61, 142 539017........................................ 145
195769........................................ 252 526206........................................ 250 534272.................................. 61, 141 539021.......................................... 79
195773........................................ 201 526212........................................ 203 534273.................................. 61, 142 539022.......................................... 79
195777........................................ 203 526213........................................ 217 534362........................................ 185 539023.......................................... 76
195779........................................ 199 526215........................................ 203 534363........................................ 138 539025.......................................... 76
195780........................................ 195 526218........................................ 201 534364................................ 209, 253 539026.......................................... 78
195781........................................ 199 526228........................................ 204 534367........................................ 221 539028.......................................... 74
195782........................................ 200 526230........................................ 213 534368........................................ 254 539030.......................................... 74
195783........................................ 202 526337........................................ 149 534619........................................ 254 539032.......................................... 78
195784........................................ 204 526504........................................ 155 534620........................................ 254 539033.......................................... 79
195786........................................ 212 526505.......................................... 45 534621........................................ 254 539111........................................ 190
195787........................................ 210 526506.......................................... 64 534622........................................ 254 539265.......................................... 62
195788........................................ 206 526507.......................................... 64 534623........................................ 254 539308.......................................... 66
195789........................................ 208 526714........................................ 158 534624........................................ 138 539311.......................................... 66
196083........................................ 196 526715........................................ 158 534625........................................ 207 539729.......................................... 79
196723.......................................... 64 526716........................................ 158 534630........................................ 252 539731.......................................... 78
196724.......................................... 64 526717........................................ 158 534631........................................ 252 539733........................................ 154
196948.......................................... 59 526814........................................ 158 535239........................................ 196 539735.......................................... 78
196949.................................. 50, 110 526847.......................................... 81 535242........................................ 215 539736.................................. 79, 153
196953.................................. 55, 113 526850........................................ 199 535243........................................ 215 539737............................ 79, 81, 151
196954.................................. 55, 115 526853........................................ 135 535245........................................ 252 539739........................................ 144
196959........................................ 205 526861........................................ 209 535246........................................ 218 539755.......................................... 79
196960........................................ 205 526863........................................ 156 535247........................................ 219 539760.......................................... 67
196962........................................ 205 526875........................................ 246 535248........................................ 216 539761.......................................... 67
196968........................................ 213 526879........................................ 207 535249........................................ 217 539762.......................................... 67
196969........................................ 213 527424........................................ 133 535250........................................ 136 539763.......................................... 67
196971........................................ 213 527425........................................ 134 535251........................................ 217 539764.......................................... 67
196973........................................ 187 527433........................................ 136 535255........................................ 134 539765.......................................... 67
196974........................................ 201 528612.......................................... 64 535811........................................ 137 539767................................ 253, 311
197118........................................ 148 529138........................................ 203 535812............................ 79, 81, 151 539780........................................ 101
Index numerical
539934.......................................... 65 541117........................................ 154 544154.......................................... 32 549632.......................................... 18

540668.......................................... 80 541118........................................ 154 544155.......................................... 32 549634.......................................... 18
540669.......................................... 80 541120........................................ 221 544157.......................................... 32 549752.......................................... 19
540670.......................................... 80 541122.................. 81, 146, 149, 259 544158.......................................... 32 549755.......................................... 19
540671.................................... 49, 93 541126........................................ 248 544247........................................ 164 549758.......................................... 19
540672.................................... 49, 95 541127........................................ 248 544248........................................ 308 549759.......................................... 25
540673.................................... 49, 96 541128........................................ 249 544249........................................ 308 549761.......................................... 19
540674.................................... 49, 99 541129........................................ 249 544250........................................ 308 549763.......................................... 25
540681........................................ 249 541131........................................ 249 544251........................................ 308 549766.......................................... 23
540683........................................ 249 541133.................................. 79, 153 544253........................................ 300 549767.......................................... 25
540686.......................................... 63 541134........................................ 153 544254........................................ 302 549769.......................................... 23
540687.......................................... 63 541135........................................ 151 544255........................................ 304 549771.......................................... 25
540688.......................................... 63 541139........................................ 311 544256........................................ 306 549822........................................ 290
540689.......................................... 63 541146........................................ 310 544293........................................ 310 549833........................................ 166
540692.......................................... 67 541149........................................ 249 544294........................................ 251 549834.......................................... 22
540693.......................................... 67 541152........................................ 157 544295........................................ 251 549835........................................ 135
540697.......................................... 78 541153........................................ 157 544300........................................ 248 549836........................................ 135
540698.......................................... 78 541154........................................ 157 544301........................................ 249 549837........................................ 135
540702........................................ 116 541155........................................ 157 544302........................................ 310 549840........................................ 106
540703................................ 150, 155 541156........................................ 157 544304........................................ 287 549848........................................ 135
540705........................................ 190 541157........................................ 157 544306.................................. 62, 165 549982.................................. 49, 102
540706........................................ 190 541158........................................ 157 544307.................................. 62, 165 550522........................................ 184
540710.......................................... 92 541161........................................ 226 544317........................................ 149 550583........................................ 184
540711.......................................... 94 541162........................................ 226 544371........................................ 152 550584.......................................... 65
540712.......................................... 96 541163........................................ 226 544372........................................ 152 550585.......................................... 65
540713.......................................... 98 541164........................................ 226 544373........................................ 152 550804.......................................... 29
540717.......................................... 97 541165........................................ 228 544375........................................ 158 550805.......................................... 29
540719........................................ 221 541166........................................ 230 544380........................................ 150 551010.......................................... 59
540899.......................................... 24 541167........................................ 232 544381........................................ 150 551011.......................................... 59
540901.......................................... 24 541168........................................ 232 544382........................................ 150 551012.......................................... 59
540905.......................................... 25 541169........................................ 232 548571........................................ 150 551013.......................................... 53
540907.......................................... 25 541170........................................ 232 548573.......................................... 44 551014.......................................... 53
540911.......................................... 15 541171........................................ 234 548574.......................................... 44 551015.......................................... 53
540913.......................................... 15 541172........................................ 236 548575.......................................... 44 554301........................................ 310
540917.......................................... 16 541173........................................ 236 548576.......................................... 44 555647........................................ 298
540919.......................................... 16 541174........................................ 236 548590...66, 301, 303, 305, 307, 309 555706.................................. 62, 165
540923.......................................... 15 541175........................................ 236 548591...66, 301, 303, 305, 307, 309 555707.................................. 62, 165
540925.......................................... 15 541179........................................ 156 548592...66, 301, 303, 305, 307, 309 555708.................................. 62, 165
540929.......................................... 16 541184........................................ 102 548593...66, 301, 303, 305, 307, 309 555709.................................. 62, 165
540931.......................................... 16 541187........................................ 310 548606.................................. 62, 165 556228........................................ 100
540941.......................................... 21 541499........................................ 156 548607.................................. 62, 165 556235........................................ 135
540943.......................................... 21 542503.................................... 49, 93 548635........................................ 207 556236........................................ 135
540947.......................................... 20 542504.................................... 49, 95 548637........................................ 157 556237........................................ 135
540949.......................................... 20 542505.................................... 49, 96 548638........................................ 157 556250.......................................... 42
540953.......................................... 20 542506.................................... 49, 99 548676........................................ 138 556251.......................................... 42
540955.......................................... 20 542507.................................... 49, 93 548678.......................................... 68 556252.......................................... 42
540959.......................................... 21 542508.................................... 49, 95 548679.......................................... 68 556253.......................................... 42
540961.......................................... 21 542509.................................... 49, 96 548680.......................................... 68 556928.......................................... 32
541088.................................... 49, 93 542510.................................... 49, 99 548681.......................................... 68 556930.......................................... 32
541089.................................... 49, 95 542682.......................................... 22 548685........................................ 184 556931.......................................... 32
541090.................................... 49, 96 543068.......................................... 65 548686........................................ 184 556932.......................................... 32
541091.................................... 49, 99 543081........................................ 138 548687.......................................... 30 556934.......................................... 32
541096........................................ 141 544143.......................................... 32 549241.......................................... 58 556935.......................................... 32
541097........................................ 142 544145.......................................... 32 549242.......................................... 58 556937.......................................... 32
541098........................................ 143 544146.......................................... 32 549623.......................................... 17 556939.......................................... 32
541099........................................ 143 544147.......................................... 32 549625.......................................... 17 556940.......................................... 32
541113........................................ 222 544149.......................................... 32 549626.......................................... 17 556941.......................................... 32
541114........................................ 154 544150.......................................... 32 549628.......................................... 17 556943.......................................... 32
541115........................................ 154 544151.......................................... 32 549629.......................................... 18 556944.......................................... 32
541116........................................ 154 544153.......................................... 32 549631.......................................... 18 557688.......................................... 22
Index numerical
557689.......................................... 22 565812.......................................... 41 567109........................................ 129 689087........................................ 158

557691.......................................... 23 565940.......................................... 41 567110........................................ 129 689089........................................ 221
557692.......................................... 23 565941.......................................... 41 567111........................................ 131 696719........................................ 223
559880.................................. 49, 102 566435.......................................... 79 567112........................................ 131 701309........................................ 158
559881.................................. 49, 102 566900.......................................... 34 567113........................................ 131 709844........................................ 158
559882.................................. 49, 102 566902.......................................... 34 567114........................................ 131
560621.......................................... 29 566903.......................................... 34 567116........................................ 131
562162.............................. 36, 39, 40 566908........................................ 104 567118........................................ 131 C93100........................................ 178
562169.......................................... 38 566909.................................. 60, 105 567119........................................ 131 C93101........................................ 178
562171.......................................... 38 566910.................................. 60, 105 567122........................................ 131 C93102........................................ 178
562474.......................................... 68 566912.................................. 60, 105 567123........................................ 131 C93200........................................ 180
562481.......................................... 68 566913.................................. 60, 105 567124........................................ 131 C93201........................................ 180
562482.................................. 46, 191 566914.................................. 60, 105 567125........................................ 131 C93202........................................ 180
562483.................................. 46, 191 566915.................................. 60, 105 567126........................................ 131 C93203........................................ 180
563358.................................. 46, 191 566916.................................. 60, 105 567340.......................................... 27 C93204........................................ 180
563359.................................. 46, 191 566917.................................. 60, 105 567341.......................................... 27 C93205........................................ 180
563969.................................. 66, 291 566918........................................ 122 567342.......................................... 27 C93206........................................ 180
563971.................................. 66, 291 566919.................................. 60, 123 567343.......................................... 27 C93207........................................ 180
563973.................................. 66, 291 566920.................................. 60, 123 567344.......................................... 27 C93208........................................ 180
563975.................................. 66, 291 566921.................................. 60, 123 567345.......................................... 27 C93209........................................ 181
564179........................................ 166 566922.................................. 60, 123 567705.......................................... 24 C93210........................................ 181
564623.......................................... 26 566923.................................. 60, 123 567706.......................................... 24 C93211........................................ 181
564624.......................................... 26 566924.................................. 60, 123 653393........................................ 203 C93212........................................ 181
564631........................................ 291 566925.................................. 60, 123 654972........................................ 201 C93213........................................ 181
564917-A....................................... 41 566926.................................. 60, 123 656858........................................ 203 C93214........................................ 181
564917-M...................................... 41 567098........................................ 129 656859........................................ 199 C93215........................................ 181
564917-P....................................... 41 567099........................................ 129 660546........................................ 207 C93216........................................ 181
564917-R....................................... 41 567100........................................ 129 660560........................................ 135 C93217........................................ 181
564917-S....................................... 41 567101........................................ 129 679598........................................ 217 C93218........................................ 182
565018.......................................... 26 567102........................................ 129 680041........................................ 151 C93219........................................ 182
565019.......................................... 26 567103........................................ 129 683012........................................ 158 C93220........................................ 182
565020.......................................... 26 567104........................................ 129 683464........................................ 158 C93221........................................ 182
565021.......................................... 26 567105........................................ 129 687455........................................ 158 C93222........................................ 182
565025.......................................... 65 567106........................................ 129 687461........................................ 158 C93223........................................ 182
565026.......................................... 65 567107........................................ 129 687927........................................ 158 C93224........................................ 182
565440........................................ 147 567108........................................ 129 687929........................................ 158 C93225........................................ 183
Publisher:
Festo Didactic GmbH & Co. KG As a result of continuous develop- All of the texts, diagrams, illustra-
P.O. Box 10 07 10 ment and research work technical tions and drawings featured in this
73707 Esslingen specifications and illustrations are publication are the property of
Rechbergstraße 3 subject to change. They are not bind- Festo Didactic GmbH & Co. KG and
73770 Denkendorf ing. The specified data serves purely are thus protected under copyright.
Germany as a product description and is no Any reproduction, revision, trans-
Tel. ++49 (0)711/3467-0 guarantee in a legal sense. lation, microfilming in any form, or
Fax ++49 (0)711/34754-88500 storage and processing in electronic
www.festo-didactic.com systems can only be undertaken
with the written permission of Festo
Edition: January 2009 Didactic GmbH & Co. KG.
Festo worldwide
Argentina Estonia Japan Singapore

Festo S.A. Festo OY AB Eesti Filiaal Festo K.K. Festo Pte. Ltd.
Edison 2392 Laki 11B 1-26-10 Hayabuchi, Tsuzuki-ku 6 Kian Teck Way
(B1640 HRV) Martinez 12915 Tallinn Yokohama 224-0025 Singapore 628754
Prov. Buenos Aires Tel. ++372 666 15 60, Fax ++372 666 15 61 Tel. ++81 (0)45/593 56 10, Fax 593 56 78 Tel. ++65/62 64 01 52, Fax 62 61 10 26
Tel. ++54 (0)11/47 17 82 00, Fax 47 17 82 82 E-mail: info_ee@festo.com E-mail: info_jp@festo.com E-mail: info_sg@festo.com
E-mail: info@ar.festo.com
Finland Korea South Slovakia
Australia Festo OY Festo Korea Co., Ltd. Festo spol. s r.o.
Festo Pty. Ltd. Mäkituvantie 9, P.O. Box 86 470-1 Gasan-dong, Geumcheon-gu Gavlovicová ul. 1
Head Office (Melbourne) 01511 Vantaa Seoul #153-803 83103 Bratislava 3
179-187 Browns Road, P.O. Box 261 Tel. ++358 (09)/87 06 51, Fax 87 06 52 00 Tel. ++82 (0)2/850 71 14, Fax 864 70 40 Tel. ++421 (0)2/49 10 49 10, Fax 49 10 49 11
Noble Park Vic. 3174 E-mail: info_fi@festo.com E-mail: info_kr@festo.com E-mail: info_sk@festo.com
Call Toll Free 1300 88 96 96
Fax Toll Free 1300 88 95 95 France Latvia Slovenia
Tel. ++ 61(0)3/97 95 95 55, Fax 97 95 97 87 Festo Eurl Festo SIA Festo d.o.o. Ljubljana
E-mail: info_au@festo.com.au Deglava 60 IC Trzin, Blatnica 8
Numéro Indigo Tel. 0820/204640, Fax 204641
1035 Riga 1236 Trzin
ZA des Maisons Rouges
Austria Tel. ++371 67/57 78 64, Fax 57 79 46 Tel. ++386 (0)1/530 21 00, Fax 530 21 25
8 rue du Clos Sainte Catherine
Festo Gesellschaft m.b.H. E-mail: info_lv@festo.com E-mail: info_si@festo.com
94367 Bry-sur-Marne cedex
Linzer Straße 227 Tel. ++33 (0)1/48 82 64 00, Fax 48 82 64 01
1140 Wien Lithuania South Africa
E-mail: info_fr@festo.com Festo UAB Festo (Pty) Ltd.
Tel. ++43 (0)1/9 10 75-0, Fax 9 10 75-250
E-mail: automation@festo.at Karaliaus Mindago pr. 22 22-26 Electron Avenue, P.O. Box 255
Germany 3000 Kaunas Isando 1600
Festo Didactic GmbH & Co. KG Tel. ++370 (8)7/32 13 14, Fax 32 13 15 Tel. ++27 (0)11/971 55 00, Fax 974 21 57
Belarus
Postfach 10 07 10 E-mail: info_lt@festo.com E-mail: info_za@festo.com
IP Festo
73707 Esslingen
Minsk, 220035
Rechbergstraße 3 Malaysia Spain
Mascherov Prospekt, 78
73734 Esslingen Festo Sdn.Berhad Festo Pneumatic, S.A.
Belarus
Tel. ++49 (0)711/3467-0 10 Persiaran Industri Tel. 901243660 Fax 902243660
Tel. ++375 (0)17/204 85 58, Fax 204 85 59
E-mail: info_by@festo.com Fax ++49 (0)711/347-54 88500 Bandar Sri Damansara, Wilayah Persekutuan Avenida Granvia, 159
E-mail: did@de.festo.com 52200 Kuala Lumpur Distrito económico Granvia L'H
Belgium Tel. ++60 (0)3/62 86 80 00, Fax 62 75 64 11 ES-08908 Hospitalet de Llobregat, Barcelona
Festo Belgium sa/nv Greece E-mail: info_my@festo.com Tel. ++ 3493/261 64 00, Fax 261 64 20
Rue Colonel Bourg 101 Festo Ltd. E-mail: info_es@festo.com
1030 Bruxelles/Brussel 40 Hamosternas Ave. Mexico
Tel. ++32 (0)2/702 32 11, Fax 702 32 09 11853 Athens Festo Pneumatic, S.A. Sweden
E-mail: info_be@festo.com Tel. ++30 210/341 29 00, Fax 341 29 05 Av. Ceylán 3 Festo AB
E-mail: info_gr@festo.com Col. Tequesquinahuac Stillmansgatan 1, P.O. Box 21038
Brazil 54020 Tlalnepantla, Edo. de México 20021 Malmö
Festo Automação Ltda. Hong Kong Tel. ++52 (01)55/53 21 66 00, Fax 53 21 66 55 Tel. ++46 (0)40/38 38 40, Fax 38 38 10
Rua Guiseppe Crespi, 76 Festo Ltd. E-mail: festo.mexico@mx.festo.com E-mail: info_se@festo.com
KM 12,5 - Via Anchieta Unit C&D, 7/F, Leroy Plaza
04183-080 São Paulo SP-Brazíl 15 Cheung Shun Street Netherlands Switzerland
Tel. ++55 (0)11/50 13 16 00, Fax 50 13 18 68 Cheung Sha Wan, Kowloon Festo B.V. Festo AG
Hong Kong Schieweg 62 Moosmattstrasse 24
E-mail: info_br@festo.com
Tel. ++ 852/27 43 83 79, Fax 27 86 21 73 2627 AN Delft 8953 Dietikon ZH
E-mail: info_hk@festo.com Tel. ++31 (0)15/251 88 99, Fax 261 10 20 Tel. ++41 (0)44/744 55 44, Fax 744 55 00
Bulgaria
E-mail: info@festo.nl E-mail: info_ch@festo.com
Festo EOOD
1592 Sofia Hungary
New Zealand Taiwan
9, Christophor Kolumb Blvd. Festo Kft.
Festo Limited Festo Co., Ltd.
Tel. ++359 (0)2/960 07 12, Fax 960 07 13 Csillaghegyi út 32-34.
MT. Wellington Head Office
E-mail: info_bg@festo.com 1037 Budapest
Auckland NZ 24450, No. 9, Kung 8th Road
Tel. ++36 1/436 51 11, Fax 436 51 01
Tel. ++64 (0)9/574 10 94, Fax 574 10 99 Linkou 2nd Industrial Zone
E-mail: info_hu@festo.com E-mail: info_nz@festo.com Linkou Hsiang, Taipei Hsien, Taiwan, R.O.C.
Canada
Tel. ++886 (0)2 26 01 92 81,
Festo Inc. India Nigeria Fax ++886 (0)2 26 01 92 86-7
5300 Explorer Drive Festo Controls Private Ltd. Festo Automation Ltd. E-mail: festotw@festo.com
Mississauga, Ontario L4W 5G4 237B, Motorways Centre, First Floor, Block C
Tel. ++1 (0)905/624 90 00, Fax 624 90 01 Bommasandra Industrial Area, Alausa, Ikeja, Thailand
E-mail: info_ca@festo.com Bangalore Hosur Highway, Lagos, NIGERIA Festo Ltd.
Bangalore 560 099 Tel. ++234 (0)1/794 78 20, Fax 555 78 94 67/1 Moo 6 Phaholyothin Road
Chile Tel. ++91 (0)80/22 89 41 00, Fax 783 20 58 E-mail: info@ng-festo.com Klong 1, Klong Luang,
Festo S.A. E-mail: info_in@festo.com Pathumthani 12120
Mapocho 1901 Norway Tel. ++66 29 01 88 00, Fax ++66 29 01 88 33
6500151 Santiago de Chile Indonesia Festo AS E-mail: info_th@festo.com
Tel. ++56 (0)2/690 28 00, Fax 695 75 90 PT. Festo Ole Deviks vei 2
E-mail: info.chile@cl.festo.com JL. Sultan Iskandar Muda No.68 0666 Oslo, Norway Turkey
Arteri Pondok Indah Tel. ++47 22 72 89 50, Fax ++47 22 72 89 51 Festo San. ve Tic. A.S.
China Jakarta 12240 E-mail: info_no@festo.com Tuzla Mermerciler Organize
Festo (China) Ltd. Tel. ++62 (0)21/27 50 79 00, Fax 27 50 79 98 Sanayi Bölgesi, 6/18 TR
1156 Yunqiao Road E-mail: info_id@festo.com Peru 34956 Tuzla - Istanbul/TR
Jinqiao Export Processing Zone Festo S.R.L. Tel. ++90 (0)216/585 00 85, Fax 585 00 50
Pudong, Iran Calle Amador Merino Reyna #480, San Isidro E-mail: info_tr@festo.com
201206 Shanghai, PRC Lima, Perú
Festo Pneumatic S.K.
Tel. ++86 (0)21/58 54 90 01, Fax 58 54 03 00 Tel. ++51 (0)1/222 15 84, Fax 222 15 95 Ukraine
# 2, 6th street, 16th avenue,
E-mail: info_cn@festo.com Festo Ukraina
Tehran 1581975411
Km 8, Special Karaj Road, P.O.Box 15815-1485 Philippines Borisoglebskaja 11
Colombia Festo Inc. Kiev 04070
Tehran 1389793761
Festo Ltda. KM 18, West Service Road Tel. ++380 (0)44/239 24 33, Fax 463 70 96
Tel. ++98 (0)21 44 52 24 09,
Avenida El Dorado No. 98-43 South Superhighway E-mail: info_ua@festo.com
Fax ++98 (0)21 44 52 24 08
Bogotá 1700 Paranaque City, Metro Manila
Tel. ++57 (0)1/404 80 88, Fax 404 81 01 E-mail: Mailroom@festo.ir
Tel. ++63 (0)2/776 68 88, Fax 823 42 19 United Kingdom
E-mail: festo@festo.com.co E-mail: info_ph@festo.com Festo Limited
Ireland
Applied Automation Centre, Caswell Road
Croatia Festo Limited
Poland Brackmills Trading Estate
Festo d.o.o. Unit 5 Sandyford Park
Festo Sp. z o.o. Northampton NN4 7PY
Nova Cesta 181 Sandyford Industrial Estate
Janki k/Warszawy, ul. Mszczonowska 7 Tel. ++44 (0)1604/66 70 00, Fax 66 70 01
10000 Zagreb Dublin 18
05090 Raszyn E-mail: info_gb@festo.com
Tel. ++385 (0)1/619 19 69, Fax 619 18 18 Tel. ++ 353(0)1/295 49 55, Fax 295 56 80 Tel. ++48 (0)22/711 41 00, Fax 711 41 02
E-mail: info_hr@festo.com E-mail: info_ie@festo.com E-mail: info_pl@festo.com United States
Festo Corporation (New York)
Czech Republic Israel Romania Call Toll-free 800/993 3786
Festo, s.r.o. Festo Pneumatic Israel Ltd. Festo S.R.L. Fax Toll-free 800/963 3786
Modøanská 543/76 P.O. Box 1076, Ha'atzma'ut Road 48 St. Constantin 17 395 Moreland Road, P.O.Box 18023
147 00 Praha 4 Yehud 56100 010217 Bucuresti Hauppauge, N.Y. 11788
Tel. ++420 261 09 96 11, Fax 241 77 33 84 Tel. ++972 (0)3/632 22 66, Fax 632 22 77 Tel. ++40 (0)21/310 29 83, Fax 310 24 09 Tel. ++ 1(0)314/770 01 12, Fax 770 16 84
E-mail: info_cz@festo.com E-mail: info_il@festo.com E-mail: info_ro@festo.com E-mail: info_us@festo.com
Denmark Italy Russia Venezuela

Festo A/S Festo S.p.A Festo-RF OOO Festo C.A.
Islevdalvej 180 Via Enrico Fermi 36/38 Michurinskiy prosp., 49 Av. 23, Esquina calle 71, No. 22-62
2610 Rødovre 20090 Assago (MI) 119607 Moskow Maracaibo, Edo. Zulia
Tel. ++45 70 21 10 90, Fax ++45 44 88 81 10 Tel. ++39 02/45 78 81, Fax 488 06 20 Tel. ++7 495/737 34 00, Fax 737 34 01 Tel. ++58 (0)261/759 09 44, Fax 759 04 55
E-mail: info_dk@festo.com E-mail: info_it@festo.com E-mail: info_ru@festo.com E-mail: festo@festo.com.ve
343
The current range of products from Festo Didactic

53084 en © 2009 Festo Didactic GmbH & Co. KG

Didactic Katalog 09 en Monitor 1

Transféré par

Informations du document

Description originale:

Copyright

Formats disponibles

Partager ce document

Partager ou intégrer le document

Options de partage

Avez-vous trouvé ce document utile ?

Ce contenu est-il inapproprié ?

Droits d'auteur :

Formats disponibles

Didactic Katalog 09 en Monitor 1

Transféré par

Droits d'auteur :

Formats disponibles

Learning Systems 2009/2010

The current range of products from Festo Didactic

Learning Systems 2009/2010

Everything from a single source

From fundamentals to a complete training centre

From basic training packages and technology-specific courses right through

Your partner, worldwide

The Internet marketplace for education and training.

Technology-orientated training packages..................................................... 88

Robotino® – Learning and researching with mobile robots.......................... 160

Mechatronics and factory automation.......................................................... 168

Process automation and closed-loop control technology............................ 280

Hybrid training factories.............................................................................. 312

    

practice. Automation, we offer customised,      

forward-looking solutions using

ified product and system expertise

We speak your language! And we‘re

If a part is faulty after years of ser­

Our quality pays off. That‘s why all

Consistently adding value Training Consulting

You can find information,

Digital training programmes/WBTs..................................................................13

Excellent solutions for ...

– learning and teaching

... and more in digital format.

From training programme to training portal

Defining skills Optimising learning Managing knowledge

Your requirements: Your requirements: Your requirements:

Digital training programmes

Festo Didactic training programmes Overview of our programmes:

14 Worldwide at your fingertips. Find your contact person at: www.festo-didactic.com

E.g. single licence on CD-ROM

Electrical engineering 1 Electrical engineering 2

Various tools are built-in to the train-

Various tools are built into the train-

Sensor technology 1 Sensor technology 2

Actuators – DC motor Open- and closed-loop control

LOGO! Training Fieldbus technology

GRAFCET Discover MPS® 200

Machine Vision Safety engineering

Process automation The fascination of technology

Training time: about 4 hours

E.g. single licence on CD-ROM

Organisation and working techniques

Project management Time management Internet search

E.g. single licence on CD-ROM

Lean Management/Lean Production

Value stream analysis and mapping Poka Yoke 5S – Workstation organisation

Cooperation and management

Customer orientation Team performance Personnel management

Classroom Manager – Administration, Evaluation

28 Order online at: www.festo-didactic.com

EasyPort USB – An interface for measuring, open-loop control,

Connection of software/simulation Technical data

The topics covered include the fol-

EasyPort USB 548687

PLC starter kit 543081

Connects the simulation to the real world

Example applications Measuring Control (open loop) Closed-loop control Controlling a

PC: – Fluid Lab®-PA – FluidSIM® (only digital) – Fluid Lab®-PA – EasyVeep®

Interface: USB Interface: USB Interface: USB Interface: USB

Interface: digital/analogue Interface: digital/analogue Interface: digital/analogue Interface: digital

If a part is faulty after years of ser

4EXTBOOKÙ40Ù 4EXTBOOKÙ40Ù Fundamentals of

4EXTBOOKÙ40Ù 4EXTBOOKÙ40Ù 4EXTBOOKÙ40Ù